The servers have now closed, therefore all the trophies are unobtainable.

Road Map

Overview:
  • Estimated trophy difficulty: See below for the difficulty breakdowns of the main game and all 3 DLC lists:-
    • Main Game: 4/10 (Platinum Difficulty Rating)
    • New Recruits! DLC: 1/10 if boosted, 4/10 if done legit.
    • Neverending Battle DLC: 3/10
    • Darkest Before Dawn DLC: 3/10 if boosted, 4/10 if done legit.
  • Approximate time to Platinum/100%?: 80-100+hrs for the Platinum and 120+hrs for the 100% (Estimated Time to Platinum)
  • Main Game Trophy Breakdown: 51 (38, 10, 2, 1)
    • Offline: 0
    • Online: 51 (38, 10, 2, 1)
  • New Recruits! Trophy Breakdown: 5 (5)
    • Offline: 0
    • Online: 5 (5)
  • Neverending Battle Trophy Breakdown: 5 (5)
    • Offline: 0
    • Online: 5 (5)
  • Darkest Before Dawn Trophy Breakdown: 5 (5)
    • Offline: 0
    • Online: 5 (5)
  • Minimum number of playthroughs: 1 playthrough of the main story (but 1 on Normal, 1 on Advanced and 1 on Normal Hardcore are recommended), 1 or 2 of each Operation, plus dozens of Versus matches.
  • Number of missable trophies: None because Episode select is available at all times once you have finished the Prologue but you may have to finish the main storyline, before Operation select becomes available.
  • Glitched trophies: Yes, 2 - There is a possibility that both Battleborn and Sir Hon. Lord Baron Oscar Mike Jr IV, Esq. may be glitched but you should also see this post: LINK for information on some other glitches and misc info you need to know about.
  • Does difficulty affect trophies?: Yes, you have to finish the game at least once with Hardcore enabled and once on Advanced.
  • Do trophies stack?: Yes, the Difficulty and Gear trophies do but there are no other lists for this game.
  • Do cheat codes disable trophies?: There aren't any cheats available but the Training modes and certain Private Versus match types will disable trophies.
  • Additional peripherals required?: No but having a second Controller, PS4 and another PS+ enabled account will drastically reduce how long it takes to get certain trophies.
This is an online only game, thus PS+ is mandatory to play it!

Introduction:

Battleborn is the latest game from the makers of the Brothers in Arms and Borderlands franchises and sees you playing as 30 Heroes (5 of which are DLC) who have to come together to save the universe from Lothar Rendain and his Varelsi allies, who are the illegitimate rulers of the Jennerit Empire and want to take full control of what's left of the Universe. This game has a deep "lore" based story, solid gameplay and enough humour to make you laugh your butt off.

In terms of trophies, there is very little that is hard but some of them can be very frustrating and at least 2 of them are potentially glitched. Whilst there is some evidence that the Battleborn trophy was fixed with the 1.06 patch, Sir Hon. Lord Baron Oscar Mike Jr IV, Esq. still has a chance of not popping until you have earned far more than 25 Titles. When it comes to length you are looking at a minimum of 80hrs to get the Platinum and 120+hrs for the 100% because the Battleborn trophy is time consuming but you also have to factor in the 2 playthroughs of each Operation to get the respective trophies. The Nov 17th 2017 Hot Fix has made it so virtually all of the Co-Op and MP challenges can be done in the following private Versus match types: Classic, Face-Off and Supercharge. Kelvin's "Micro Macro Mist Me" challenge can be done in Private Versus matches but only against real people, since its stat tracker doesn't recognise bots.
 
Notes:
  • The servers are closing in January 2021 and the Premium Platinum currency will be pulled from sale on February 24th, 2020. See here for more details: LINK
  • All the screenshots used in this Guide, were made by myself.
  • All the controls listed in this Guide are based on custom settings so adapt them as needed.
  • It is currently unknown if the now delisted Free Trial version of the game will allow you to earn trophies so play it safe and stick with the full release. See here for a full FAQ on what the Free Trial will involve: LINK and here for which characters are available each week: LINK
  • The Difficulty and Time estimates are based on a mixture of boosting and playing legit but your mileage will vary because of the dwindling player base and difficulty in finding boosting partners so plan accordingly.
  • The Season Pass used to be available digitally from certain online retailers e.g. Amazon but if you can't find it online, your only option is to buy or grind out the required 4,200 Platinum and purchase the Season Pass Bundle from the in-game Marketplace.

Credits:

The following people and sites have provided more info than can be credited individually so are collated below:

- I_Kaoji_I - Showed me how to do the Hardcore farming exploit for the "Finish 3 games on the same team as X character" lore challenges.
- Eterya - Official Battleborn Sub-Reddit.
- Various people who's names I can't remember - Official Battleborn forums.
- Official Battleborn Wiki.
- dcollins22 and Dark_Raven666 - For allowing me to use the Overview code from their Max Payne 3 Guide.
- (SiC) - For discovering that Kelvin's Macro Mist challenge can actually be done in Private Versus matches against real people.
- EMShotgun - For discovering the stealth changes that had been made to the When You Roll Up With the Squad Like trophy.


Walkthrough:

Server status warning: As of 2019, the Battleborn servers have grown increasingly unstable and prone to lengthy outages. Also note that the servers can sometimes crash at the end of a match, thus erasing all of your earned progress. Due to these issues, I recommend quitting the game after every 2 or 3 matches so your stats are correctly saved to the servers. If a prolonged outage is experienced, you should immediately contact Gearbox so the problem can be rectified.

Steps 2-6 can be done in any order, since all roads lead to the lore trophies and Command Rank 100 but you can skip Step 4 if you don't want to bother with the Operation DLCs. For the most part, you're not going to have any problems with these trophies but the ones relating to the Versus mode can be annoying to get so you may want to get those done ASAP if you want less to think about later on. Both the Road Map and Guide are written, assuming you will be playing solo until either a trophy or lore challenge is reached that requires you to team up with either a friend or an alt account. For certain trophies and lore challenges, I have provided a tracking sheet for people to use but please let me know if you find any errors or feel that additional info should be added.


Step 0: Finish the Prologue, do some training and decide how you want to handle the difficulty trophies

During this Step, you will be focusing on finishing the Prologue and playing around with the 2 modes available in the Training menu but it's possible you may do well enough in the Prologue that the Solus Sentinel trophy will pop. I would also take advantage of the tutorial tips that Nova gives you whilst browsing the menus, since most of this info will be important later on. If you missed anything and what to hear Nova's tutorials again, then go: Options and Extras => Gameplay => Reset Training Messages. The Solus War Hero Advanced and Solus War Hardcore Hero trophies can be done at the same time but I strongly recommend doing your Hardcore playthrough on Normal, for the simple reason that Episode 8 is very difficult to beat on Advanced Hardcore.
 
Step 1a: Finish the main storyline and pick up many of the misc trophies

Whilst the PSN ordering of the story and difficulty trophies are mostly preserved in the main Guide, I have put them in chronological order for the Road Map. During this Step, you will be aiming to get all of the story related trophies and most of the miscellaneous/difficulty ones as well but there will be plenty of opportunities to get them later on if you don't. You will also be aiming to finish an Episode without dying, earning a Gold or Diamond medal, unlock a Champion Skin for any of the 25 original Battleborn characters, as well as activating a Mutation, a Legendary and 3 Epic Gear items. With the exception of Episode 8: The Heliophage, I will be showing you how to complete the story without using any Legendaries, Mutations or DLC Battleborn characters. Before attempting Episode 8: The Heliophage, you will need the following:

- 47,500 Credits to buy Ernest (that is unless you are playing the trial version or have the Season Pass Bundle, then he's free to use).
- A decently specced version of the "Bola's Target Finder" Legendary Gear from Supervisor Antem (who is the mini-boss of Episode 6: The Experiment) but do note that you have to kill him on Advanced difficulty to stand a chance of getting it.

Story related trophies earned during this step:

Divide by Zero Hour
Mister Wolf's Wild Ride
Shock the Trooper
Remnants of Codex
Traps and Treasure
Desperate Measurements
A Booming Business
A Tyrant Undone

Other trophies earned during this step:

Perfectionist
Solus Sentinel
Solus War Hero Advanced
Solus War Hardcore Hero
Behold My Death Lasers and Despair
Decked Out
Grow Forth and Conquer
Dressed for Success


Step 1b: Get the difficulty trophies, if you didn't do so earlier

If you decided against getting the Advanced and Hardcore trophies in the previous step, then now is the time to get them.

Trophies earned during this step:

Solus War Hero Advanced
Solus War Hardcore Hero


Step 2: Bots Battle/Private Versus matches

Bots Battle (Versus Public => Bots Battle) is where you will be earning most of the MP trophies and lore challenges, since the bots in this mode are a joke to kill most of the time and the matches rarely last more than 15mins. Private Versus matches can be used for certain challenges if you want more control over certain aspects e.g. how many bots are present, which maps you want to play on etc.

Trophies earned during this step:

The Ol' One-Two
When You Roll Up With the Squad Like - You need 5 players (including yourself) for this trophy but I also recommend doing Boldur's "Woodsworn" lore challenge at the same time. Note: You can also do this during the main story if you so wish.
Gotta Punch 'em All
No Rest for the Wicked

I strongly recommend using this Step to complete Kelvin's "Micro Macro Mist Me" challenge in a Private Versus match with some friends, as this is one of the most annoying challenges in the game if you try and do it legit. See Civil Ice for more details of how to get this done.


Step 3: Get all the main game lore challenge trophies, hit Rank 15, play as all 25 of the original Battleborn characters and earn 25 Titles

Here is where you will be spending the majority of your time in this game, since the lore challenges will easily take 80-100hrs+ to get done but most of them aren't hard to get and many can be obtained in half the time if you have 2 controllers and PS+ enabled accounts available. Having 2 PS4s will also help save you some time but aren't essential. Whilst the PSN ordering of the story trophies is mostly preserved in the main Guide, I've put them in alphabetical order for the Road Map. It's at this point where you need to pick a character and Rank them up to Rank 15 for the First Among Heroes trophy but I recommend Montana, since his "The Hearty Son Of Aplia" lore challenge will take a long time to complete. Notes: Whilst your Ultimate Skill is active, you won't be able to Teleport back to base or access your Helix. Also note that playing in co-op, can make some of the kill/damage/stun X enemies at once challenges easier to get by increasing the number of available enemies.

For Sir Hon. Lord Baron Oscar Mike Jr IV, Esq. , I have written a list of the easiest ones to get but do note that there are numerous glitches and issues associated with this trophy so see the relevant part of the Guide for details.

Lore challenge trophies earned during this step:

Priestess of the Sustaining Mother
Anarchy Rules
Flyboy
The Bears and the Beers
Champion of the Pits
The Spymistress
The Once and Future Champ
The Wraith of Bliss
The Captain
Hate Furnace at Maximum! :)
Civil Ice
The Curmudgeon
Titanium Dandy
Lost Little Eldrid
Acres and Eras
It's My Only Name, Chief
Love and Fire, Death and Kisses
Brotherhood of the Mikes
Elegance in Engineering
Keeper of the Blades
Rise of the Valkyrie
Me 'n' My Monster
The Blossom's Fury
Anxious, Angry, and Adorable
The Mike Who Lived

Other trophies earned during this step:

Commander and Collector
First Among Heroes
Sir Hon. Lord Baron Oscar Mike Jr IV, Esq. - Possibly Glitched


Step 4: DLC Operations

The Operations consist of 5 extra Episodes that fill in some of the gaps in the story and lore of the main game but their average length is the same as the main game Episodes. All 5 trophies will take roughly 1.5 hrs and 2 playthroughs per Operation to get, since it's difficult to obtain 50 Ops Points in 1 playthrough.

To gain access to the Operations, you need to either buy or grind out the 4,200 Platinum it costs to purchase the Season Pass Bundle from the in-game marketplace. Platinum is earned by either completing the Daily Quests or buying it from the PS Store/in-game marketplace. I can't confirm this but according to the Official 2K Support site, you have to finish the main story before the Operations will become available to play. Story wise, the only Operation with a direct link to the main story is "Phoebe and the Heart of Ekkunar" so it doesn't really matter what order you do them in. Do note that the Operations only support 3 player Co-Op, not 5 like the main game.

Trophies earned during this step:

It Was A Dark And Stormy Night
Berg Rush
Magnum Gun Loud
Tooth, Nail, and Minigun
Mountains of Madness


Step 5: DLC Battleborn

Before you can play as any of the DLC Battleborn characters, you have to grind out the 237,500 Credits it costs to unlock all 5 but these will appear in the weekly rotation if you have the F2P version of the game. If you bought the Season Pass Bundle, then you will also get instant access to all 5 DLC Battleborn. If you have an Alt account handy, then you can easily self-boost many of the challenges in just a few hours but others will require you to play with up to 4 other people. Whilst not essential, having 2 PS+ enabled PS4s and 2 copies of the game will slash the the amount of time it takes you get everything done.

Trophies earned during this step:

The Bluemother Smiles
Duty is Only Skin Deep
Sergeant Demobird
Collect All 5!
Twice-Made Sneaker


Step 6: Reach Command Rank 100

If you have been following the Road Map to the letter, then reaching Command Rank 100 will be the last thing you do before the Platinum pops so see the Battleborn trophy for more details on how to grind out the last few Ranks as quickly as possible. Do note that after completing the Prologue once or twice, you won't earn any XP but will earn a small amount of Credits.

Trophies earned during this step:

Battleborn - Possibly Glitched
Savior of the Universe


Step 7: Cleanup

If you didn't do the Operation trophies in Step 5, then use this step to get them and any other trophies you might be missing.

Trophies earned during this step:

Savior of the Universe (if you didn't get it in Step 6), plus any other miscellaneous trophies you may have missed.

You will also get the Operation trophies if you didn't go for them earlier on:

It Was A Dark And Stormy Night
Berg Rush
Magnum Gun Loud
Tooth, Nail, and Minigun
Mountains of Madness

Congratulations on your /100%!
 
[PST Would Like To Thank Terminator for this Roadmap]
 
New Recruits! DLC:

The servers have now closed, therefore all the trophies are unobtainable.

Road Map:

Overview:
  • Estimated trophy difficulty: 1/10 if boosted 4/10 if done legit (Personal opinion)
  • Offline trophies: 0
  • Online trophies: 3 (3)
  • Approximate amount of time to 100%: 15hrs+, depending on your luck with Alani's lore challenges and if you boost the Co-Op ones.
  • Minimum number of playthroughs: Multiple Matches with each Hero.
  • Number of missable trophies: None
  • Glitched trophies: None in a bad way but one of Pendles's lore challenges is glitched in a good way.
  • Does difficulty affect trophies?: No
  • Do trophies stack?: No
  • Do cheat codes disable trophies?: There aren't any cheats available but the Training modes and certain Private Versus match types will disable trophies.

Introduction:

The New Recruits! DLC list is actually made up of 3 separate DLC Heroes that were released several weeks apart. The first to be released was Alani the Healer, the second was Pendles the Assassin and the third and final Hero was Ernest the Demolitions expert. The reason for the high difficulty and time to 100% is due to the difficulty in finding an Ambra player that you can kill or assist in killing but both of the other trophies are fairly easy and can each be completed in 4hrs or less. There are no glitched trophies but Pendle's "Word of Warning" challenge is glitched in a good way, since you can get it by Slapping any destructible item and still get credit towards completing it.

Notes:
  • Some of the info I have used in this Guide was provided by the following:

    - I_Kaoji_I - Showed me how to do the Hardcore farming exploit for the "Finish 3 games on the same team as X character" lore challenges.
    - Eterya - Official Battleborn Sub-Reddit.
    - Various people who's names I can't remember - Official Battleborn forums.
    - Official Battleborn Wiki.
     
  • Just like the main game, these DLCs are online only and require a valid PS+ Subscription to access them.
     
  • All 3 Heroes cost 47,500 credits to buy but you can grind out that amount by just replaying Episodes, winning Versus matches and opening Loot Chests and selling unwanted gear. If you have the F2P version of the game, then all of the DLC characters will be in the weekly character rotation. Also note that all of these characters were patched into the game so aren't in the PS Store or in-game marketplace as separate downloads.
     
  • You can use the VIP Pass to unlock all 3 characters without having to grind for Credits but do note that this will expire after 24hrs, then the characters will become locked again.
     
  • All the controls listed in this Guide are based on custom settings so adapt them as needed.

Walkthrough:

You can do these steps in any order because it doesn't matter when you attempt them but I recommend doing Alani first, since her trophy is by far the most time consuming and annoying one of the three to do.

Step 0: Training

Before starting work on any of these trophies, I strongly recommend taking all 3 characters through the Dojo so you can get a feel for how each one handles. You won’t earn any trophies or make progress towards your lore challenges but will be able to try out different Loadouts, control schemes and Helix configurations without having to rely on guesswork and failing a match because of that. The Dojo is accessed by going: Training => Dojo Training - Solo. The Incursion Tutorial is also accessed via this menu and I recommend finishing it at least once so you can get a feel for how that mode works.


Step 1: Alani

Completing all of Alani's lore challenges will take at least 15hrs if done legit but if boosted, you may be able to get that number down to about 10hrs or less. The most annoying parts of Alani's trophy, will be finding and killing Ambra and getting the Riptide challenge done.

At the end of this step, you will have earned:

The Bluemother Smiles


Step 2: Pendles

Pendles's lore challenges are a little more difficult than the ones that Ernest has but are nowhere near as hard or annoying as Alani's. At the end of this step you will have earned:

Twice-Made Sneaker


Step 3: Ernest

Ernest has the easiest lore challenges out of the three characters in this DLC list but you can to do everything in Bots Battle. At the end of this step you will have earned:

Sergeant Demobird
 
[PST Would Like To Thank Terminator for this Roadmap]
 
Neverending Battle DLC:

The servers have now closed, therefore all the trophies are unobtainable.

Road Map

Overview:
  • Approximate amount of time to 100%: 8-10hrs (personal opinion), depending on how long it takes you to get the Collect All 5! trophy and if you want to buy the required Platinum it costs to buy the Operation DLCs or just decide to grind it out naturally over a period of weeks or months.
  • Offline trophies: 0
  • Online trophies: 3 (3)
  • Approximate amount of time to 100%: 8-10hrs (personal opinion), depending on how long it takes you to get the Collect All 5! trophy.
  • Minimum number of playthroughs: 2 playthroughs of both Operations, plus multiple matches with Kid Ultra.
  • Number of missable trophies: None, because Operation select is available at all times and Collect All 5! has to be done over multiple matches anyway.
  • Glitched trophies: None
  • Does difficulty affect trophies?: Indirectly it does, because enabling Hardcore mode will make life harder for you when doing the Operations so leave it disabled.
  • Do trophies stack?: No
  • Do cheat codes disable trophies?: There aren't any cheats available but the Training modes and certain Private Versus match types will disable the Collect All 5! trophy.

Introduction:

The Neverending Battle DLC list is actually made up of 3 separate DLCs that were released several weeks apart i.e. 2 Story Operations and 1 Hero. The first to be released was "Attikus and the Thrall Rebellion", then "Toby's Friendship Raid" and finally Hero no4 "Kid Ultra". The difficulty with this DLC comes from the new Ops point system that the Operations use. "Ops Points" are the Battleborn equivalent of Borderlands 2's Overpowered Levels and work in essentially the same way i.e the more of them you earn, the harder the Operations become but the better your chances are of finding powerful loot items. Unlike Borderlands 2, the increased difficulty is locked to each individual Operation and doesn't transfer to the main game. You can reset the difficulty to zero by pressing and holding when the prompt appears on any of Nova's in-Op holograms. Each of the Story Operations provides some backstory to the Battleborn universe and delves deeper into the histories of certain characters.


Notes:
  • Some of the info I have used in this Guide was provided by the following:
     
    • Eterya - Official Battleborn Sub-Reddit.
    • Current Future - TrueAchievements.com.
    • TrophyDad - Helped me with the "Stellar Cast" lore challenge.
    • Various people whose names I can't remember - Official Battleborn forums.
    • Official Battleborn Wiki.
  • Just like the main game, these DLCs are online only and thus require a valid PS+ Subscription to access them.
     
  • Kid Ultra costs 47,500 credits to buy but you can grind out that amount by just replaying Episodes, winning Versus matches, opening Loot Chests and selling unwanted gear. If you have the F2P version of the game, then all of the DLC characters will be in the weekly character rotation. Also note the following:

    - None of these DLCs can be found in the PS Store, since they were patched in and not made available as separate downloads.
    - The Attikus and Toby Operations can be bought via the in-game Marketplace and will, after being purchased, appear in a new menu called "Operations".
    - The Operations will become available once the Prologue has been completed but can be started at anytime after that point. Note: I can't confirm this but according to the Official 2K Support site, you have to finish the main story before the Operations will become available to play.
    - Before you can Co-Op either of the Operations, your friend(s)/Alt Account must also have them unlocked or else the game won't let them join you.
     
  • You can use the VIP Pass to unlock Kid Ultra without having to grind for Credits but do note that this will expire after 24hrs, then he will become locked again.
     
  • Just like the main game Episodes, the Operations have a server time limit of 2 hours, which can't be changed but this isn't a problem since you can finish each one in about 30-40 minutes. I don't know what will happen if the time limit expires but I imagine you will be forcibly kicked out of your session and sent back to the Main Menu. You can see how much time is left in your current session by pressing and looking in the bottom left-hand corner of the screen that appears.
     
  • All the controls listed in this Guide are based on custom settings so adapt them as needed.
     
  • All the screenshots that I've used in this Guide were created by myself.
     
  • As of February 26th, 2020, the Operation trophies are unobtainable for newcomers, because there's no way to earn enough Platinum to buy them, before the Servers close in January 2021.

Walkthrough:

You can do these steps in any order but I recommend doing Kid Ultra first, since his trophy is by far the most time consuming of the three to do.

Step 0: Training

Before starting work on any of these trophies, I strongly recommend finishing the main campaign at least once and taking Kid Ultra through the Dojo so you can get a feel for how he handles. You won't earn any trophies or make progress towards your lore challenges whilst in the Dojo but you will be able to try out different loadouts, control schemes and Helix configurations without having to rely on guesswork and failing a match because of that. The Dojo is accessed via Training => Dojo Training - Solo. The Incursion Tutorial is also accessed via this menu and I recommend finishing it at least once so you can get a feel for how that mode works.


Step 1: Kid Ultra

Kid Ultra has some of the easiest lore challenges out of the 30 available Heroes but since most of them revolve around helping other players, there isn't much you can do solo so you will likely need to use the Boosting Thread to get this trophy done: LINK. At the end of this step, you will have earned the following:

Collect All 5!


Step 2: Attikus and the Thrall Rebellion

Unless you get lucky and manage to find 50 Ops points in your first playthrough, you will have to play this Operation twice before the trophy pops. Thankfully it's a very short DLC (about 30 minutes) so won't take very long to finish. At the end of this step, you will have earned the following:

It Was A Dark And Stormy Night


Step 3: Toby's Friendship Raid

Unless you get lucky and manage to find 50 Ops points in your first playthrough, you will have to play this Operation twice before the trophy pops. Toby's Friendship Raid is longer than Attikus and the Thrall Rebellion, due to the difficulty of the Energy Shield section so expect to take about 40 minutes to complete each playthrough. At the end of this step, you will have earned the following:

Berg Rush
 
[PST Would Like To Thank Terminator for this Roadmap]
 
Darkest Before Dawn DLC:

The servers have now closed, therefore all the trophies are unobtainable.

Road Map

Overview:
  • Estimated trophy difficulty: 4/10 (personal opinion) but this is heavily dependent on which Heroes you use for the operations and if you boost the Collect All 5! trophy.
  • Offline trophies: 0
  • Online trophies: 4 (4)
  • Approximate amount of time to 100%: 8-10hrs (personal opinion), depending on how long it takes you to get the Duty is Only Skin Deep trophy and if you want to buy the required Platinum it costs to buy the operation DLCs or just grind it out naturally over a period of weeks or months.
  • Minimum number of playthroughs: 2 playthroughs of both operations, plus multiple matches with Beatrix.
  • Number of missable trophies: None, because Operation Select is available at all times and Duty is Only Skin Deep has to be done over multiple matches anyway.
  • Glitched trophies: None
  • Does difficulty affect trophies?: No; disable Hardcore mode.
  • Do trophies stack?: No
  • Do cheat codes disable trophies?: There aren't any cheats available but the Training modes and certain Private Versus match types will disable the Duty is Only Skin Deep trophy.

Introduction:

The Darkest Before Dawn DLC list is actually made up of 4 separate DLCs that were released several weeks apart - 3 Story operations and 1 Hero. The "Oscar Mike vs The Battle School" operation and Beatrix (Hero no30) were the first to be released, then were quickly followed up by the "Montana and the Demon Bear" and "Phoebe and the Heart of Ekkunar" operations.

The difficulty with this DLC comes from the new Ops Point system that the operations use. "Ops Points" are the Battleborn equivalent of Borderlands 2's Overpowered Levels and work in essentially the same way - the more of them you earn, the harder the operations become but the better your chances are of finding powerful loot items. Unlike Borderlands 2, the increased difficulty is locked to each individual operation and doesn't transfer to the main game.

You can reset the difficulty to zero by pressing and holding when the prompt appears on any of Nova's in-Op holograms. Each of the Story operations provide some backstory to the Battleborn universe and delves deeper into the histories of certain characters.


Notes:
  • Some of the info I have used in this Guide was provided by the following:

    - Eterya - Official Battleborn Sub-Reddit.
    - Various people whose names I can't remember - Official Battleborn forums.
    - Official Battleborn Wiki.
    - MentalMars - Mentalmars.com
     
  • Just like the main game, these DLCs are online only and thus require a valid PS+ Subscription to access them.
     
  • Beatrix costs 47,500 credits to buy but you can grind out that amount by just replaying Episodes, winning Versus matches, opening Loot Chests and selling unwanted gear. If you have the F2P version of the game, then Beatrix will sometimes be in the weekly character rotation.

    Also note the following:

    - None of these DLCs can be found in the PS Store, since they were patched in and not made available as separate downloads.
    - All of the operations can be bought via the in-game Marketplace and will, after being purchased, appear in a new menu called "Operations".
    - The operations will become available once the Prologue has been completed but can be started at anytime after that point. Note: I can't confirm this but according to the Official 2K Support site, you have to finish the main story before the operations will become available to play.
    - Before you can Co-Op any of the operations, your friend(s)/Alt Account must also have them unlocked or else the game won't let them join you.
    - To prevent the operation walkthroughs from becoming too long, I have combined and condensed some of the objectives.
     
  • You can use the VIP Pass to unlock Beatrix without having to grind for Credits but do note that this will expire after 24hrs, then she will become locked again.
     
  • Just like the main game Episodes, the operations have a server time limit of 2 hours, which can't be changed but this isn't a problem since you can finish each one in about 20-40 minutes. I don't know what will happen if the time limit expires but I imagine you will be forcibly kicked out of your session and sent back to the Main Menu. You can see how much time is left in your current session by pressing and looking in the bottom left-hand corner of the screen that appears.
     
  • All the controls listed in this Guide are based on custom settings so adapt them as needed.
     
  • All the screenshots that I've used in this Guide were created by myself.
     
  • As of February 26th, 2020, the Operation trophies are unobtainable for newcomers, because there's no way to earn enough Platinum to buy them, before the Servers close in January 2021.

Walkthrough:

You can do these steps in any order but I recommend doing Beatrix first, since her trophy is by far the most time consuming of the four to do. To get the Ops Points trophies to pop, you must have all 50 Ops Points on you at the same time but there are 2 ways of doing this:

1: Search high and low for them and earn the rest via the various side/bonus objectives.

or

2: Finish each operation 10 times and unlock 5 permanent bonus Ops Points for each successful completion.


Step 0: Training

Before starting work on any of these trophies, I strongly recommend taking Beatrix through the Dojo so you can get a feel for how she handles. You won't earn any trophies or make progress towards your lore challenges whilst in the Dojo but you will be able to try out different loadouts, control schemes and Helix configurations without having to rely on guess work and failing a match because of that. The Dojo is accessed via the main menu by going: Training => Dojo Training - Solo. If you haven’t tried it already, the Incursion Tutorial is also accessed via this menu and I recommend finishing it at least once so you can get a feel for how that mode works.


Step 1: Beatrix

Beatrix has some of the easiest lore challenges out of the 30 available Heroes but since 2 of them revolve around Multiplayer/Co-Op, you may need to use the Boosting Thread to get this trophy done: LINK.

At the end of this step, you will have earned the following:

Duty is Only Skin Deep


Step 2: Oscar Mike vs the Battle School

Unless you are unlucky with the Side objectives and bonus Ops Point spawns, getting 50 Ops Points in 1 Playthrough is very doable. Oscar Mike vs the Battle School is by far the shortest and easiest of the 5 operations, thus you shouldn't have too many problems completing it. It's hard to say where you will have the most problems, because this operation has largest amount of randomised encounters and objectives of any of the 5 that are available.

At the end of this step, you will have earned the following:

Magnum Gun Loud


Step 3: Montana and the Demon Bear

Unless you get lucky and manage to find 50 Ops Points in your first playthrough, you will have to play this operation twice. Montana and the Demon Bear is easily the hardest one of the lot but playing as Kleese will make life a lot easier. The main trouble spot that you are likely to hit in this DLC (outside of the Demon Bear boss fight), is the penultimate area but take things slowly and you will be fine.

At the end of this step, you will have earned the following:

Tooth, Nail, and Minigun


Step 4: Phoebe and the Heart of Ekkunar

Unless you get lucky and manage to find 50 Ops Points in your first playthrough, you will have to play this operation twice. In terms of difficulty, Phoebe and the Heart of Ekkunar is somewhere in the middle because it's easier than Montana and the Demon Bear but not as easy as Oscar Mike vs the Battle School. Note: Finishing this DLC 10 times, will trigger a short bonus cutscene that hints at what the story could be for a potential Battleborn 2.

At the end of this step, you will have earned the following:

Mountains of Madness
 
[PST Would Like To Thank Terminator for this Roadmap]

Battleborn Trophy Guide

Printable Guide
Show completed trophies
Show secret trophies

61 trophies ( 10  48  1  )

  • Unlock all other trophies (excluding additional content trophies).

    The servers have now closed, therefore all the trophies are unobtainable.

    Unlock all 50 non-DLC trophies to get this one.
  • Reach Command Rank 100 and earn the Battleborn title.

    Possibly Glitched

    With the latest patch installed, this trophy should unlock at Command Rank 100 like it's supposed to but I cannot confirm this.

    Getting to Command Rank 100 will take a long time but you can speed things up by doing the following:
    • Finish the campaign as each Battleborn character but do it solo and on Advanced difficulty: Playing in Co-Op will earn you very little XP due to poor reward scaling. You could also play a lot of Versus matches but unless you're good and have a solid team with you that knows what they're doing, the odds are you won't get much XP for your efforts. There is an exception to the solo rule but I will get into that later on in this walkthrough. By playing on Advanced difficulty, you will get more XP and better drop rates as well.
       
    • Play Private 5 vs 1 matches of Capture: Thanks to the Nov 21st 2017 Hot Fix, it's now possible to earn trophies in Private matches. Capture is by far the fastest mode to complete and if you set it up so there are 5 players on your team (i.e you + 4 bots) and 1 bot on the other team, you will finish the majority of matches in under 5mins.
       
    • Complete the challenges: There are dozens of challenges available and you can track your progress towards them: Command => Career => Challenges then reading through the various categories. With a few exceptions, most challenges will give you both XP and Credits but there are some that will award you with Titles, Skins, Taunts and/or Loot Packs instead. Once you have finished reading any given category, it can be collapsed by pressing . Note: To get a game of "Supercharge" going, you need to have a friend join you then change teams by pressing but you cannot play this mode in Splitscreen because the "Change Teams" option isn't available when playing with someone in the same room as you.
       
    • Go for the 100%: Aiming to get all 61 trophies in the game will go a long way to reducing how much grinding you have to do, as getting all the other trophies will get you most of the way to Command Rank 100 (if not all the way there).
       
    • Buy your way there: Temporary 24hr XP booster items are available and can be bought in bundles of 1, 2 or 5 for 70, 140 and 300 Platinum respectively. Platinum can be obtained by either grinding out the Daily Quests or buying it from the in-game Marketplace. To get the best out of one these items, you need to play with your friends who also own one as the effects are cumulative. This is where that exception comes into play that I mentioned earlier as the more friends you play with, the larger your XP gains will be for completing Story Episodes, Operations and winning Versus matches.
       
    • Complete the Quests: There are 20 Main Quests and 69 Daily Quests in game but do note that the Main Quests are one offs and can't be repeated once completed. The Quests range from simple (e.g. winning a match/mission as a specific faction) to more complicated (e.g. killing 3 Battleborn with an Ultimate Skill). Completing the Main Quests will award you with anywhere from 600-15,000 Credits and the Daily Quests will award anywhere from 4-32 Platinum. See here for a full list of the Main and Daily Quests and their requirements (credit to lowlines for this): LINK. Completing the Quests will not only give you some cash to play with but will also earn some XP along the way. You can see what quests are available (and track your progress towards them), by pressing whilst at the Main Menu.

      The maximum number of active Quests in both categories is 3 and will remain in the Quests menu until they have been completed. Daily Quests can be auto-replaced if a higher value one becomes available (e.g. you have 3 Quests worth +4 Platinum each but then one appears that is worth 10 Platinum and subsequently replaces one of the +4 Platinum Quests). Main Quests are exempt from this automatic replacement policy. Unless a Quest has specified otherwise, the majority of the quests can be done in either the Episodes or DLC Operations. Please note that the Daily Quests become available at a little after Midnight/1am GMT 0 (UK time), though this does vary depending on if the clocks have gone forwards or backwards. For the quests that require you to win specific modes or kill the members of a specific faction, I strongly recommend completing them in a Private Versus match so you have more control over what happens and don't have to put up with spending hours waiting for them to show up in public games.
  • Win 30 Story missions or Versus matches.

    Notes:
    • The description for this trophy is a little misleading because you can actually get it through a combination of Episodes and Versus matches but it is unknown if the DLC Story Operations will count towards this.
    • You can track your progress towards this trophy: Command => Career => Stats and looking at the "Matches Won" and "Missions Completed" stats.
    • I'm not 100% sure but I think the Prologue counts towards this.

    If this hasn't popped by the time you have Commander and Collector and Tour of Duty, then create a Private Versus lobby (Main Menu => Versus Private => Versus Maps - Classic) and use the following settings:

    Character Select Style: PvP Classic
    Bots on Team 1: Fill
    Bots on Team 1: 1
    In Game Chat: Leave on the default
    Data Center: Use Optimal.
    Choose Map: Capture - Outback

    Now choose any character you please but my preference would be for Montana, since he's built like a tank and can take and deal a lot of damage. Once the game starts, go ahead and capture all 3 Energy Collectors then focus on keeping the Enemy bot away from them. If all goes to plan, you will win the match in 4-5mins. Rinse and repeat for as long you feel up to it.

    Do note that losing a Versus match or failing an Episode, will void that attempt and force you to replay it from scratch until a win has been achieved but you can make life a little bit easier for yourself by using the following controller setup:

    You are going to complete way more than 30 Episodes and Versus matches whilst going for the /100% so don't worry about this trophy.
  • Complete all Story missions on Hardcore.

    General notes:
    • The description for this trophy is very misleading because it implies you have to do the Prologue as well but this is wrong, since that Episode has no difficulty options so doesn't count.
       
    • You can track your progress towards this trophy: Command => Career => Stats then looking in the "Missions" box and seeing which missions have a Medal by them.
       
    • This trophy only relates to the 8 numbered Episodes in the "Story" menu and not the 5 Operations found in the "Operations" menu.
       
    • For your convenience, I have created a tracking sheet for this trophy: LINK

    Hardcore mode is available from the start and is accessed by going into the pre-mission options screen for your chosen Episode and changing the "Hardcore" option from "Off" to "On". I don't recommend attempting this trophy until you have played through the story at least once on Normal and/or Advanced, have more Gear items available and levelled up each Battleborn character a few times so they are more powerful. The main change that Hardcore brings to the game is that you only have 1 life so death means instant failure and having to redo the Episode from scratch. Don't let the Checkpoints fool you, as they are only there for stat tracking purposes and won't revive you if you die. If you play in Co-Op, then you will only wipeout if everyone else dies before they can revive you.

    For Episode specific tips, see the following trophies:

    Divide by Zero Hour
    Mister Wolf's Wild Ride
    Shock the Trooper
    Remnants of Codex
    Traps and Treasure
    Desperate Measurements
    A Booming Business
    A Tyrant Undone

    For general tips, see Solus War Hero Advanced but see here for an in-depth walkthrough of every Episode: LINK.

    You can also attempt this trophy with randoms during the weekly Hardcore Spotlight that runs from late Friday to sometime the following Monday. The Hardcore Spotlight is broken down into the following categories and runs in a 3 week loop so you get a new one each week, before it repeats itself:

    Hardcore Spotlight: Bliss (Episodes 1-3)
    Hardcore Spotlight: Ekkunar (Episodes 4-6)
    Hardcore Spotlight: Tempest (Episodes 7 and 8)

    Hardcore Spotlight notes:
    • The Hardcore Spotlight is pre-set to Advanced difficulty so adjust your tactics accordingly.
    • I strongly recommend doing this solo, because the difficulty scaling goes crazy once you start adding more players into your game.
    • The Hardcore Spotlights only apply to the main story and not the Prologue or any of the DLC Operations.
    • You must finish Episode 8: The Heliophage (on any difficulty), before the Hardcore Spotlight will permit you to access it.
  • Complete all Story missions on Advanced Difficulty.

    Notes: 
    • The description for this trophy is very misleading because it implies you have to do the Prologue as well but this is wrong, as that Episode has no difficulty options so doesn't count.
       
    • This trophy can only be done in the main game and not the DLC Operations, since those have a different system that handles the difficulty.
       
    • For your convenience, I have created a tracking sheet for this trophy: LINK

    I don't recommend attempting this trophy in Co-Op, because the difficulty scaling goes crazy once you start adding more people to your party. Here is a list of changes that Advanced difficulty brings to the game:
    • Enemies are more numerous, do more damage, have more health and stronger Shields.
    • Shards often award you less for each one you collect.
    • The score limits for the medals are lower in some cases.
    • Support and defensive structures/units cost roughly 200 Shards more to build.
    • Extra lives and health drops are much harder to come by.
    • Some Bosses will use different strategies compared to what they did on Normal difficulty but see the individual story trophies for more details on this.
    For some basic Episode specific tips, see the following trophies but see here for an in-depth walkthrough of every Episode: LINK.

    Divide by Zero Hour
    Mister Wolf's Wild Ride
    Shock the Trooper
    Remnants of Codex
    Traps and Treasure
    Desperate Measurements
    A Booming Business
    A Tyrant Undone

    General Tips:
    • Don't rush: Whilst there is a 2hr time limit on every Story Episode, you will have more than enough time to finish them so stay calm and think through your actions as rushing around will only end in disaster.
       
    • Pick the right Battleborn for the job: Whilst it is possible to solo the entire game with all 30 characters, you will have more luck and find things far less stressful by carefully choosing the best one for the mission at hand. For example: Episode 2: The Void's Edge, features a lot of tight spaces and plenty of opportunities to get completely overwhelmed or shot to pieces by snipers. Due to this, picking someone like Ambra or El Dragón would be a very bad idea because they are short range characters with weak attacks and have only limited Crowd Control abilities. In a situation like this, you would be better off with e.g. Beatrix, Ernest or Oscar Mike etc. because they can deal a lot of damage over a wide area and quickly thin out any hordes that are coming your way.
       
    • Choose your Augments and Mutations carefully: Whenever you level up, you will be given the chance to temporarily improve your character by taking a Helix Augment and, if it's available, a Mutation as well. Augments tend to only offer small changes or improvement but Mutations are game changers that can turn a losing situation into a winning one. You have to be careful what Augments and Mutations you pick, because you will be stuck with them for the duration of that Story mission/Operation/Versus match so won't be able to change your mind if you mess up and pick the wrong one. Playing through the Dojo Training mode a few times with each character is a great way of weeding out the lesser Augments and Mutations so you can pick the best setup for each one, without having to rely on guess work that could completely screw you over at any given point.
       
    • See Solus War Hardcore Hero for details on the Hardcore Spotlight, should you decide to attempt this trophy with randoms (though I don't recommend it).
       
    • Create and select your loadouts carefully: Ideally, you want at least 5 different loadouts so you have every situation covered but 3 will suffice if you’re having trouble finding enough cash and items to have that many. Here are my recommendations for 3 loadouts that should cover the most situations:

      Loadout 1:

      - CC (Crowd Control) Duration reduction
      - Increased Skill Damage
      - Cooldown Time reduction

      Loadout 2:

      - Increased Attack Damage
      - Increased Shield Penetration
      - Damage Reduction + Health Regeneration per Second

      Loadout 3:

      - Decreased Recoil
      - Increased Reload Speed
      - Increased Attack Speed

      After making any changes to your loadouts, press the Touchpad () to save your choices.

      You can only pick one loadout from your available selection for use during any given Episode, Operation or Versus match so you are going to have to experiment a little bit to find the best fit for the task and Battleborn character at hand. Note: The maximum number of loadouts you can have is 30.
       
    • Don't forget to use your  ability: Every character has an ability that is mapped to the  button but unfortunately, the game only very rarely mentions it so many players don't even know to use it. The ability can be upgraded to a certain degree, which will either buff it or replace it with something else entirely so use the Dojo to try out each variation. Here is a list of every character and what their  ability does but do note that most of the abilities require you to keep  held for it to work properly:

      (DLC Battleborn) Alani = Wellspring (Healing)
      Ambra = Scorching Strikes (Melee attack)
      Attikus = Charged Hook (Melee attack)
      (DLC Battleborn) Beatrix = Sniper Scope
      Benedict = Allows you to Glide whilst airborne
      Boldur = Raises his Ekkuni Greatshield to block incoming damage.
      Caldarius = Energy blade (Energy based Melee attack)
      El Dragón = Clap Attack (Energy based Melee attack)
      (DLC Battleborn) Ernest = Detonates any thrown Charges and/or changes what mode his Power Egg is in.
      Galilea = Raises her Sentinel's Greatshield to block incoming damage.
      Ghalt = Ironsights (solo Revolver Shotgun only)
      ISIC = Raises his Energy Aegis to block incoming damage but is also used to fire his Machine Guns whilst Omega Strike is active.
      Kelvin = Ice Fist (Melee attack)
      (DLC Battleborn) Kid Ultra = Rocket Vortex (fires 2 salvoes of 3 Rockets)
      Kleese = Shock Taser (Energy weapon)
      Marquis = Sniper Scope
      Mellka = Pistol Whip melee combo
      Miko = Healing Beam (only usable in Co-Op or Multiplayer)
      Montana = Pre-spins his Minigun
      Orendi = Fires 4 Chaos Bolts at once.
      Oscar Mike = Ironsights/Scope
      (DLC Battleborn) Pendles = Fires off a Throwing Star.
      Phoebe = True Strike (Melee attack)
      Rath = Fires off a small Energy blade that spins for approx 1 second before disappearing.
      Reyna = Plasma Pulse (Energy weapon)
      Shayne & Aurox = Boomerang (Melee weapon)
      Thorn = Press and hold to increase the travel distance and penetrative power of her Arrows.
      Toby = Sniper Scope
      Whiskey Foxtrot = Ironsights/Scope
       
    •  is your friend: Every character has an Off-Hand melee attack which will knock back any enemy that gets in your way, which can be a life saver if you get cornered but do note that this has diminishing returns if used too often against the same enemy/group of enemies.
    This trophy will pop once you have finished all 8 Episodes on Advanced difficulty.
  • Win a match on each Versus map.

    Notes:
    • Doing this trophy in Private Matches will guarantee you only play on the maps you actually need, because you can pick exactly which maps and modes are needed for it.
       
    • Since the Face-Off and Supercharge modes aren't needed for this trophy, I won't be doing a walkthrough for them but here's a link to one that explains each one in detail (credit to Gearbox Support for this): LINK. Also, see here if you want additional info on any of the modes included in this game (credit to MentalMars for this): LINK
       
    • For your convenience, I have created a tracking sheet for this trophy: LINK

    With the addition of the Bots Battle mode and the fact you can also use Private Versus Matches, this trophy is a lot easier to get than it used to be and will pop after winning a match on each of the following maps:

    Capture/Face-Off:

    Note: "Capture" and "Face-Off" share the same maps so it doesn't matter which of the two you play, since the maps will still count.

    Outback
    Temples


    Incursion:

    Echelon
    Overgrowth


    Meltdown:

    Coldsnap
    Paradise


    The following maps don't count towards this trophy, because they were patched in some time after the game was released.

    Capture/Face-Off:

    Snowblind


    Incursion:

    Monuments


    Meltdown:

    Outskirts


    The absolute fastest way to get this trophy, is to create a Private Versus lobby (Main Menu => Versus Private => Versus Maps - Classic) and use the following settings:

    Character Select Style: PvP Classic
    Bots on Team 1: Fill
    Bots on Team 1: 1
    In Game Chat: Leave on the default
    Data Center: Use Optimal.
    Choose Map: Whichever one it is you need.

    Once you have rinsed and repeated the above settings for each of the required maps and won each match, the trophy will pop. If you would rather do this trophy legit and not use private matches, then see the following info:-


    General tips:
    • You can make life easier for yourself by sticking to your character's strengths and class designation e.g. if you're a Healer, then your job is to stay close to your friends and provide background support but not try and actively engage the enemy in open combat.
       
    • If you start losing badly, there's no shame in Surrendering. To Surrender, press , scroll down to the "Vote for Surrender" option, press on it then have the rest of your team vote "Yes" when the notification appears on their screens. The "Surrender" option has an invisible cooldown timer and won't appear until about 10mins into the match. Once used, you cannot use it again until approx 2mins have passed. If used in a Bot Match with you as the only human player, your Surrender vote will be automatically approved and the match will end instantly.
       
    • Gather Shards then build Turrets, Accelerators, Supply Stations and MX Elite Bots to help you and your allies. Building things will give the enemy a hard time and award you a small amount of XP. Everything except the MX Elite Bots can be upgraded.
       
    • If it belongs to the enemy, destroy it! The more you destroy, the easier it will be to attack the enemy positions and the more money the other team will have to spend on trying to keeping hold of their territory.
       
    • Teleport back to base if you lose more than ? of your health, else you will become an easy target for the opposing team but only do so once you are sure that no-one is with attack range. To activate the Teleport function, just tap on the D-Pad but you only need to press it once as doing so again will cancel the Teleport.
       
    • Unless you need to kill a specific Battleborn for one of the other trophies, don't run after them if they retreat as doing so will nearly always get you killed.
       
    • Using the Tag button () to highlight an enemy that's giving you grief will alert the rest of your team so they should (if they are playing properly) come to your aid. To Tag someone or something, you have to highlight them/it with your crosshair then press but do note that the Tag will wear off after a few seconds.
       
    • Never attempt to take or defend objectives by yourself, else you will wiped out by the other team.
       
    • Don't Taunt someone you just killed, because it will leave you extremely vulnerable and open to attack.
       
    • Keep an eye out for the "X are spawning soon" messages (where "X" is either Shards or Mercenaries) as the new item can quickly turn a match in your favour.
    Mode specific tips:

    Capture:

    Overview: To win a Capture match, your team has to earn 1,000 points by capturing and holding at least 2 of the 3 available Energy Collectors. Victory will be granted to whoever has the most points at the end of the allotted time. Unlike the other modes, you will start off at Helix Rank 3 and be given a small amount of Shards to spend on your equipped Gears.

    Recommended Energy Collectors to capture:

    Outback - B and C
    Temples - A and C (or B and C if you happen to start on the opposite side of the map)
    Snowblind - A and B (or B and C if you happen to start on the opposite side of the map)
    • Have your team split up and go after 2 of the 3 Energy Collectors but don't try and take the 3rd as well or you will stretched too thin and run the risk of losing the match.
       
    • It won't take long before the other team shows up so make sure that everyone focuses their fire in whichever direction they do eventually appear from.
       
    • If one or more players on the other team start to dominate, you will need to work extra hard to keep them away from the Energy Collectors else the tide will quickly turn against you.
       
    • If things start going badly, it is still possible to win if you focus purely on capturing and holding at least 2 Energy Collectors whilst also picking off the other team's strongest player(s).

    Incursion:

    Overview: To win an Incursion match, you have to either destroy both of the enemy sentries by escorting your minions to them, or destroy one and then ensure that neither of your own get eliminated/take damage. If there is a tie after 30mins (i.e. both teams lose a sentry but manage to keep the other one from taking any damage) then the game will decide the victors by looking at various factors from both sides e.g. how many challenges were completed, how many multi-kills were performed, how many Shards have been collected, total damage output etc. etc. so it's still possible to win, even if you feel that you have played poorly.
    • Don't rush out and head straight for the first of the enemy Sentries, else you will be torn apart by both the Sentry and the other team. The key is to go halfway, then have your team take up position and wait for the other team to show up.
       
    • Initially, you want to focus on eradicating the enemy's minions and taking out the M1 Shepherd so it won’t grant an Overshield to any of its allies who are in range.
       
    • With the minions and Shepherd out of the picture, it's time to focus on the other players, but you want to eliminate them in a specific order so the opposing team's attack strategy will fall apart:

      1: Healers/Support characters e.g. Ambra, Beatrix, Kleese etc.
      2: Attackers e.g. Marquis, Orendi, Thorn etc.
      3: Defenders e.g. Attikus, Ernest, Montana etc.

      Once the team has been reduced by 3 people, the rest will retreat and let you focus on taking out the 1st Sentry. Sentries are immune to Status effects. If you do the job properly, then the Sentry will be scrap metal in under a minute once your minions start attacking it.
       
    • Hire some Thrall Mercenaries ASAP, then Guard them whilst they attempt to lay waste to the Enemy Sentries. Each map will have 3 Thrall Mercenary camps (one at both ends and one in the middle) but just like the Shard Clusters, you will have to wait until 3mins into the match before they will spawn in and become useable. To hire some mercenaries, you first have to find their camp then kill them and stand on the control point until the capture icon turns fully blue and the mercenaries respawn. Most of the Mercenary Camps only have 1 mercenary available but the one in the middle of every map will have 2. These tend to be a lot harder to kill so I would bring a friend if you intend to capture that one.
       
    • With the first Sentry destroyed, it's time to take out the other one and win the match. Sentry 2 won't be an easy target since it will be surrounded by enemy forces. Start off by eliminating the turrets and accelerators that are nearby as those will make life very difficult for you. With the defensive structures gone, thin out the enemy players and minions then guard your own minions whilst they take care of the Sentry.
    Meltdown: - Glitch Note: The info screen is currently glitched in that it says you need 300 points, when the total is actual 400.

    Overview: Meltdown is a game of 2 halves:

    First half: You and your team have to escort some minions to their designated Grinders but at the same time, you have to stop the opposing team's minions from getting to their own Grinders. Once a team has earned 400 points, the Finale will begin and the second half of the game will commence.

    Second half: During the Finale, two Ultra Minions will spawn for the team who had the highest score at the end of the first half. How strong the Ultra minions are, depends entirely on how big of a score gap there was between the both teams so having a 100-200 point gap is infinitely more desirable than a 50 point gap. If the losing team can destroy both Ultra minions before one of them enters a Grinder then 2 more will spawn but the losing team will get one as well. If you do end up in a scenario where both teams have Ultra minions, then the winners will be whoever manages to successfully escort theirs to a Grinder.

    You can learn more about specifics of this mode, here (credit to MentalMars for the link but do note it is a tad out-of-date as 400 points are now needed and not 300):
    LINK
    • Have your team split-up into pairs, then take a lane each. Once they are settled, the 5th player needs to move between the lanes and help whichever pair needs your help at that moment.
       
    • The first couple of waves of minions and their Shepherds need to be wiped out ASAP so you can start building a decent lead over the other team. If you can gather enough Shards early on, then it's possible to have at least 1 turret guarding your minions and attacking the other team’s minions.
       
    • After the first wave of minions has been eliminated, it's time to clear out all of the enemy defences that guard the routes to your team's secondary grinders on both sides of the map.
       
    • With the minions and Shepherd out of the picture, it's time to focus on the other players but you want to eliminate them in a specific order so the opposing team's attack strategy will fall apart:

      1: Healers and Support characters e.g. Ambra, Beatrix, Kleese etc.
      2: Defenders e.g. Attikus, Ernest, Montana etc.
      3: Attackers e.g. Marquis, Orendi, Thorn etc.

      Once the team has been reduced by 2 or 3 people, the rest will retreat (or at least they will if they have any sense) and let you focus on escorting your own minions to their Grinder.
       
    • The odds are that the other team will focus all their efforts on defending one lane or the other so once you know which one it is, you can focus your attacks on keeping them contained and ensuring that most of their minions don't reach their grinders.
  • Play at least one match or mission with all 25 Battleborn.

    Notes:
    • I'm not 100% sure but I think the Prologue will count towards this trophy.
    • For your convenience, I have created a tracking sheet for this trophy: LINK

    This is a very simple trophy but will take a while to get, due to how long the Versus matches, Episodes and Story Operations last. Here's an alphabetical list of all 25 non-DLC Battleborn characters:

    Ambra
    Attikus
    Benedict
    Boldur
    Caldarius
    Deande
    El Dragón
    Galilea
    Ghalt
    ISIC
    Kelvin
    Kleese
    Marquis
    Mellka
    Miko
    Montana
    Orendi
    Oscar Mike
    Phoebe
    Rath
    Reyna
    Shayne & Aurox
    Thorn
    Toby
    Whiskey Foxtrot

    The following Battleborn are DLC and thus, don't count towards this trophy:

    Alani
    Beatrix
    Ernest
    Kid Ultra
    Pendles

    It doesn't matter if you win or lose an Episode, Operation or Versus match as it will still count towards the trophy. Once you have played as all 25 of the original Battleborn characters, the trophy will pop. Whilst you can boost this trophy, I don't recommend it as you will only waste time and make life harder for yourself later on by missing out on large amounts of XP.
  • Collect 25 Titles from completing Challenges.

    Possibly Glitched
    • This trophy might not pop until you have earned far more than 25 Titles.
    • Some Challenges will complete and unlock the relevant items but the progression bar won't show as 100% complete. My theory is that the glitch is caused by getting any given character to Rank 15 and not immediately completing another match with them but I can't prove this definitively.

    There are 324 Titles in the game (though some are unavailable if you didn't get them during their limited availability period) and you can see which ones you have earned, by going: Command => Career => Titles. To check your progress towards the more grindy Challenges, go Command => Career => Challenges then press on the category that interests you. For the purposes of this trophy, here is a list of the easiest Titles to get (though not necessarily the quickest):

    Main game:

    Aggressor = Win a Versus match.
    Aspirant = Win as a Jennerit Battleborn.
    Assassin = Kill 50 Battleborn.
    Augustus = Reach Character Rank 2 with Benedict.
    Bandit = Win as a Rogue Battleborn.
    Baroness = Reach Character Rank 2 with Phoebe.
    Battleborn = Reach Command Rank 100.
    Botanist = Win as an Eldrid Battleborn.
    Chair Brained = Win 10 games as Kleese.
    Cold or Swarm = Reach Character Rank 2 with Kelvin.
    Deathbringer = Reach Character Rank 2 with Thorn.
    Endless, Ageless = Reach Character Rank 2 with Miko.
    Ex-CEO = Reach Character Rank 2 with ISIC.
    Fan of the Empire = Reach Character Rank 2 with Deande.
    First = Be the first to kill an enemy Battleborn in a match.
    First Among Battleborn = Reach Character Rank 2 with Ghalt.
    Friend to All = Win 10 games as Montana.
    Full of Stars = Win 10 games as Ambra.
    Galactic Champion = Reach Character Rank 2 with El Dragón.
    Gentleman, Robot, Sniper = Reach Character Rank 2 with Marquis.
    Gladiator = Play as a Jennerit Battleborn 25 times.
    Half-and-Half = Reach Character Rank 2 with Mellka.
    Helping Hand = Assist in killing 20 Battleborn.
    Hobo = Play as an LLC Battleborn.
    Hobo Remover = Win 10 games as Marquis.
    Human Cyborg Liaison = Reach Character Rank 2 with Kleese.
    Keeper of the Blade = Reach Character Rank 2 with Rath.
    Knight Terror = Reach Character Rank 2 as Galilea.
    Lieutenant = Win as a Peacekeeper Battleborn 10 times.
    Luchadorable = Win 10 games as El Dragón.
    Lumberjack GO! = Reach Character Rank 2 as Montana.
    Machinist = Win as an LLC Battleborn.
    Major = Win as a Peacekeeper Battleborn 25 times.
    Mercenary = Reach Character Rank 2 as Whiskey Foxtrot.
    Mike Check = Reach Character Rank 2 as Oscar Mike.
    Mogul = Win as an LLC Battleborn 10 times.
    Ping Wing = Win 10 games as Toby.
    Prickly Princess = Win 10 games as Phoebe.
    Private = Win as a Peacekeeper Battleborn.
    Ranger = Win as an Eldrid Battleborn 10 times.
    Rebellious = Reach Character Rank 2 as Attikus.
    Recruit = Play as a Peacekeeper Battleborn.
    Retired = Win 10 games as Whiskey Foxtrot.
    Scion = Win as a Jennerit Battleborn 25 times.
    Scourge = Win as a Rogue battleborn 25 times.
    Scout = Play as an Eldrid Battleborn 25 times.
    Seeker = Play as an Eldrid Battleborn.
    Seer = Win as an Eldrid Battleborn 25 times.
    Sergeant = Win as a Peacekeeper Battleborn 25 times.
    Shock Trooper = Win as a Jennerit Battleborn 10 times.
    Silent Sister = Reach Character Rank 2 with Ambra.
    Smuggler = Win as a Rogue Battleborn 10 times.
    Solus Bound = You are bound for the last star (reach Command Rank 25).
    Space Invader = Win 25 Incursion Matches.
    Space Punk Partnership = Reach Character Rank 2 with Shayne & Aurox.
    Spore Addict = Win 10 games as Miko.
    Supportive = Assist in killing 100 Battleborn.
    The 999th = Reach Character Rank 2 with Caldarius.
    The DESTROYER = Reach Character Rank 2 with Toby.
    The Engineer = Win 10 games as Ghalt.
    The Kemessian = Win 10 games as Caldarius.
    The Last Star = You are a beacon of light against the encroaching darkness (reach Command Rank 75).
    The Pirate = Reach Character Rank 2 with Reyna.
    The Red Observer = Win 10 games as Mellka.
    Thrall = Play as a Jennerit Battleborn.
    Thug = Play as a Rogue Battleborn.
    Play as an LLC Battleborn 25 times.


    Operations:

    Back to Basic = Complete "Oscar Mike vs. the Battle School" Operation as Oscar Mike (or on the same team as Oscar Mike).
    Bear Bait = Complete the "Montana and the Demon Bear" Operation with at least 25 Ops Points.
    BRO Certificate = Complete "Attikus and Thrall Rebellion" as Attikus (or while on the same team as Attikus).
    Cannon Fodder = Complete the "Oscar Mike vs. the Battle School" Operation with at least 25 Ops Points.
    Crazy For You = Complete the "Toby's Friendship Raid" Operation as Orendi.
    Field Researcher = Complete the "Phoebe and the Heart of Ekkunar" Operation with at least 25 Ops Points.
    NOPE NOPE NOPE = Kill 100 Spider Sentries.
    Peerless Review = Complete the "Phoebe and the Heart of Ekkunar" Operation as Beatrix.
    Penguin Master = Complete the "Toby's Friendship Raid" Operation with at least 50 Ops Points.
    Rogue Raider = Complete the "Toby's Friendship Raid" Operation with at least 25 Ops Points.
    Signal Searcher = Complete the "Phoebe and the Heart of Ekkunar" Operation with at least 50 Ops Points.
    Slum Lord = Complete the "Attikus and Thrall Rebellion" Operation with at least 50 Ops Points.
    Tempest Noir = Complete the "Attikus and Thrall Rebellion" Operation with at least 25 Ops Points.
    The Power of Friendship = Complete the "Toby's Friendship Raid" Operation as ISIC, Pendles and Reyna.
    The Right to Arm Bears = Complete the "Montana and the Demon Bear" Operation with at least 50 Ops Points.
    Too Cruel For School = Complete "Oscar Mike vs. the Battle School" Operation as Whiskey Foxtrot.
    Twice as Nice = Complete the "Toby's Friendship Raid" Operation as Toby.
    Unbearable = Reach Character Rank 2 with Boldur.
    Vagabond = Play as a Rogue Battleborn 25 times.
    Varimorphic = Reach Character Rank 2 with Orendi.
    Wrath of Bliss = Win 10 games as Galilea.


    DLC Battleborn:

    Executive Executioner = Win 10 games as Pendles.
    Explosive = Win 10 games as Ernest.
    Justified = Reach Character Rank 2 with Kid Ultra.
    Ridin' Like Poseidon = Win 10 game as Alani.
    Serial Hero = Win 10 games as Kid Ultra.
    Splice and Dice = Reach Character Rank 2 with Beatrix.
    Stealthy = Reach Character Rank 2 with Pendles.
    The Demobird = Reach Character Rank 2 with Ernest.
    The Solitary Apprentice = Reach Character Rank 2 with Alani.
    Toxin Jockey = Win 10 games as Beatrix.


    Ineligible Titles:

    The following Titles don't count towards this trophy because they aren't Challenge related:

    - BATTLEBORN DAY = You took part Battleborn Day 1, which was held on November 12th 2016.

    - Battleborn Day Guide = A Shift Code which was given out on November 12th 2016. Note: The code has now expired.

    - Firstborn = Awarded for pre-ordering the game and redeeming the code for the "Firstborn Pack". Note: If you bought the Digital Deluxe Edition before it was delisted, then this Title will be automatically added to your collection.

    - Forbidden Romantic = You took part in Battleborn Day 2, which was held on February 18th 2017.

    - Lover, Not A Fighter = You took part in Battleborn Day 2, which was held on February 18th 2017.

    - Season Pass Holder = You own the Season Pass. Note: If you bought the Digital Deluxe Edition, then this Title will be automatically added to your collection. Also note that the Digital Deluxe Edition has been delisted, thus is no longer available.

    - FOUNDER = You played the retail version of the game at least once, prior to the 1.07 patch arriving on June 6th 2017.

    - Dunkster = Awarded via the following Shift Code: SWKTB-356W6-ZC3JS-XK6T3-HJ3CX.

    - Hero Found = Awarded via the following Shift Code: H5KJT-93R56-SKTB9-F5FBJ-TC39Z.

    - Dunk Squad = You were in the team that won the Battleborn Tournament at the 2017 Choctaw Festival of Gaming.

    - Lost Hero = You were in the team that came second in the Battleborn Tournament at the 2017 Choctaw Festival of Gaming.

    - Battle Buddies = A Shift Code given out on June 20th 2017. Note: The code has now expired.

    - Any temporary title which you get for buying the Battle Pass (Free Trial exclusive), XP, VIP or Loot Booster Microtransaction items. The VIP Pass can also be bought with in-game Credits so you don't have to grind out the necessary Platinum.


    Additional Info:

    You get a new Title at Ranks 110, 120, 130, 140 and 150 but will almost certainly have every trophy before you get anywhere near Rank 110 so I won't worry about having to level up that high.


    Tip:

    There are 2 very easy ways to get the "NOPE NOPE NOPE" Title:
    1: Complete the Prologue 100 times and personally kill the "Huntsman", each time.
    2: Get to the end of the Operation "Oscar Mike vs. the Battle School" and farm the Arachnites that the rebuilt "Arachnis" produces, because each one will count towards earning this Title. Arachnis is one of 3 randomly assigned bosses that can spawn at the end of this Operation and his appearance is heavily dependent on which Battleborn you play as but I know for a fact that Orendi, Kleese, Boldur and Ambra are four of those so play as one of them and save yourself a lot of hassle. You may have to replay this Operation a few times before the "NOPE NOPE NOPE" Title is awarded but it won’t be anywhere near the amount it would take to do legit in either Incursion or the Story Episodes.
  • Complete a match or mission and reach rank 15 with a Battleborn.

    Note: By "mission", the description is actually referring to the Operations and Story Episodes.

    Unless a future patch makes the lore challenges less time consuming, this trophy will more than likely pop when going for the trophies associated with the following Battleborn:

    Original Battleborn:

    Attikus
    El Dragón
    Ghalt
    Kelvin
    Marquis
    Miko
    Montana
    Orendi
    Oscar Mike
    Toby
    Whiskey Foxtrot

    DLC Battleborn:

    Alani
    Kid Ultra
    Pendles
  • Complete a Story mission without losing any Lives.

    Note: This cannot be obtained in the Prologue mission but it's unknown if it can be earned in the DLC Operations.

    Episodes 1 (The Algorithm), 4 (The Archive) and 6 (The Experiment) are the easiest ones to attempt this in but see here for a full walkthrough of the above Episodes, along with the recommended Helix setups and Gear loadouts: LINK
  • Get 5 double kills.

    Note: This trophy is easily obtained in Private matches against either bots or friends.

    After killing someone, you have approx 5secs to kill someone else and have it count as a double kill. The best character to get this with is Montana, because he's built like a tank and can dish out a hellish amount of damage in a short space of time. I recommend getting at least 1 double-kill with Toby so you can complete his Killing On Rails lore challenge at the same time. See the list below for my recommended Helix setup for Montana but see the "Killing On Rails" section of the Anxious, Angry, and Adorable trophy for how to get double-kills with Toby:

    Lv1 Helix, Right Augment "Weather Man"
    Lv2 Helix, Mutation "Lumberjack Blast" (Rank 2 unlock)
    Lv3 Helix, Left Augment "Pumped Up"
    Lv4 Helix, Left Augment "Icy Resolve"
    Lv5 Helix, Right Augment "Hot Blooded"
    Lv6 Helix, Left Augment "Swole Shield"
    Lv7 Helix, Right Augment "Ice Age"
    Lv8 Helix, Left Augment "Too Big To Fail"
    Lv9 Helix, Left Augment "Bullet Buff" or Right Augment "Perfect Storm"
    Lv10 Helix, Right Augment "Instant Payback"

    I also recommend equipping and activating Gear items that offer the following bonuses:
    • +10.50% Cooldown Time
    • +9.10% Skill Damage
    • +8.40% Damage Reduction and +7.00 Health Regeneration per Second

    If you would rather boost this trophy instead of trying to get it legit, create a Private Versus lobby (Main Menu => Versus Private => Versus Maps - Classic) invite some friends and use the following settings but have everyone change to Team 2 by pressing :

    Character Select Style: PvP Classic
    Bots on Team 1: 0
    Bots on Team 1: 0
    In Game Chat: Global
    Data Center: Use Optimal
    Choose Map: Capture - Outback

    Step 1:

    Start the match, then pick Montana as your character and have your friends pick a shieldless character e.g. Mellka, Boldour, Miko, Kelvin (just make sure they don't use his Chomp Skill) etc.

    Step 2:

    Once the match has started, buy the Skill Damage Gear and take the Augments as listed above. As for you friends, just make sure they don't equip anything that boosts their health, shields or damage resistance.

    Step 3:

    Now meet up with your friends, whittle their health down to practically nothing, then kill them with your Hailstorm Skill ().

    Step 4:

    Wait for both of your friends to respawn, then rinse and repeat Step 3 until the trophy pops.
  • Activate a piece of Legendary Gear.

    Notes:
    • This trophy cannot be obtained during the Prologue, since loadouts are disabled whilst playing it.
       
    • To make it easier to see what rarities you have in your Gear Bank, go: Command => Gear => press the button => press on the "Rarity" option. When you're done, press to exit the menu.
       
    • You start the game with just 1 set of 3 loadout slots available but more can be purchased for either 9,125 Credits or 105 Platinum. Do note that you must be at Command Rank 3 or higher before you can access the Gear menu.
       
    • If your Gear Bank is full, then you can't add more to it until either more space is bought for 13,700 Credits/140 Platinum or some of your stored items are stored but you will have sell things individually due to there being no bulk sell option. Do note that the maximum number of slots you can have, is 559.
       
    • You can get this and Decked Out during the Incursion tutorial.
       
    • There's a major glitch with the Gear menu (the one accessed via the Command menu) that causes the wrong items to be deleted from your loadouts, when you haven't actually specified that they should be deleted. From what I've seen, this appears to be related to selling an unused Gear that's identical to one you have equipped and failing to say "Yes" to saving the changes. This was mostly fixed with the 1.07 patch but still occurs from time-to-time.
       
    • The Gear Bank is very glitchy and prone to connection issues, items not adding to your loadout correctly, cursor reset problems when selling items etc. etc.

    Before I get into the various ways of getting your hands on some Epic and/or Legendary Gear, you need to understand a little bit about the 4 different rarities:

    (White) Common - Common Gears have the lowest stats and activation costs out of all the different rarities, since many can be activated for free but this tier has a higher chance of penalising you in the process by inflicting a heavy penalty of some kind e.g. - 7.42% Damage Reduction. I strongly recommend you sell such items immediately as they are a literal health hazard and shouldn't be used. Common gears have activation costs that vary from Free to 420 Credits.

    Uncommon - Uncommon Gears have better stats than the Common ones but come with a much higher price tag of 600 Credits, up to approx 714 Credits. This tier is also where dual stats start making an appearance, that is Gears which have 2 sets of stats that do slightly different things e.g. +14.00% Healing Received and +9.80% Healing Received for 60 seconds after respawning.

    Rare - Rare Gears don't vary much from the Uncommon variants, except for offering slightly more variety with their secondary stats and costing more.

    Epic - Epic Gears are essentially the same as Rare Gears, just with a much higher price tag.

    Legendary - Legendary Gears are the best Gear items in the game and offer 2 sets of stats that are boosted but also add a third stat which will always be a new feature of some kind e.g. earning increased Attack Damage based on how high or low your health currently is. The Legendary Gears that are granted for completing every lore challenge and getting each Battleborn to Rank 15 will always have a character or faction specific stat which will only work for that specific Battleborn/faction. The activation cost for Legendaries is highly variable as it scales to your current Command Rank and can go up to 1,970 Shards.

    There are 7 ways of getting a piece of Epic and/or Legendary Gear:

    1: Completing all the lore challenges for any given Battleborn then completing an Episode, Operation or match and hitting Rank 15.

    2: Kill all the bosses in every Operation and Story Episode and hope they drop a Legendary. See here for a list of who drops what (credit to lowlidev for this): LINK.

    3: Buy or earn a Loot Pack and hope you get a Legendary out of it. Loot Packs can be bought by going Command => Gear => Loot Packs and using the sub-menu within it to buy one but avoid the Magus Packs because those are a complete waste of Platinum and have abysmal drop rates.

    4: Complete all the lore challenges for any of the Battleborn characters.

    5: Earn a Diamond rating in any Episode or Operation and you will be awarded a Legendary Loot Pack, which has an almost guaranteed chance of spawning a Legendary Gear.

    6: Earn Command Ranks 110, 120, 130, 140 or 150 and open the Legendary Loot Pack you were given by the game. Note: You would have to be extremely unlucky to earn these higher ranks and not already have this trophy.

    7: Rank up each character and get one from reaching certain ranks (though this does seem to vary a little bit from character-to-character).

    Before you can activate a Gear of any kind, you need to add it to a loadout slot: Command => Gear => Loadouts then press on an empty slot and add a Gear, rinse and repeat this last bit for the other two slots. Now play any Story mission, Operation or Versus match and earn the required amount of Shards it costs to activate your particular Legendary. To activate it you need to press and hold on the D-Pad then press the relevant button that is assigned to it (i.e. , or ) and the trophy will pop. Epic Gear activation costs are between approximately 900 and 1,050 Shards for each piece you have equipped.

    You can get both this and Decked Out at the same time by ensuring you have a combination of Epics and Legendaries in your loadout, then earn enough Shards to activate all 3 of them. Most Episodes have a lot of Shards available but the 2 best places are Episode 2: The Void's Edge and the Operation "Phoebe and the Heart of Ekkunar".
  • Achieve a Gold rating on any Story mission.

    Can be story related.

    Notes:
    • Getting a Diamond rating will also count.
    • You can also do this in any of the 5 DLC Operations but you will more than likely have this trophy before going anywhere near them.

    There are 4 ratings available but you have to get Gold or higher for the trophy to pop:

    Bronze (lowest possible rating)
    Silver
    Gold
    Diamond (highest possible rating)

    Each difficulty and Hardcore variant (i.e Normal Hardcore and Advanced Hardcore) has its own score requirements so if you don't get a Gold or Diamond rating in one Episode/difficulty, then the odds are you will get it in another.

    This trophy is easily obtained during the Prologue, Episode 1: The Algorithm and Episode 2: The Void's Edge but see here for a detailed breakdown of how to maximise your Score potential (credit to MentalMars for this): LINK. Whilst this article doesn’t directly cover the Diamond ranks, the info is still valid so I strongly recommend reading it if you’re having trouble getting this trophy.

    Tips:
    • Kill everything quickly and efficiently, because every single enemy has an invisible combo timer that will expire if you don't kill another enemy within anywhere from 0.5 seconds to roughly 5 seconds.
       
    • If you find a spot where enemies carry on spawning for long periods (during boss fights or from Teleporters etc.) then take advantage of the situation and carry on killing them whilst you feel able to.
       
    • Avoid building support units/structures unless absolutely necessary, else they will steal your kills and start the combo timers before you are ready.
       
    • Whenever bonus score orbs drop from bosses and certain Loot crates, pick them up for big bonus points.
       
    • Look high and low for Loot crates and hidden Loot caches as you will need all the bonus points you can get your hands on.
       
    • Take advantage of respawning enemies. Some boss fights (most noticeably the one at the end of Episode 2: The Void's Edge) will feature endlessly spawning enemies whilst the main boss is still alive so milk those opportunities for all they're worth.
       
    • Play solo and save yourself a lot of grief. Whilst it is true that having more players in-game = more enemies = higher scores, it also means having to face off against endless hordes of over-powered enemies that will swamp you in seconds and make life miserable for everyone in your party.
       
    • If attempting this trophy during the Prologue then don't forget to kill the 3 Striker bots that appear just before the ending cutscene starts, else you will miss out on a sizeable amount of points.
  • Land the killing blow on each Battleborn at least once.

    Notes:
    • The description for this trophy is extremely misleading because it implies that the DLC Battleborn have to be killed as well, which is wrong because only the original 25 Battleborn that shipped with the game will actually count towards the trophy.
    • As of the Nov 17th Hot Fix, this trophy is now easily obtained in Private matches against either bots or friends.
    • Out of all the non-DLC Battleborn, the hardest ones to find in Public and Bots Battle games are El Dragón and Whiskey Foxtrot.
    • For your convenience, I have created a tracking sheet for this trophy: LINK

    This is a simple enough trophy to earn but will take a little while to get, due to how long the Versus matches can last and the fact you have to kill each Battleborn outright and not via assists. Here's an alphabetical list of all 25 non-DLC Battleborn characters:

    Ambra
    Attikus
    Benedict
    Boldur
    Caldarius
    Deande
    El Dragón
    Galilea
    Ghalt
    ISIC
    Kelvin
    Kleese
    Marquis
    Mellka
    Miko
    Montana
    Orendi
    Oscar Mike
    Phoebe
    Rath
    Reyna
    Shayne & Aurox
    Thorn
    Toby
    Whiskey Foxtrot

    The following Battleborn are DLC and don't count towards this trophy:

    Alani
    Beatrix
    Ernest
    Kid Ultra
    Pendles

    Boosting method:

    If you want to really speed this up, then follow these steps:

    Step 1:

    Create a Private Versus lobby (Main Menu => Versus Private => Versus Maps - Classic) invite a friend and use the following settings but have everyone change to Team 2 by pressing :

    Character Select Style: PvP Classic
    Bots on Team 1: 0
    Bots on Team 1: 0
    In Game Chat: Global
    Data Center: Use Optimal
    Choose Map: Capture - Outback

    Step 2:

    Start the match, pick any character you feel comfortable with but make sure your friend picks the same one.

    Step 3:

    Once the match has started, customise your character however you and your friend see fit.

    Step 4:

    Now meet up with your friend, then kill them. Once they've respawned, have them kill you in return.

    Step 5:

    Now surrender, then rinse and repeat these steps until both you and your friend have the trophy.
  • Activate three pieces of Epic or better Gear in a single mission or match.

    See Behold My Death Lasers and Despair for details on how to get both that and this at the same time.
  • Activate a mutation in a match.

    Notes:
    • This trophy can be obtained during the Prologue if it is replayed after you have unlocked Mellka's "Spike Vault" Mutation, which is her Character Rank 3 unlock.
    • To make life a little bit easier for yourself, I recommend setting the "Quick Helix" option to "On": Options and Extras => Controller => Quick Helix then Press Left or Right on the D-Pad/().
    • This can be combined with any other trophy if the opportunity presents itself.

    Mutations are unlocked at Character Ranks 3, 5, 7, 9 and 12 but are activated by pressing and holding on the D-Pad during an Operation, Story Episode or Versus match then pressing when a Mutation appears in your Helix at any given level. To earn this trophy in the fastest possible time, play as one of the following characters until they reach Character Rank 3 (which is the equivalent of finishing any Episode or Operation twice):

    Alani (DLC Battleborn)
    El Dragón
    Kelvin
    Rath

    Now go into an Operation, Episode or Versus match and activate your character's Lv1 Helix Mutation. Lv1 Mutations work best for this trophy because they are free to unlock and you are given unrestricted access to your Lv1 Helix at the start of every Operation, Episode and Versus match.
  • Complete any challenge that unlocks a Champion Skin.

    Can be story related.

    Notes:
    • All of the Champion Skin Challenges can be completed by any Battleborn in the game, not just the ones they are for.
    • By "Story missions" the Title descriptions are referring to the Story Episodes and DLC Operations.

    You can check your progress towards the Champion Skins: Command => Career => Challenges => Characters => Champion Skins but for your convenience, here is the full list of every challenge and their respective requirements:

    Ambra Champion Skin = Win 5 matches as a Jennerit Battleborn.
    Attikus Champion Skin = Kill 800 Jennerit enemies.
    Benedict Champion Skin = Win 5 matches as a Peacekeeper Battleborn.
    Boldur Champion Skin = Complete "The Experiment".
    Caldarius Champion Skin = Complete "The Renegade".
    Deande Champion Skin = Complete "The Heliophage" on Advanced.
    El Dragón Champion Skin = Win 5 matches as an LLC Battleborn.
    Galilea Champion Skin = Kill 800 minions of any type.
    Ghalt Champion Skin = Earn a Silver rating on all Story missions on Advanced difficulty.
    ISIC Champion Skin = Complete the "Algorithm".
    Kelvin Champion Skin = Win 5 matches as an Eldrid Battleborn.
    Kleese Champion Skin = Earn a Silver rating on all Story missions on Normal difficulty.
    Mellka Champion Skin = Complete the "Heliophage".
    Phoebe Champion Skin = Kill 50 Enemy Battleborn.
    Reyna Champion Skin = Get 50 assists in Versus matches.
    Shayne & Aurox Champion Skin = Complete 5 co-op missions or matches with at least 1 other player.
    Toby Champion Skin = Win 5 matches as a Rogue Battleborn.
    Whiskey Foxtrot Champion Skin = Win 15 matches.

    Most of these will come naturally but depending on if you play the story first or just dive into the Multiplayer, you will either get ISIC's Champion Skin first or one of the Skins that are awarded for "Winning 5 matches as X Battleborn faction".
  • Enter matchmaking with a full team of 5 players.

    Notes:
    • To prevent any randoms from joining you (which can happen if you are a member of a Battleborn PSN community), go: Options and Extras => Lobby => Lobby Privacy, then change the default setting from "Anyone can join" to "No one can join" so your game will become invite only.
    • It doesn't matter if the other 4 people are on your friends list or you invite some people from the "Recently Met" section of your friends list, as they all count regardless.
    This can be done in either public or private games but it doesn't matter if you jump into the story or play a Versus match as the trophy will pop regardless, though do note that Operations don't count because they only support 3 players instead of the usual 5. If you need help getting a boosting group together for this, then see the boosting thread here: LINK.

    To reduce how long it takes to get the Platinum, pick a game type of your choice but have everyone (including yourself) choose Boldur so his "Woodsworn" lore challenge will be completed for everyone when the match is over.
  • Complete all Thorn lore challenges.

    Note: You can check your lore challenge progress: Command => Battleborn => Thorn => Lore but please post here if you need boosting partners: LINK

    To get this trophy, you have to complete all 5 of Thorn's lore challenges:-

    Spry Sprite Spray
    Kill 10 enemy Battleborn with Volley while airborne.

    Difficulty: 1/10 if boosted but 3/10 if done legit

    Notes:
    • "Volley" is Thorn's Skill.
    • You have to be airborne but the enemy Battleborn does not.
    • I believe you have to kill your target outright and not via an assist but I'm not 100% sure.

    This sounds harder than it actually is and can be completed in a single match if you get the timing right and have the correct Augments and Gear items equipped.

    Helix setup:

    Lv1 Helix, Right Augment "Piercing Volley"
    Lv2 Helix, Left Augment "Cursed Earth"
    Lv3 Helix, Right Augment "Burst Propulsion"
    Lv4 Helix, Mutation "Splinter" (Character Rank 5 unlock)
    Lv5 Helix, Right Augment "Hexsanguination"
    Lv6 Helix, Right Augment "Swift Volley"
    Lv7 Helix, Right Augment "Vaulting Hunter"
    Lv8 Helix, Left Augment "Enduring Blight"
    Lv9 Helix, Right Augment "Kreshek's Rage"
    Lv10 Helix, Right Augment "Earthrender"

    Loadout:
    • -10.50% Cooldown Time
    • +9.10% Skill Damage
    • +21.00% Shield Penetration

    To stand the best chance of pulling this off, I recommend doing it in Bots Battle as the A.I Battleborn aren't the smartest and can be killed very easily once you are specced out correctly. Volley isn't that powerful when used against other Battleborn, thus you will have to get their health down to below 10% before you can get a kill with it. Once you have done so, double jump (press twice) then press whilst aiming at their head. If done right, the Volley shot will kill the target and be counted towards the completion of this challenge.

    Boosting method:

    If you want to speed this up or are having trouble getting into a public match, then follow these steps:

    Step 1:

    Create a Private Versus lobby (Main Menu => Versus Private => Versus Maps - Classic) invite a friend and use the following settings but have them change to Team 2 by pressing :

    Character Select Style: PvP Classic
    Bots on Team 1: 0
    Bots on Team 1: 0
    In Game Chat: Global
    Data Center: Use Optimal
    Choose Map: Capture - Outback

    Step 2:

    Start the match, pick Thorn and have your friend pick a shieldless character e.g. Mellka, Boldur, Miko, Kelvin (just make sure they don't use his Chomp Skill) etc.

    Step 3:

    Once the match has started, buy the Skill Damage Gear and take the Augments as listed above. As for you friends, just make sure they don't equip anything that boosts their health, shields or damage resistance.

    Step 4:

    Now meet up with your friend, whittle down their health to almost nothing then kill them with Volley whilst you're in the air.

    Step 5:

    Rinse and repeat Step 4 until the challenge is complete.


    Daughter Of Shadows
    Kill 100 enemies with Blight.

    Difficulty: 3/10

    Note: "Blight" is Thorn's Skill.

    To stand the best chance of getting a kill with Blight, you want to use it at point blank range against a large group of enemies so your odds of hitting them are higher and they have less chance of escaping being hit. See the "Rise Of The Thrall" challenge under the Anarchy Rules trophy for a list of suitable locations where this challenge can be done.

    Helix setup:

    Lv1 Helix, Left Augment "Brutal Blight"
    Lv2 Helix, Mutation "The Wait Is Over" (Character Rank 7 unlock) or Right Augment "Distant Blight"
    Lv6 Helix, Left Augment "Swampfoot"
    Lv8 Helix, Left Augment "Enduring Blight"
    Lv10 Helix, Right Augment "Earthrender"

    Loadout:
     
    • -10.50% Cooldown Time
    • +9.10% Skill Damage
    • +8.40% Damage Reduction

    The Last
    Complete "The Archive" on Advanced difficulty without losing any lives.

    Difficulty: 5/10

    See the Remnants of Codex section of the following walkthrough for a detailed Guide of how to complete this challenge: LINK


    Vengeance For The Lost
    Kill 500 Jennerit troops.

    Difficulty: 3/10

    Notes:
    • Jennerit troops can be recognised as anything bearing the name "Thrall X" or "X Thrall" (where X is the type e.g. Brute, Commander etc.).
    • The Prologue doesn't count, since you are forced to play as Mellka during it.

    Here are the Episodes and Operations where Jennerit troops exist:

    Story:

    Episode 2: The Void's Edge
    Episode 3: The Renegade
    Episode 4: The Archive
    Episode 5: The Sentinel
    Episode 6: The Experiment
    Episode 7: The Saboteur
    Episode 8: The Heliophage


    Operations:

    Attikus and the Thrall Rebellion
    Toby's Friendship Raid
    Oscar Mike vs. the Battle School (but this seems to vary from playthrough-to-playthrough so isn't an especially reliable method of farming Jennerit troops)
    Montana and the Demon Bear
    Phoebe and the Heart of Ekkunar

    It doesn't matter how you kill these guys, just so long as it is actually you that lands the killing blow and not an ally.

    Helix setup:

    Lv1 Helix, Left Augment "Brutal Blight"
    Lv2 Helix, Mutation "The Wait Is Over" (Character Rank 7 unlock) or Left Augment "Cursed Earth"
    Lv3 Helix, Left Augment "Draw Strength"
    Lv4 Helix, Right Augment "Nockout" - Actual in-game spelling.
    Lv5 Helix, Mutation "Fiendish Curse" (Character Rank 3 unlock) or Right Augment "Hexsanguination"
    Lv6 Helix, Right Augment "Swift Volley"
    Lv7 Helix, Left Augment "Eagle Eye"
    Lv8 Helix, Left Augment "Enduring Blight"
    Lv9 Helix, Left Augment "Archer's Boon"
    Lv10 Helix, Right Augment "Earthrender"

    Loadout:
     
    • -10.50% Cooldown Time
    • +9.10% Skill Damage
    • +8.40% Damage Reduction

    Granddaughter Of Stone
    Complete 3 matches while on the same team as Boldur.

    Difficulty: 1/10 if boosted but 3/10 if done legit.

    Note: This can be done at the same time as Boldur's "The Woodsworn" challenge if you know a friend who needs help with that one.

    There are 2 ways to get this challenge done:

    Method 1: The fast way

    There is a very simple exploit that can be used for this and every other "Complete 3 matches while on the same team as X" lore challenge, which is to use the following settings in a Private Story match:-

    1: Invite a friend or an Alt account.
    2: Choose Episode 2: The Void's Edge.
    3: Set the Difficulty to either Normal or Advanced (it doesn't matter which) then change "Hardcore" to "On" but leave the "Data Center" option on "Use Optimal".
    4: Once the character select screen comes up, choose "Thorn" then get Player 2 to pick "Boldur".
    5: When the intro cutscene has finished (it can be skipped after a few seconds by pressing ), all you and your friend/alt account have to do is jump off the nearest cliff and to your deaths.
    6: After the match is over and you have both been returned to the main menu, repeat Steps 2-5 until the challenge is complete.

    It's also possible to do this exploit in every Operation DLC except for "Toby's Friendship Raid" (since there's nowhere to suicide) but in "Oscar Mike vs. The Battle School", there aren't any cliffs so instead you have to kill yourself by jumping into one of the vats of red goo that are present near the start of the Operation. I don't recommend doing this in Episode 8: The Heliophage, because it takes too long to get to a suitable suicide spot.


    Method 2: The slow way

    The other way is to play Bots Battle (Versus Public => Bots Battle) or Public Story games and hope that one of the other players decides to play as Boldur.

    Once you have completed all 5 lore challenges, the trophy will pop.
  • Complete all Oscar Mike lore challenges.

    Note: You can check your lore challenge progress by going: Command => Battleborn => Oscar Mike => Lore but please post here if you need boosting partners: LINK

    To get this trophy, you have to complete all 5 of Oscar Mike's lore challenges:-

    Fitting In
    Deal 35,000 damage in a single match with Frag Grenades.

    Difficulty: 2/10

    Note: "Frag Grenades" are Oscar Mike's Skill.

    The best place to attempt this is Episode 2: The Void's Edge but to ensure you get it first time, take the following Augments when you level up:

    Lv1 Helix, Left Augment "Impact Trigger"
    Lv2 Helix, Left Augment "Fragcendiary Grenade"
    Lv6 Helix, Left Augment "Far Flung Frags"
    Lv8 Helix, Left Augment "Fragpocalypse"

    I also recommend equipping Gear items that give the following bonuses:
    • -10.50% Cooldown Time
    • +9.10% Skill Damage
    • +21.00% Shield Penetration

    Now load Episode 2: The Void's Edge and use your Frag Grenades at every available opportunity but if the challenge hasn't been completed by the time you reach the Conservator, then focus on the enemies he spawns once you return from the Varelsi Void.


    I am LITERALLY Made For This
    Fire 50,000 rounds.

    Difficulty: 1/10

    Note: I'm not sure if Frag Grenades also count towards this challenge.

    This will take a long time to complete but you can speed it up a little bit by doing the following:

    1: Take the Lv5 Helix, Right Augment "Doubletap".
    2: Equip Gear items that offer the following bonuses:
    • -17.50% Recoil
    • +21.00% Reload Speed
    • +8.40% Attack Speed

    3: Avoid using Melee attacks unless you absolutely have to.
    4: Use your Gun for everything, including opening Loot Chests and destroying Shard Clusters/Clumps/Barrels.
    5: Even when there's nothing/no-one around to shoot at, just keep on shooting at random.
    6: Completely empty your magazine before reloading.


    Something To Ugly Cry About
    Deal 20,000 Airstrike damage while cloaked.

    Difficulty: 3/10

    Note: "Airstrike" is Oscar Mike's Ultimate Skill, which unlocks at Lv5 and is activated by pressing . Also, you Cloak by pressing .

    This is the most annoying challenge that Oscar Mike has to do and that's because it's a pain to pull off without the Lv9 Helix, Mutation "Ghost Mode" (Character Rank 12 unlock) but I will show how to do this both with and without that Mutation.

    Method 1: Timing is everything

    If you don't have the "Ghost Mode Mutation", then take the following Augments:

    Lv4 Helix, Right Augment "Tactical Espionage Action"
    Lv9 Helix, Right Augment "Operation Sneaky Ghost"
    Lv10 Helix, Right Augment "Holy Crap, Concussive Strike!"

    I also recommend Equipping Gear items that offer the following bonuses:
    • -10.50% Cooldown Time
    • +9.10% Skill Damage

    Since Airstrike has such a wide Area of Effect, I recommend "Episode 3: The Renegade" as it has a lot of wide open spaces and plenty of weak enemies to kill. To get the timing down so that Airstrike deals damage whilst you are Cloaked, you need to press then immediately hit . If done correctly, you will Cloak at the very moment the Missile Barrage appears.

    Rinse and repeat until the challenge is complete.


    Method 2: Mutation time

    For this method, you are going to have to Rank up Oscar Mike to Character Rank 12 so he can get the Lv9 Helix Mutation "Ghost Mode" then do the following:

    1: Load Episode 3: The Renegade.

    2: Take the following Augments, in addition to "Ghost Mode", as you level up:

    Lv4 Helix, Right Augment "Tactical Espionage Action"
    Lv10 Helix, Right Augment "Holy Crap, Concussive Strike!"

    3: Equip and activate Gear items that offer the following bonuses:
    • -10.50% Cooldown Time
    • +9.10% Skill Damage
    4: Now level up enough to unlock your Ultimate Skill, then Cloak () and use Airstrike on every group of enemies you see. Airstrike has a lengthy Cooldown time so you may want to wait somewhere safe whilst it is cooling down.

    5: Rinse and repeat Steps 1-4 until the challenge is complete.


    On Sight Interview
    Kill 500 enemies with Red Dot Sight activated.

    Difficulty: 2/10

    Note: This challenge can only be completed by taking the Lv3 Helix, Left Augment "Red Dot Sight".

    You will easily get this on the way to completing Oscar Mike's other challenges, providing you remember to take the required Augment when you level up but you can speed things up a little bit by taking the following Augments in addition to "Red Dot Sight":

    Lv5 Helix, Left Augment "Hollow Point Round"
    Lv7 Helix, Right Augment "Disruption Rounds"

    I also recommend equipping Gear items that offer the following bonuses when activated:
    • -17.50% Recoil
    • +21.00% Reload Speed
    • +8.40% Attack Speed

    From Yer Best Bud
    Complete 3 matches while on the same team as Montana.

    Difficulty: 1/10 if boosted but 3/10 if done legit.

    Note: Since Oscar Mike is a Peacekeeper, see the Flyboy trophy for more details on how to get this and help out a Benedict player at the same time who maybe struggling with it.

    There are 2 ways to get this challenge done:

    Method 1: The fast way

    There is a very simple exploit that can be used for this and every other "Complete 3 matches while on the same team as X" lore challenge, which is to use the following settings in a Private Story match:-

    1: Invite a friend or an Alt account.
    2: Choose Episode 2: The Void's Edge.
    3: Set the Difficulty to either Normal or Advanced (it doesn't matter which) then change "Hardcore" to "On" but leave the "Data Center" option on “Use Optimal".
    4: Once the character select screen comes up, choose "Oscar Mike" then get Player 2 to pick "Montana".
    5: When the intro cutscene has finished (it can be skipped after a few seconds by pressing ), all you and your friend/alt account have to do is jump off the nearest cliff and to your deaths.
    6: After the match is over and you have both been returned to the main menu, repeat Steps 2-5 until the challenge is complete.

    It’s also possible to do this exploit in every Operation DLC except for "Toby's Friendship Raid" (since there's nowhere to suicide) but in "Oscar Mike vs. The Battle School", there aren't any cliffs so instead you have to kill yourself by jumping into one of the vats of red goo that are present near the start of the Operation. I don't recommend doing this in Episode 8: The Heliophage, because it takes too long to get to a suitable suicide spot.


    Method 2: The slow way

    The other way is to play Bots Battle (Versus Public => Bots Battle) or Public Story games and hope that one of the other players decides to play as Montana.

    Once you have completed all 5 lore challenges, the trophy will pop.
  • Complete all Rath lore challenges.

    Notes:
    • You can check your lore challenge progress: Command => Battleborn => Rath => Lore but please post here if you need boosting partners: LINK
    • Whilst Dreadwind is active, you won't be able to access the Helix menu so you will have to wait for the Skill to end before you can make any changes.

    To get this trophy, you have to complete all 5 of Rath's lore challenges:-

    Betrayal, Betrayer
    Kill 500 Jennerit.

    Difficulty: 3/10

    Notes:
    • Jennerit troops can be recognised as anything bearing the name "Thrall X" or "X Thrall" (where X is the type e.g. Brute, Commander etc.).
    • The Prologue doesn't count, since you are forced to play as Mellka during it.

    Here are the Episodes and Operations where Jennerit troops exist:

    Story:

    Episode 2: The Void's Edge
    Episode 3: The Renegade
    Episode 4: The Archive
    Episode 5: The Sentinel
    Episode 6: The Experiment
    Episode 7: The Saboteur
    Episode 8: The Heliophage


    Operations:

    Attikus and the Thrall Rebellion
    Toby's Friendship Raid
    Oscar Mike vs. the Battle School (but this seems to vary from playthrough-to-playthrough so isn't an especially reliable method of farming Jennerit troops)
    Montana and the Demon Bear
    Phoebe and the Heart of Ekkunar

    It doesn't matter how you kill these guys, just so long as it is actually you that lands the killing blow and not an ally.


    Sustained Across Time
    Deal 10,000 melee damage in a single match or mission, 5 times.

    Difficulty: 3/10

    Note: Like a few other challenges, this one can only be progressed once per Episode/Operation/Versus match. Due to this, you will need to deal 10,000 melee damage in 5 separate Episodes/Operations/Versus matches.

    This lore challenge isn't hard to get but you have to plan ahead, else you will miss out on opportunities to get it done.

    Take the following Augments when you level up:

    Lv1 Helix, Left Augment "Slowing Strike"
    Lv2 Helix, Left Augment "Shield Syphon"
    Lv3 Helix, Right Augment "Spin to Win"
    Lv4 Helix, Right Augment "Catalytic Flash"
    Lv5 Helix, Right Augment "Not a Vampire"
    Lv6 Helix, Right Augment "Catastrophic Smash"
    Lv7 Helix, Right Augment "To the Point
    Lv8 Helix, Right Augment "Quick Cross"
    Lv9 Helix, Right Augment "Zealous Smash"
    Lv10 Helix, Left Augment "Dreadheart"

    I also recommend equipping and activating Gear items that offer the following bonuses:
    • +9.10% Attack Damage
    • +8.40% Attack Speed
    • +8.40% Damage Reduction

    The best places to get this done are Episode 2: The Void's Edge (especially if you let the Conservator live so it can constantly spawn enemies for you to kill) and Episode 3: The Renegade. I don't recommend attempting this in Versus matches or the DLC Operations, since neither of them are very long or have many enemies available.


    Render The Snake Headless
    Deal 2,000 damage to Rendain with Catalytic Smash.

    Difficulty: 4/10

    Notes:
    • "Catalytic Smash" is Rath's Skill.
    • This can only be done in Episode 8: The Heliophage when Rendain reappears after the Boss Rush.

    This is easy enough, providing you are specced out correctly before you get to this point:

    Helix setup:

    Lv1 Helix, Left Augment "Slowing Strike"
    Lv2 Helix, Left Augment "Shield Syphon"
    Lv3 Helix, Right Augment "Spin To Win"
    Lv4 Helix, Right Augment "Catalytic Flash"
    Lv5 Helix, Left Augment "Skillful Syphoning"
    Lv6 Helix, Right Augment "Catastrophic Smash"
    Lv7 Helix, Left Augment "Evasive Maneuvers"
    Lv8 Helix, Left Augment "Energetic Projection"
    Lv9 Helix, Right Augment "Zealous Smash"
    Lv10 Helix, Right Augment "Desperate Assault"

    Loadout:
    • -10.50% Cooldown Time
    • +9.10% Skill Damage
    • +8.40% Damage Reduction

    To do this as quickly and safely as possible, you need to lure Rendain to the UPR area of the map so you don't get blasted off a cliff and to your death. Once you have Rendain in a safe spot, hit him with Catalytic Smash then hold your ground as best you can until it has cooled down and is usable again. Rinse and repeat until you have done 2,000 damage to him.


    Axiom, Praxis And Precept
    Hit 3 enemies with Crossblade, 100 times.

    Difficulty: 2/10

    Note: "Crossblade" is Rath's Skill.

    There is an exploit available that makes this challenge a complete joke to get.

    Method:

    1: Pick an Episode or Operation that has either a lot of confined spaces or a lot of walls e.g. Episode 3: The Renegade or Oscar Mike vs. the Battle School.

    2: Take the following Augments when you level up:

    Lv1 Helix, Left Augment "Slowing Strike"
    Lv2 Helix, Right Augment "Anger's Echo"
    Lv6 Helix, Left Augment "Brutal Blade"
    Lv8 Helix, Right Augment "Quick Cross"

    3: Equip and activate Gear items that offer the following bonuses:
    • -10.50% Cooldown Time
    • +9.10% Skill Damage
    • +8.40% Damage Reduction

    4: Load your chosen Episode or Operation (see the "Rise Of The Thrall" challenge under the Anarchy Rules trophy if you get stuck trying to find anywhere to attempt this).

    5: Now find 2 or 3 enemies that are near a wall or other solid object, then fire off a Crossblade but aim so it goes through the enemies, hits the wall/object, breaks up and reflects straight back at the enemies that the first Crossblade hit.

    6: If done correctly, the challenge will glitch and count both of the Crossblade hits instead of just the first one.

    7: Rinse and repeat Steps 5+6 until either you run out of enemies or the challenge completes.


    Thank You Letter From Caldarius
    Complete 3 matches while on the same team as Caldarius.

    Note: It is recommended that you combine this with the Caldarius's "Three-To-One Contact" challenge so see the Champion of the Pits trophy for more details of what that involves.

    Depending on how you want to do this, there are 3 methods you can choose from:

    Method 1: The "help a friend" way

    Use the following settings in a Private Story match:-

    1: Invite a friend.
    2: Choose Episode 2: The Void's Edge.
    3: Set the Difficulty to either Normal or Advanced (it doesn't matter which), leave "Hardcore" set to "Off" but leave the “Data Center" option on "Use Optimal".
    4: Once the character select screen comes up, choose "Rath" then get Player 2 to pick "Caldarius".
    5: When the intro cutscene has finished (it can be skipped after a few seconds by pressing ), all you and your friend have to do is play through the Episode until you reach the Conservator fight.
    6: Now have Player 2 go about completing their challenge, whilst you keep them safe and alive.
    7: After the match is over and you have both been returned to the main menu, repeat Steps 2-7 until the challenge is complete.


    Method 2: The fast way

    There is a very simple exploit that can be used for this and every other "Complete 3 matches while on the same team as X" lore challenge, which is to use the following settings in a Private Story match:-

    1: Invite a friend or an Alt account.
    2: Choose Episode 2: The Void's Edge.
    3: Set the Difficulty to either Normal or Advanced (it doesn't matter which) then change "Hardcore" to "On" but leave the "Data Center" option on “Use Optimal".
    4: Once the character select screen comes up, choose "Rath" then get Player 2 to pick "Caldarius".
    5: When the intro cutscene has finished (it can be skipped after a few seconds by pressing ), all you and your friend/alt account have to do is jump off the nearest cliff and to your deaths.
    6: After the match is over and you have both been returned to the main menu, repeat Steps 2-5 until the challenge is complete.

    It's also possible to do this exploit in every Operation DLC except for "Toby's Friendship Raid" (since there's nowhere to suicide) but in "Oscar Mike vs. The Battle School", there aren't any cliffs so instead you have to kill yourself by jumping into one of the vats of red goo that are present near the start of the Operation. I don't recommend doing this in Episode 8: The Heliophage, because it takes too long to get to a suitable suicide spot.


    Method 3: The slow way

    The other way is to play Bots Battle (Versus Public => Bots Battle) or Public Story games and hope that one of the other players decides to play as Caldarius.

    Once you have completed all 5 lore challenges, the trophy will pop.
  • Complete all Marquis lore challenges.

    Note: You can check your lore challenge progress: Command => Battleborn => Marquis => Lore but please post here if you need boosting partners: LINK

    To get this trophy, you have to complete all 5 of Marquis's lore challenges:-

    Searching...
    Trigger bonus damage from Eins, Zwei, Die 250 times.

    Difficulty: 1/10

    Note: "Eins, Zwei, Die" is Marquis's Passive ability and triggers whenever you shoot an enemy 3 times in quick succession or twice if you take the Lv5 Helix, Left Augment "Efficiency Expert". It doesn't matter if you just use or zoom in with and then shoot, this effect will still be applied.

    Here are what the "Eins, Zwei, Die" icons look like:

    Stage 1: 1 Circle



    Shooting a target once will add the first stage of the Mark.


    Stage 2: 2 Circles



    Shooting the target for a second time will add a second circle to the Mark.


    Stage 3: Bonus damage

    Shooting the target for a 3rd time (or second if you have the Lv5 Helix, Left Augment "Efficiency Expert" active) will consume the Mark and deal bonus damage.

    This is one of the easiest lore challenges in the game, since it will come naturally but you can speed things up a little bit by taking the following Augments and Mutations when you level up:

    Lv3 Helix, Right Augment "Executive Barrel-Porting"
    Lv5 Helix, Left Augment "Efficiency Expert"
    Lv7 Helix, Left Augment "Autoloader"

    I also recommend equipping Gear items that offer the following bonuses when activated:
    • -17.50% Recoil
    • +21.00% Reload Speed
    • +8.40% Attack Speed

    If you don't want to wait, then it's possible to get this by farming the second half of the Conservator fight at the end of Episode 2: The Void's Edge. Providing you don't kill the Conservator, he will keep spawning enemies and let you grind out this challenge.


    To Serve Man
    Hasten allies with Temporal Distortion, 100 times.

    Difficulty: 1/10 if you use the exploit listed below or 3/10 if done legit.

    Note: This challenge is only possible if you take the Lv1 Helix, Right Augment "Waste Makes Haste".

    There are 4 ways of getting this done but my preference is for the first one, because it's the fastest and simplest to do.

    Method 1: Cheat

    Step 1: To pull this off, you will need 2 things:

    1: The Lv1 Helix, Right Augment "Waste Makes Haste"
    2: A Common rarity Cooldown Gear item with an activation cost of 0 Credits (you don’t absolutely need this but it will speed things up a tad).

    Step 2: Now go into Bots Battle and choose either Incursion or Meltdown when the option appears (though it is highly dependent on RNG as to which modes are available at any given time). This can also be done in a Private 5 vs 1 match with bots.

    Step 3: As soon as you spawn into the Tutorial area, activate your Helix and take the Lv1 Helix, Right Augment "Waste Makes Haste" then bring up the Gear menu and "buy" the Cooldown Timer reduction Gear you added earlier to your loadout.

    Step 4: Spam your Temporal Distortion Skill () and carry on spamming it until the Tutorial is over and the Countdown has finished.

    Step 5: Finish the match, then rinse and repeat Steps 2-4 until the challenge is complete.

    During the tutorial, all your Skills will have Cooldown Timers of 4 seconds or less and everyone else will be messing around so will run into your Skill whether they like it or not but don't do this in the Capture game type, as you won't have enough time.


    Method 2: Versus (Legit version)

    If you don't fancy cheating, then your best bet is to play Incursion. Those maps tend to be very narrow so your teammates will nearly always be forced to walk through your Temporal Distortion field.


    Method 3: Co-Op

    Another option is to play the Story or Operations in Co-Op and do your best to position your Temporal Distortion field wherever your friends are heading to. For the most part, Co-Op isn't a bad way of grinding out this challenge but it can still be very time consuming.


    Method 4: Co-Op (semi-legit version)

    If you like the idea of doing this in Co-Op but not how grindy it will be, then there's a way you can bend the rules by inviting a friend or Alt account into your game and having them run backwards and forwards through the Temporal Distortion field until the challenge is complete. This will still be a bit of a grind but not as bad as if you left it to chance by doing it with randoms.


    Hobo Eradication Protocol
    Deal 6,000 damage with Bindleblast in a single match, 5 times.

    Difficulty: 1/10

    Notes:
    • "Bindleblast" is Marquis's Ultimate Skill, which unlocks at Lv5 and is activated by pressing .
       
    • 6,000 damage is a cumulative amount you have to deal throughout any given Episode/Operation/Versus match.
       
    • This challenge is one of a handful in the game that only allows you to make progress towards it once per Episode/Operation/Versus match. This means you will have to play 5 Episodes/Operations/Versus matches to get it done.

    Taking the following Augments will speed up how quickly you get this:

    Lv1 Helix, Right Augment "Waste Makes Haste"
    Lv3 Helix, Right Augment "Executive Barrel-Porting"
    Lv4 Helix, Right Augment "Big Time"
    Lv6 Helix, Right Augment "Distant Time"
    Lv9 Helix, Right Augment "Cease and Desist"
    Lv10 Helix, Right Augment "Wallhax.exe"

    Also, equipping and activating Gear items that award the following bonuses will help boost your damage output:
    • -10.50% Cooldown Time
    • +9.10% Skill Damage

    As with Marquis's "Searching..." challenge, the best place to ensure you get this done is during the Conservator fight near the end of Episode 2: The Void's Edge. Regardless of where you decide to attempt this, just use your Bindleblast at every opportunity once it is available then this challenge will be done before you know it.


    More Robot Rebellion
    Deal 100,000 damage with Predatory Strike.

    Difficulty: 3/10

    Note: "Predatory Strike" is Marquis's Skill.

    This is the fiddliest of Marquis’s challenges because the Hoodini Owls are easily destroyed and their accuracy is iffy at times but providing you use Predatory Strike a lot, it will come in time. To speed things up, take the following Augments and Mutation when you level up:

    Lv1 Helix, Mutation "Strigiform Swiftness" (Character Rank 9 unlock) or Left Augment "The Great(er) Hoodini"
    Lv2 Helix, Left Augment "Phaseflyer"
    Lv4 Helix, Left Augment "Long Haul Hoodini"
    Lv8 Helix, Left Augment "Windfall"

    Also, equipping Gear items that award the following bonuses will help boost your damage output:
    • -10.50% Cooldown Time
    • +9.10% Skill Damage

    Again, the best place to ensure you get this done is during the second half of the Conservator fight at the end of Episode 2: The Void's Edge. Regardless of where you decide to attempt this, just use Predatory Strike () at every opportunity once it is available then this challenge will be done before you know it.


    Overprotective
    Complete 3 matches while on the same team as Phoebe.

    Difficulty: 1/10 if boosted but 4/10 if done legit, since Phoebe isn't especially popular these days.

    There are 2 ways to get this challenge done:

    Method 1: The fast way

    There is a very simple exploit that can be used for this and every other "Complete 3 matches while on the same team as X" lore challenge, which is to use the following settings in a Private Story match:-

    1: Invite a friend or an Alt account.
    2: Choose Episode 2: The Void's Edge.
    3: Set the Difficulty to either Normal or Advanced (it doesn't matter which) then change "Hardcore" to "On" but leave the "Data Center" option on "Use Optimal".
    4: Once the character select screen comes up, choose "Marquis" then get Player 2 to pick "Phoebe".
    5: When the intro cutscene has finished (it can be skipped after a few seconds by pressing ), all you and your friend/alt account have to do is jump off the nearest cliff and to your deaths.
    6: After the match is over and you have both been returned to the main menu, repeat Steps 2-5 until the challenge is complete.

    It's also possible to do this exploit in every Operation DLC except for "Toby's Friendship Raid" (since there's nowhere to suicide) but in "Oscar Mike vs. The Battle School", there aren't any cliffs so instead you have to kill yourself by jumping into one of the vats of red goo that are present near the start of the Operation. I don't recommend doing this in Episode 8: The Heliophage, because it takes too long to get to a suitable suicide spot.


    Method 2: The slow way

    The other way is to play Bots Battle (Versus Public => Bots Battle) or Public Story games and hope that one of the other players decides to play as Phoebe.

    Once you have completed all 5 lore challenges, the trophy will pop.
  • Complete all Miko lore challenges.

    Notes:
    • You can check your lore challenge progress: Command => Battleborn => Miko => Lore but please post here if you need boosting partners: LINK
    • If you want to speed things up and get this trophy quicker, then it is possible to combine the "Regrown Universe", "Sowing Destruction" and "Hats Off To The Healer" challenges so you can tackle all 3 at once but I don't recommend it as this can lead to a lot of unnecessary frustration.
     
    To get this trophy, you have to complete all 5 of Miko's lore challenges:-

    Two's A Crowd
    Complete 3 matches while on the same team as Kelvin.

    Difficulty: 1/10 if boosted but 3/10 if done legit.

    There are 2 ways to get this challenge done:

    Method 1: The fast way

    There is a very simple exploit that can be used for this and every other "Complete 3 matches while on the same team as X" lore challenge, which is to use the following settings in a Private Story match:-

    1: Invite a friend or an Alt account.
    2: Choose Episode 2: The Void's Edge.
    3: Set the Difficulty to either Normal or Advanced (it doesn't matter which) then change "Hardcore" to "On" but leave the "Data Center" option on "Use Optimal".
    4: Once the character select screen comes up, choose "Miko" then get Player 2 to pick "Kelvin".
    5: When the intro cutscene has finished (it can be skipped after a few seconds by pressing ), all you and your friend/alt account have to do is jump off the nearest cliff and to your deaths.
    6: After the match is over and you have both been returned to the main menu, repeat Steps 2-5 until the challenge is complete.

    It's also possible to do this exploit in every Operation DLC except for "Toby's Friendship Raid" (since there's nowhere to suicide) but in "Oscar Mike vs. The Battle School", there aren't any cliffs so instead you have to kill yourself by jumping into one of the vats of red goo that are present near the start of the Operation. I don't recommend doing this in Episode 8: The Heliophage, because it takes too long to get to a suitable suicide spot.


    Method 2: The slow way

    The other way is to play Bots Battle (Versus Public => Bots Battle) or Public Story games and hope that one of the other players decides to play as Kelvin.


    Regrown Universe
    Heal 30,000 damage with Miko's Healing Beam.

    Difficulty: 1/10

    There are 2 ways of completing this challenge but Method 1 is my preference, since you can do it in a private match and not have to worry about randoms screwing things up:

    Method 1: Co-Op

    You can combine this with Miko's "Two's A Crowd" challenge by using the following alternate settings:

    1: Invite a friend or an Alt account.
    2: Choose Episode 2: The Void's Edge.
    3: Set the Difficulty to Advanced, then change "Hardcore" to "Off" but leave the "Data Center" option on "Use Optimal".
    4: When the character select screen comes up, choose "Miko" then get Player 2 to pick "Kelvin".
    5: Once you are both in-game, play as normal until you get to the Warlord Nix fight.
    6: Now have Player 2 let Warlord Nix do some serious damage to them whilst you wait somewhere safe.
    7: After taking damage, have Player 2 come to your position and receive some healing. To heal your friend, press and hold whilst they are close to you.
    8: Repeat Steps 6+7 until the challenge is complete.

    Co-Op Helix and Gear setup for Miko:

    Lv1 Helix, Left Augment "First Responder"
    Lv2 Helix, Right Augment "Heal Thyself"
    Lv3 Helix, Mutation "Plentiful Healing' (Character Rank 3 unlock)
    Lv6 Helix, Mutation "Healer's Oath" (Character Rank 7 unlock)
    Lv7 Helix, Left Augment "Fight or Flight"

    Loadout:
    • +14.00% Heal Power
    • +9.80% Sprint Speed
    • +8.40% Damage Reduction

    Co-Op Helix and Gear setup for Kelvin:

    Lv1 Helix, Mutation "Density" (Character Rank 3 unlock)
    Lv2 Helix, Right Augment "Strong Wind"
    Lv3 Helix, Left Augment "Swelling Wind"
    Lv5 Helix, Left Augment "Ice VI'
    Lv6 Helix, Left Augment "Windchill"
    Lv7 Helix, Left Augment "Groupthink'

    Loadout:
    • +14.00% Healing Received
    • +5.60% Movement Speed
    • +8.40% Damage Reduction

    Method 2: Incursion (Bots Battle or Private Incursion match against bots)

    If you go with this method, then play conservatively as you don't want to end up spending more time dead than alive. I recommend Incursion, because you are more likely to be ignored by the other players/Bots than you would by playing the other Versus modes and will have more opportunities to heal people.

    Once the match starts, hang back a little bit but stay within healing range of your allies. It won't take long before the other team shows up and starts laying into yours so keep an eye on your team's health bars, then head over to the person with the lowest health and use your Healing Beam on them. Keep this up for the rest of the match and you will put a major dent in your progress towards this challenge.

    Versus Helix and Gear setup:

    Lv1 Helix, Left Augment "First Responder"
    Lv2 Helix, Right Augment "Heal Thyself"
    Lv3 Helix, Mutation "Plentiful Healing" (Character Rank 3 unlock)
    Lv4 Helix, Left Augment "Trail of Spores"
    Lv5 Helix, Left Augment "Toxic Transfusion"
    Lv6 Helix, Mutation "Healer's Oath" (Character Rank 7 unlock) or Left Augment "Probiotics"
    Lv7 Helix, Right Augment "Bladeslinger"
    Lv8 Helix, Left Augment "Biosynergy"
    Lv9 Helix, Right Augment "Resilient Strain"
    Lv10 Helix, Right Augment "Vicious Strain"

    Loadout:
    • +14.00% Heal Power
    • +9.80% Sprint Speed
    • +8.40% Damage Reduction

    Sporenado
    Stun 100 enemies with Cloud of Spores.

    Difficulty: 3/10

    Note: This challenge is only possible after taking the Lv4 Helix, Right Augment "Sporeshock".

    This challenge is best done solo in either Episode 2: The Void's Edge by letting the Conservator live so it can carry on spawning enemies. You can also attempt this in Episode 3: The Renegade, since there are several sections where enemies are prone to huddling up instead of keeping their distance from each other.

    Take the following Augments, in addition to Sporeshock:

    Lv6 Helix, Right Augment "Spore Strike"
    Lv9 Helix, Left Augment "Spore Storm"

    "Cloud of Spores" is activated by pressing but make sure to do this at close range, because the overall range and accuracy of this Skill are poor at best. You will know when an enemy has been Stunned because they will have a couple of stars circling their head.


    Sowing Destruction
    Assist in killing 50 enemy Battleborn.

    Difficulty: 2/10

    To get an Assist, you have to deal at least a small amount of health damage to an enemy via your Kunai attack before someone else finishes them off. See the Method 2 section of the "Regrown Universe" challenge for a detailed Helix and Gear setup but if you're having trouble getting Assists, then use this damage focused Helix setup instead and see play a 5 vs 5 Private Versus match against bots:

    Lv1 Helix, Right Augment "Breath Deep"
    Lv3 Helix, Right Augment "Swift Draw"
    Lv4 Helix, Right Augment "Sporeshock"
    Lv5 Helix, Left Augment "Toxic Transfusion"
    Lv6 Helix, Right Augment "Spore Strike"
    Lv7 Helix, Right Augment "Bladeslinger"
    Lv9 Helix, Left Augment "Spore Storm"
    Lv10 Helix, Right Augment "Vicious Strain"
    Hats Off To The Healer
    Heal 3 allies at once with Fungus Among Us, 30 times.

    Difficulty: 1/10 if boosted but 5/10 if done legit

    Notes:
    • "Fungus Among Us" is Miko's Ultimate Skill, which unlocks at Lv5 and is activated by pressing .
       
    • Due to the complex nature of this challenge, it will probably be the last one you complete before the trophy pops.
       
    • According to the official Battleborn lore challenge Guide over on Reddit (credit to Eterya for this), there's a chance that the description for this challenge may be misleading as you apparently don't need all 3 people to be present at the same time but can be 3 over the lifespan of a single deployment of your Mushroom.

    There is a lot of luck involved if you try and do this challenge legit but here are 3 methods you can choose from:

    Method 1: Co-Op with 3 friends

    This is my preferred method, since you can control all the variables and there are 2 very good places in Episode 2: The Void's Edge where it can be done quickly:

    1: The Warlord Nix fight.
    2: The second half of the final boss fight against the Conservator; just don't kill him else the other enemies will stop spawning.

    Whichever one you choose, just let your friends take a beating then come back to you for healing from your Mushroom. If you go with the Conservator fight, then I recommend taking the Lv10 Helix, Left Augment "Barkskin" and a Cooldown Time reduction Gear so your Mushroom will last longer and cool down quicker.


    Method 2: Do it legit in Bots Battle - Incursion

    This is the more time consuming and luck based method but to stand the best possible chance of success, do it in the Monuments map since it has a narrow chokepoint in the middle of the map that makes it very difficult for people to avoid your Mushroom. An alternative spot is near the entrance to the enemy base, since your entire team will have to pass through your Mushroom's healing radius before they can attack the enemy Sentry.

    Your Helix choices for this Skill are restricted to the Lv10 Augments "Barkskin" (which makes the Mushroom last longer) and "Vicious Strain" (which adds Area of Effect damage) or the Mutation "We Are Many" (Character Rank 12 unlock) but I don't recommend this last option, because it reduces health of your Mushroom and makes it more likely to be destroyed.


    Method 2: Do it semi-legit in Versus Private - Incursion

    You can apply the above method to a private match of Incursion (Main Menu => Versus Private => Versus Maps - Classic), by using the following settings and inviting 3 friends into your lobby:

    Character Select Style: PvP Classic
    Bots on Team 1: 0
    Bots on Team 2: 5
    In Game Chat: Team
    Data Center: Use Optimal.
    Choose Map: Incursion - Monuments

    Now play normally until you have hit Rank 5 and unlocked Fungus Among Us. Now have your friends let themselves take health damage on purpose, then run to your Mushroom and receive some healing. Rinse and repeat until the challenge is complete. Whilst this method is effective enough, I still prefer Method 1 because then you can make the match last as long as you want.

    Once you have completed all 5 lore challenges, the trophy will pop.
  • Complete all Montana lore challenges.

    Note: You can check your lore challenge progress: Command => Battleborn => Montana => Lore but please post here if you need boosting partners: LINK

    To get this trophy, you have to complete all 5 of Montana's lore challenges:-

    No Charge For The Evaluation
    Kill 50 enemies with Lumberjack Dash.

    Difficulty: 3/10

    Note:
    • "Lumberjack Dash" is Montana's Skill.
    • "Lumberjack Dash" isn't very powerful so will need augmenting with Gear items and Helix Augments/Mutations.
    The following Augments and Mutation will help buff this underpowered Skill:

    Lv1 Helix, Left Augment "Go The Distance"
    Lv2 Helix Mutation "Lumberjack Blast" (Character Rank 7 unlock) or the Right Augment "Push It Push It Push It"
    Lv3 Helix, Right Augment "Gatling Grease"
    Lv7 Helix, Left Augment "Icebreaker"
    Lv8 Helix, Right Augment "Krackadowww!"

    I also recommend equipping Gear items that offer the following bonuses when activated:
    • -10.50% Cooldown Time
    • +9.10% Skill Damage
    • +21.00% Shield Penetration

    To stand the best chance of being able to kill an enemy by using Lumberjack Dash (), lower their health to below half, wait until they are near a wall or other solid object, then hit them with Lumberjack Dash and the force of the impact should kill them.


    The Hearty Son Of Aplia
    Take 1,000,000 damage.

    Difficulty: 1/10

    This is hands down the most time consuming challenge in the entire game, because you will only average about 5-6,000 damage per Episode or Versus match and roughly 4-5,000 damage per Operation so this will be one of the last challenges you complete before getting the Platinum.

    Here are a couple of tips you can use if you feel it is taking way too long to complete:

    Method 1: This will hurt

    By taking the Lv6 Helix, Right Augment "Feeling the Burn", you will enable an ability that hurts you when the heat limit of your Minigun is exceeded (see the following image to see where the Heat Gauge is):

    Since you will be self-harming, I strongly recommend doing one or both of the following:

    1: Play in Co-Op with someone that's good as Miko.
    2: Equip a Gear item that offers some form of Health Regeneration and take the Lv5 Helix, Right Augment "Hot Blooded".


    Method 2: Warlord Nix

    This method is safer than the first one but also takes longer, since you are entirely reliant on damage from external sources.

    1: Invite a friend or an Alt account.
    2: Choose Episode 2: The Void's Edge.
    3: Set the Difficulty to Advanced, then change "Hardcore" to "Off" but leave the "Data Center" option on "Use Optimal".
    4: When the character select screen comes up, choose "Montana" then get Player 2 to pick "Miko".
    5: Once you are both in-game, play as normal until you get to the Warlord Nix fight.
    6: Now let Warlord Nix do some serious damage to you whilst Player waits somewhere safe.
    7: After taking damage, go over to Player 2's hiding spot and receive some healing.
    8: Repeat Steps 6+7 until the challenge is complete.

    Co-Op Helix and Gear setup for Miko:

    Lv1 Helix, Left Augment "First Responder"
    Lv2 Helix, Right Augment "Heal Thyself"
    Lv3 Helix, Mutation "Plentiful Healing" (Character Rank 3 unlock)
    Lv6 Helix, Mutation 'Healer's Oath" (Character Rank 7 unlock)
    Lv7 Helix, Left Augment "Fight or Flight"

    Loadout:
    • +14.00% Heal Power
    • +9.80% Sprint Speed
    • +8.40% Damage Reduction

    Co-Op Helix and Gear setup for Montana:

    Lv3 Helix, Left Augment "Pumped Up"
    Lv4 Helix, Left Augment "Icy Resolve"
    Lv5 Helix, Left Augment "Cold Blooded"
    Lv6 Helix, Left Augment "Swole Shield"
    Lv7 Helix, Mutation "Barrel Cooling" (Character Rank 12 unlock)

    Loadout:
    • +14.00% Healing Received
    • +5.60% Movement Speed
    • +8.40% Damage Reduction

    Method 3: Incursion

    FOOTBALLNUT has found an alternate method so see here for more details: LINK


    Fireside Sing-Along
    Deal 15,000 Burning damage with Firestorm activated.

    Difficulty: 1/10

    Notes:
    • This challenge is only possible if you take the Lv4 Helix, Right Augment "Firestorm".
    • You activate this Skill/Augment by pressing and holding .

    To speed this up, take the following additional Augments and Mutations when you level up:

    Lv3 Helix, Left Augment "Pumped Up"
    Lv5 Helix, Right Augment "Hot Blooded"
    Lv6 Helix, Right Augment "Feeling the Burn"
    Lv7 Helix, Mutation "Barrel Cooling" (Character Rank 12 unlock)
    Lv9 Helix, Left Augment "Bullet Buff"

    Due to the amount of damage you will take from this, I recommend doing one or both of the following:

    1: Play in Co-Op with someone that's good as Miko.
    2: Equip a Gear item that offers some form of Health Regeneration and take the Lv5 Helix, Right Augment "Hot Blooded".

    For a good farming spot, head to Episode 2: The Void's Edge and trigger the second half of the fight against the Conservator but don't kill him else the enemies will stop spawning.


    Everybody Just Calm Down!
    Slow 5 enemies concurrently with Hailstorm a total of 20 times.

    Difficulty: 4/10

    Note: "Hailstorm" is Montana's ability and is activated by pressing and holding .

    This challenge is the hardest one that Montana has so see the "Rise Of The Thrall challenge under the Anarchy Rules trophy, for a full list of suitable locations where it can be achieved.

    In terms of Augments, Mutations and Gear items, I recommend the following:

    Lv1 Helix, Right Augment "Weather Man"
    Lv4 Helix, Left Augment 'Icy Resolve"
    Lv5 Helix, Mutation "Focused Fire" (Character Rank 9 unlock)
    Lv6 Helix, Mutation "Icicles" (Character Rank 3 unlock)
    Lv7 Helix, Right Augment "Ice Age"
    Lv9 Helix, Left Augment "Bullet Buff"

    Gear items:
    • -10.50% Cooldown Time
    • +9.10% Skill Damage

    To slow 5 enemies at once, you need to wait until there are 5 close together then slowly sweep them with bullets whilst Hailstorm is active.


    War Is Bliss
    Complete 3 matches with at least one other Peacekeeper on your team.

    Difficulty: 1/10 if boosted but 3/10 if done legit.

    Since this is very similar to Benedict's "The Tour" challenge, see the Flyboy trophy for more details on how to get this and help out another Benedict player at the same time who maybe struggling with it.

    Once you have completed all 5 lore challenges, the trophy will pop.
  • Complete all Reyna lore challenges.

    Note: You can check your lore challenge progress: Command => Battleborn => Reyna => Lore but please post here if you need boosting partners: LINK

    To get this trophy, you have to complete all 5 of Reyna's lore challenges:-

    Now I Got Their Back
    Use Plasma Pulse to drain 150 enemies' shields.

    Difficulty: 3/10

    Notes:
    • "Plasma Pulse" is Reyna's attack.
       
    • I'm not 100% sure if you have to completely drain an enemy's shield or if just partially draining it will count so it's best to play it safe and go for full depletion.
       
    • The difficulty with this challenge comes from the fact that there aren't many shielded enemies in the game. Due to this, you will have to take full advantage of each and every one you find.

    You can boost Plasma Pulse's damage, by taking the following Augments when you level up:

    Lv2 Helix, Left Augment "Priority Plasma"
    Lv3 Helix, Left Augment "Plasma Burst"
    Lv5 Helix, Right Augment "Thermal Equilibrium"
    Lv7 Helix, Right Augment "Pulse Pounder" or Left Augment "Shield Sapper"

    I also recommend equipping Gear items that offer the following bonuses when activated:
    • -10.50% Cooldown Time
    • +9.10% Attack Damage
    • +8.40% Attack Speed

    To drain an enemy's shield, place your crosshairs on them then press and hold until either the shield is gone or Plasma Pulse overheats and shuts down. The Heat Gauge for Plasma Pulse is to the right of the Health and Shield bars (see the image below).

    Make It Reyna
    Absorb 25,000 damage with Photonic Ward.

    Difficulty: 1/10

    Note: "Photonic Ward" is Reyna's Ultimate Skill, which unlocks at Lv5 and is activated by pressing . 25,000 damage is the minimum which the challenge will accept before registering it a success.

    This is a very simple challenge but there's an even simpler way to get it so do the following:

    1: Load Episode 2: The Void's Edge.
    2: Activate a Gear item that offers some form of Cooldown Timer Reduction.
    3: Progress the story until you get to the Warlord Nix fight.
    4: Activate Photonic Ward whilst Warlord Nix is a few feet away, then run to somewhere safe where you can wait for it to cooldown.
    5: Rinse and repeat Step 4 until the challenge is complete.


    The Signal
    Grant an Overshield to 100 allies.

    Difficulty: 1/10

    Note: You grant an Overshield by highlighting an ally, then pressing .

    This is another extremely easy challenge but one that has two equally fast ways of completing it.

    Method 1: Cheat

    Step 1: To pull this off, you ideally need 2 things:

    1: The Lv1 Helix, Left Augment "Electrostatic Induction" (this isn't 100% needed but it doesn't hurt to have it).
    2: A Common rarity Cooldown Gear item with an activation cost of 0 Credits (you don't absolutely need this but it will speed things up a tad).

    Step 2: Now go into Bots Battle and choose either Incursion or Meltdown when the option appears (though it is highly dependent on RNG as to which modes are available at any given time). You can also do this in a Private 5 vs 1 Versus match.

    Step 3: As soon as you spawn into the Tutorial area, activate your Helix and take the Lv1 Helix, Left Augment "Electrostatic Induction", then bring up the Gear menu and "buy" the Cooldown Timer reduction Gear you added earlier to your Loadout.

    Step 4: Spam your Shield Booster () and carry on spamming it until the Tutorial is over and the Countdown has finished.

    Step 5: Finish the match, then rinse and repeat Steps 2-4 until the challenge is complete.

    During the tutorial, all your Skills will have Cooldown Timers of 4 seconds or less and everyone else will be messing around so will run into your Skill whether they like it or not but don't do this in the Capture game type, as you won't have enough time.


    Method 2: The semi-legit way

    1: Invite either a friend or an alt account into your game.
    2: Load any Episode or Operation of your choice.
    3: Activate a Gear item that offers some form of Cooldown Timer Reduction but with a 0 Credit activation cost.
    4: Turn round so you're facing each other, then start spamming .
    5: Carry on hitting your friend/alt account with an Overshield until the challenge is complete.

    If you want to help out a friend, then it's possible to combine this with the Shayne & Aurox challenge "Mentor For Monsters".


    The Best Defense
    Kill 100 enemies with Laser Pistol.

    Difficulty: 3/10

    Notes:
    • "Laser Pistol" is Reyna's attack.
    • Laser Pistol is a weak weapon which doesn't do a whole lot of damage so will need augmenting with Augments, Mutations and Gear items.

    I recommend combining this with the "A Marked Improvement To Battle" challenge as you can easily do both at the same time. See that challenge for details of how to set up your Helix and Gear Loadout.


    A Marked Improvement To Battle
    Enemies marked by Priority Target take a total of 30,000 damage.

    Difficulty: 1/10

    Note: "Priority Target" is Reyna's Skill.

    Helix setup:

    Lv1 Helix, Right Augment "Waste Reduction"
    Lv2 Helix, Right Augment "Lockdown"
    Lv3 Helix, Mutation "Slazer Thermokinetics" (Character Rank 5 unlock) or Right Augment "Optical Amplifier"
    Lv4 Helix, Left Augment "Vital Protocol" or Mutation "The Best Defence" (Character Rank 7 unlock)
    Lv5 Helix, Right Augment "Thermal Equilibrium"
    Lv6 Helix, Left Augment "Vigilance" or Right Augment "First Strike"
    Lv7 Helix, Right Augment "Pulse Pounder"
    Lv8 Helix, Right Augment "Dogpiler"
    Lv9 Helix, Right Augment "Kinetic Deflection"
    Lv10 Helix, Right Augment "Mobility Module"

    Loadout:
    • -10.50% Cooldown Time
    • +9.10% Skill Damage
    • +9.10% Attack Damage

    Method:

    1: Load Episode 2: The Void's Edge.
    2: Progress the story until you get to the second half of the Conservator fight near the end of the Episode.
    3: Now leave the Conservator alone and focus all your attention on the many Varelsi that he will spawn.
    4: Use Priority Target on every enemy you see, then lay into them with your Laser Pistol but switch to Plasma Pulse if any of the Varelsi have shields.
    5: Rinse and repeat Step 4 until the challenge is complete.

    Once you have completed all 5 lore challenges, the trophy will pop.
  • Complete all Caldarius lore challenges.

    Note: You can check your lore challenge progress: Command => Battleborn => Caldarius => Lore but please post here if you need boosting partners: LINK

    To get this trophy, you have to complete all 5 of Caldarius's lore challenges:-

    The Armor Costs More Than You
    Deal 40,000 damage with Aerial Assault.

    Difficulty: 2/10

    Note: "Aerial Assault" is Caldarius's Ultimate Skill, which unlocks at Lv5 and is activated by pressing . 40,000 damage is the minimum which the challenge will accept before registering it a success.

    To maximize the amount of damage that Aerial Assault does, you want to target either a single large enemy or a large group of enemies. The best places to attempt this are Episode 2: The Void's Edge and Episode 3: The Renegade, since both have multiple areas that are just crawling with enemies. You can speed this up a little bit by taking the Lv10 Helix, Left Augment "Tuned Actuator" and equipping Gear items that award the following bonuses:
    • -10.50% Cooldown Time
    • +9.10% Skill Damage

    Soaring Reputation
    Double Jump 1,600 times.

    Difficulty: 1/10

    Unfortunately there is no known way of speeding this up, thus your only option is to spam at every opportunity until the challenge is complete.


    A Vision Of Solitude
    Kill 200 Blinded enemies.

    Difficulty: 2/10

    This a fairly straightforward challenge and involves hitting an enemy or group of enemies with your Flashbang Grenade(s) () then killing them immediately. You can make things easier for yourself by taking the following Augments and Mutations when you level up:

    Lv1 Helix, Right Augment "Blind and Thunder"
    Lv4 Helix, Left Augment "Flash Barrage"
    Lv6 Helix, Right Augment "Rapid Dominance"
    Lv7 Helix, Right Augment "Microfusion Cell"
    Lv9 Helix, Right Augment "Brightblaster"

    Equip and activate Gear items that award the following bonuses will help boost your damage output:
    • -10.50% Cooldown Time
    • +9.10% Skill Damage
    • +9.10% Attack Damage

    The best place to farm this is during the second half of the Conservator fight near the end of Episode 2: The Void's Edge, since the enemies will keep spawning if the boss isn’t killed. Once an enemy has been blinded, fire off a few TMP rounds at their head to deal a lot of damage via Critical Hits. This challenge won't take very long to get but it can get a little tedious after a while.


    The Arena And You: Partners In Freedom
    Kill 500 Jennerit troops.

    Difficulty: 3/10

    Notes:
    • Jennerit troops can be recognised as anything bearing the name "Thrall X" or "X Thrall" (where X is the type e.g. Brute, Commander etc.).
    • The Prologue doesn't count, since you are forced to play as Mellka during it.

    Here are the Episodes and Operations where Jennerit troops exist:

    Story:

    Episode 2: The Void's Edge
    Episode 3: The Renegade
    Episode 4: The Archive
    Episode 5: The Sentinel
    Episode 6: The Experiment
    Episode 7: The Saboteur
    Episode 8: The Heliophage


    Operations:

    Attikus and the Thrall Rebellion
    Toby's Friendship Raid
    Oscar Mike vs. the Battle School (but this seems to vary from playthrough-to-playthrough so isn't an especially reliable method of farming Jennerit troops)
    Montana and the Demon Bear
    Phoebe and the Heart of Ekkunar

    It doesn't matter how you kill these guys, just so long as it is actually you that lands the killing blow and not an ally.


    Three-To-One Contact
    Kill 150 enemies with Energy Blade while on a team with Rath.

    Difficulty: 3/10:

    Note: Rath actually has 2 Energy blades: One on and another on but both count towards this challenge.

    This trophy is best boosted by yourself with Alt account present so you can get it done in one or two sessions without worrying about anyone stealing your kills. To get this done ASAP, take the following Augments and Mutation when levelling up:

    Lv1 Helix, Right Augment "Blind and Bloodied"
    Lv2 Helix, Right Augment "Zealous Frenzy"
    Lv3 Helix, Mutation "Energy Transfusion" (Character Rank 3 Unlock) or Left Augment "Afterburner"
    Lv4 Helix, Left Augment "Flash Barrage"
    Lv5 Helix, It doesn't matter which of these you take as they both suck.
    Lv6 Helix, Right Augment "Rapid Dominance"
    Lv7 Helix, Left Augment "Adaptive Harmonics"
    Lv8 Helix, Left Augment "Gravitic Amplifiers"
    Lv9 Helix, Right Augment "Brightblaster"
    Lv10 Helix, Left Augment "Tuned Actuator"

    I recommend Episode 3: The Renegade, because it's not a very long Episode and there are tons of enemies around but do note that playing in Co-Op will increase the health and damage resistance of every enemy.

    Once you have completed all 5 lore challenges, the trophy will pop.
  • Complete all Orendi lore challenges.

    Note: You can check your lore challenge progress by going: Command => Battleborn => Orendi => Lore but please post here if you need boosting partners: LINK

    To get this trophy, you have to complete all 5 of Orendi's lore challenges:-

    Shifty Watching
    Deal 12,000 damage with Paradigm Shift in a single match.

    Difficulty: 1/10

    Note: "Paradigm Shift" is Orendi's Ultimate Skill, which unlocks at Lv5 and is activated by pressing .

    This is a very simple challenge and can be farmed during the Conservator fight near the end of Episode 2: The Void's Edge, by killing the enemies that spawn whilst he's still alive. You can make life a little simpler by taking the following Augment and Mutation when you level up:

    Lv5 Helix, Mutation "Renaissance" (Character Rank 9 unlock)
    Lv10 Helix, Left Augment "Thought Rejection"

    I also recommend equipping Gear items that offer the following bonuses when activated:
    • -10.50% Cooldown Time
    • +9.10% Skill Damage
    • +21.00% Shield Penetration

    Very Morphic Pillars
    Damage 3 enemies simultaneously with Shadowfire Pillar, 40 times.

    Difficulty: 2/10

    Note: "Shadowfire Pillar" is Orendi's Skill.

    See the "Rise Of The Thrall" challenge under the Anarchy Rules trophy for a full list of suitable locations where this can be achieved but see below for a list of Augments and Mutations that will make it a lot easier to get:

    Lv3 Helix, Right Augment "Oh That Reminds Me"
    Lv4 Helix, Right Augment "Encore"
    Lv5 Helix, Right Augment "Prognosticombo"
    Lv6 Helix, Left Augment "Nihilism"
    Lv7 Helix, Right Augment "Essence Theft"
    Lv8 Helix, Left Augment "Rapid Deterioration"
    Lv9 Helix, Left Augment "Shadowfire Storm"

    I also recommend equipping Gear items that offer the following bonuses when activated:
    • -10.50% Cooldown Time
    • +9.10% Skill Damage

    The Essence Of Chaos
    Use Nullify to knock an enemy back into your Shadowfire Pillar, 20 times.

    Difficulty: 4/10

    Notes:
    • Before attempting this, you need to take the Lv2 Helix, Left Augment "Dismissed!".
    • This is one of a few challenges that can only be progressed once per-match so you are looking at completing 5 separate matches to get it done.

    To complete this challenge, you have to time your Nullify blast () so the target enemy will fly straight through the middle of your Shadowfire Pillar () but it’s fiddly getting the timing right. You can make things easier by either doing this close to a wall or using the method shown in the following video (credit to SkyHighDivinity for this):
     
    Note: This video was made before the requirements for this challenge were nerfed but the method is still valid, though it does seem to be a bit or hit or miss.

    You can make life a little easier by taking the following Augments when you level up, in addition to "Dismissed!":

    Lv5 Helix, Right Augment "Prognosticombo"
    Lv6 Helix, Left Augment "Nihilism"
    Lv7 Helix, Right Augment "Essence Theft"
    Lv8 Helix, Left Augment "Rapid Deterioration"
    I also recommend equipping and activating a Gear item that offers some form of Cooldown Timer reduction.


    The Eyes Have You
    Deal 100,000 damage with Orendi's secondary ranged attack.

    Difficulty: 1/10

    Note: Orendi's "secondary ranged attack" is activated by pressing and holding .

    You can make this a little less tedious by doing the following:

    1: Equipping a Gear item that boosts your Attack Damage.
    2: Taking the Lv3 Helix, Mutation "Mind Bullets" (Character Rank 3 unlock).
    3: Farming the enemies during the second half of the Conservator fight near the end of Episode 2: The Void's Edge. Providing you don't kill the Conservator, the enemies will carry on spawning indefinitely.


    That's A Very Nice Hat Trick
    Use Shadowfire Pillar 50 times in a single match, 5 times.

    Difficulty: 1/10

    Notes:
    • "Shadowfire Pillar" is Orendi's Skill.
    • This is one of a few challenges that can only be progressed once per-match so you are looking at completing 5 separate matches to get it done.

    Take the following Augments and Mutations when you level up:

    Lv1 Helix, Left Augment "Fire Walk With Me"
    Lv2 Helix, Left Augment "Dismissed!" (if you also want to work on the "Essence Of Chaos" challenge) or the Right Augment "I Hate Your Pretty Eyes"
    Lv3 Helix, Mutation "Mind Bullets" (Character Rank 3 unlock) (if you also want to work on the "Eyes Have You" challenge) or the Right Augment "Oh That Reminds Me"
    Lv4 Helix, Right Augment "Encore"
    Lv5 Helix, Mutation "Renaissance" (Character Rank 9 unlock) (if you also want to work on the "Shifty Watching" challenge) or Right Augment "Prognosticombo"
    Lv6 Helix, Left Augment "Nihilism"
    Lv7 Helix, Right Augment "Essence Theft"
    Lv8 Helix, Left Augment "Rapid Deterioration"
    Lv9 Helix, Left Augment "Shadowfire Storm"
    Lv10 Helix, Left Augment "Thought Rejection" (if you also want to work on the "Shifty Watching" challenge) or the Right Augment "Reign of Chaos"

    I also recommend equipping and activating Gear items that offer the following bonuses:
    • -10.50% Cooldown Time
    • +9.10% Skill Damage

    Now pick an Episode or Operation and spam your Shadowfire Pillar Skill (), whenever it's ready. Rinse and repeat until the challenge is done.

    Once you have completed all 5 lore challenges, the trophy will pop.
  • Complete all Phoebe lore challenges.

    Note: You can check your lore challenge progress: Command => Battleborn => Phoebe => Lore but please post here if you need boosting partners: LINK

    To get this trophy, you have to complete all 5 of Phoebe's lore challenges:-

    My Butler Buddy
    Complete 3 matches while on the same team as Marquis.

    Difficulty: 1/10 if boosted but 3/10 if done legit.

    Note: This is the sister version of Marquis's "Overprotective" challenge, thus it would be a good idea to setup a boosting session so you can alternate between the two of them.

    There are 2 ways to get this challenge done:

    Method 1: The fast way

    There is a very simple exploit that can be used for this and every other "Complete 3 matches while on the same team as X" lore challenge, which is to use the following settings in a Private Story match:-

    1: Invite a friend or an Alt account.
    2: Choose Episode 2: The Void's Edge.
    3: Set the Difficulty to either Normal or Advanced (it doesn't matter which) then change "Hardcore" to "On" but leave the "Data Center" option on "Use Optimal".
    4: Once the character select screen comes up, choose "Phoebe" then get Player 2 to pick "Marquis".
    5: When the intro cutscene has finished (it can be skipped after a few seconds by pressing ), all you and your friend/alt account have to do is jump off the nearest cliff and to your deaths.
    6: After the match is over and you have both been returned to the main menu, repeat Steps 2-5 until the challenge is complete.

    It's also possible to do this exploit in every Operation DLC except for "Toby's Friendship Raid" (since there's nowhere to suicide) but in "Oscar Mike vs. The Battle School", there aren't any cliffs so instead you have to kill yourself by jumping into one of the vats of red goo that are present near the start of the Operation. I don't recommend doing this in Episode 8: The Heliophage, because it takes too long to get to a suitable suicide spot.


    Method 2: The slow way

    The other way is to play Bots Battle (Versus Public => Bots Battle) or Public Story games and hope that one of the other players decides to play as Marquis.


    The Sky Is Falling
    Damage 8 enemies at once with Blade Cascade, 5 times.

    Difficulty: 4/10

    Note: "Blade Cascade" (not to be confused with "Blade Rush") is Phoebe's Ultimate Skill, which unlocks at Lv5 and is activated by pressing .

    There are 3 ways of getting this in Episode 2: The Void's Edge but I recommend the third one, because it's faster and more reliable. There's also a way of doing it during Episode 3: The Renegade.

    Method 1: Wolf Sentry defence

    There is a nifty little trick you can use to clear all 5 ranks of this challenge, at once:

    1: Load Episode 2: The Void's Edge

    2: Take the following Augments when you level up:

    Lv7 Helix, Left Augment "Core Overload"
    Lv10 Helix, Left Augment "Calamitous Cascade"

    I also recommend equipping and activating Gear items that offer the following bonuses:
    • -10.50% Cooldown Time
    • +9.10% Skill Damage

    3: Progress the story until you get to the section just past the bridge and have to shutdown a forcefield so the Wolf Sentry can move on to the final area and the Portal Bloom itself.

    4: This final section is time sensitive but once the Jennerit and Varelsi troops start swarming the Wolf Sentry, immediately get as close as possible to him then press to activate your Blade Cascade.

    If done correctly, you will wipe out all the enemies and complete the challenge as well.


    Method 2: The Varelsi Void

    About halfway into the Conservator fight, he will open a dimensional void and teleport you right into the middle of it. Once you have finished phasing-in, dozens of Varelsi will also appear but also give you another opportunity to complete this challenge. All you have to do is take a few pot shots at the Varelsi to get their attention then run in circles for a bit so they huddle up. Once you have a decent sized group, get as close to the centre of them as you can and unleash a Blade Cascade. Rinse and repeat until you have killed enough so the Void collapses and returns you to the Conservator fight.

    If done right, you will complete at least 4 ranks of the challenge so will only have to find enough enemies to do this one last time and complete the challenge.


    Method 3: The Conservator fight - second half

    After the Void fight, you will be back on Bliss and have to finish off the Conservator. All you have to do is ignore the Conservator and let it carry on spawning enemies so you can group them together and hit them with Blade Cascade once there are 8 of them.


    Method 4: Episode 3

    The final method is to play Episode 3 and take advantage of the second and third defence sections (Power Plant 2 and Defend Caldarius, respectively) since a lot of enemies will spawn but especially during the final area where you have to defend Caldarius whilst his Assault Frame recharges.


    Adventures In Phasing
    Teleport 250,000 meters with Phasegate.

    Difficulty: 1/10

    Note: "Phasegate" is Phoebe's Skill.

    This is a very simple but time consuming challenge, though you can speed it up a little bit by doing the following:

    1: Take the Lv2 Helix, Left Augment "Scientific Method"
    2: Equip and activate a Gear item that offers some form of Cooldown Timer reduction.
    3: Use Phasegate at every available opportunity, once it is available after cooling down.
    4: If you feel like you're not making enough progress, then utilise the exploit I’ve written about for the "To Serve Man" challenge under the Titanium Dandy trophy.


    Addonexus
    Deal 1,800 damage in a single use of Blade Rush.

    Difficulty: 4/10

    Note: "Blade Rush" (not to be confused with "Blade Cascade") is Phoebe's Skill.

    This is a very fiddly challenge since there are very few opportunities to attempt it in each Episode/Operation, plus you have to be very accurate else you won't do enough damage. To give yourself the best possible chance of pulling this off, do the following:

    1: Take the following Augments when you level up:

    Lv4 Helix, Left Augment "Unintended Innovation"
    Lv6 Helix, Right Augment "Disruptor Blades"
    Lv7 Helix, Left Augment "Core Overload"
    Lv9 Helix, Right Augment "Refined Technique"

    2: Equip and activate Gear items that offer the following bonuses:
    • -10.50% Cooldown Time
    • +9.10% Skill Damage

    3: Look for locations where you can hit 5 or more enemies at once. See the "Rise Of The Thrall" challenge under the Anarchy Rules trophy for a full list of suitable locations.

    This challenge will take a bit of practice to get right but fortunately, you only have to do it once.


    Dancing Lessons Pay Off
    Deal 80,000 damage with True Strike.

    Difficulty: 1/10

    Note: "True Strike" is Phoebe's Passive Ability and is activated by pressing and holding .

    This is an easy but annoying challenge because True Strike is awkward to use and not very powerful so will need buffing with Augments, Mutations and Gear items:

    Helix setup:

    Lv3 Helix, Mutation "Crosscut" (Character Rank 3 unlock) or Right Augment "Sharpened Blades"
    Lv5 Helix, Mutation "Blade Sweep" (Character Rank 5 unlock) or Right Augment "Reprise"

    Loadout:
    • +9.10% Attack Damage
    • +8.40% Attack Speed
    • +8.40% Damage Reduction

    Now pick an Episode or Operation and use True Strike whenever you can but I don't recommend trying to do this in Versus matches, because you will more than likely be killed before doing any serious damage.

    Once you have completed all 5 lore challenges, the trophy will pop.
  • Complete all Benedict lore challenges.

    Note: You can check your lore challenge progress: Command => Battleborn => Benedict => Lore but please post here if you need boosting partners: LINK

    To get this trophy, you have to complete all 5 of Benedict's lore challenges:-

    Rocket Jump Professional
    Glide for one hour (3,600 seconds).

    Difficulty: 2/10

    There are 3 ways of getting this challenge done but I recommend the first one, since it's the fastest and simplest.

    Method 1: Cheat

    Just prior to the challenge requirements being nerfed, PNDK&M found a really easy way to get it done during Episode 3: The Renegade:
     
    his trick is still valid but has been nerfed somewhat and is now more time consuming and fiddly to pull off. The trick is to use the specified Jump Pad then immediately press and hold to start Gliding but let go once you hit the ground on the other side of the base. Rinse and repeat until either the challenge is complete or you get bored and want to continue the mission. To ensure this works properly, don't take the Lv5 Helix, Right Augment "Tailwind" else your Glides will end way too quickly.


    Method 2: Do it legit

    Getting this done legit will take a very long time, because there aren't many opportunities in the game to Glide so you will have to take advantage of each one you encounter. Play a lot of Versus matches, since you will have to Glide a lot anyway to avoid getting your butt handed to you.


    Method 3: Do it semi-legit

    To do this semi-legit, you will need to take the following Augments when you level up:

    Lv5 Helix, Left Augment "Glid-iator"
    Lv8 Helix, Left Augment "Frequent Flyer"

    Having a Gear item that reduces your Cooldown Times, will also help.

    Once you have both of the above Augments, find a quiet spot away from any enemies. Now double jump (press twice) then press and hold at the peak of your jump but keep it held until you reach the ground - rinse and repeat. If the exploit in Method 1 gets fixed, then this and Method 2 will be your only options to get this lore challenge done.


    Help For A Grounded Recruit?
    Kill 10 Battleborn while in the air.

    Difficulty: 3/10

    Note: You must be airborne, the enemy Battleborn do not.

    If done in Bots Battle, this challenge won't take very long to get but you can make life easier by taking the following Augments and Mutations when you level up:

    Lv1 Helix, Mutation "Rejiggered Ordnance" (Rank 5 unlock) or the Right Augment "Persistent Projectiles"
    Lv2 Helix, Right Augment "Wind Chill"
    Lv3 Helix, Left Augment "Ready Rockets"
    Lv4 Helix, Right Augment "A Murder of Rockets"
    Lv5 Helix, Left Augment "Glid-iator"
    Lv6 Helix, Left Augment "Blastoff"
    Lv7 Helix, Left Augment "Danger Zone"
    Lv8 Helix, Right Augment "First Class"
    Lv9 Helix, Left Augment "Less Talk, More Hawk" or Right Augment "Party Starter"
    Lv10 Helix, Left Augment "Hawkpocalypse" or Mutation "Phoenix Patrol" (Character Rank 12 unlock)

    Also, equipping and activating Gear items that award the following bonuses will help boost your damage output:
    • -10.50% Cooldown Time
    • -17.50% Recoil
    • +9.10% Attack Damage

    Now it's just a matter of playing any Versus game type and waiting until you find an enemy Battleborn with less than 1/2 health. Once you have found a suitable target, use Liftoff () to get you airborne. Now press and hold to fire off a barrage of Rockets to kill them.

    Boosting method:

    If you want to speed this up or are having trouble getting into a public match, then follow these steps:

    Step 1:

    Create a Private Versus lobby (Main Menu => Versus Private => Versus Maps - Classic) invite a friend and have them change teams by pressing . Now use the following settings:

    Character Select Style: PvP Classic
    Bots on Team 1: 0
    Bots on Team 2: 0
    In Game Chat: Global
    Data Center: Use Optimal
    Choose Map: Capture - Outback

    Step 2:

    Start the match, pick Benedict and have your friend pick a shieldless character e.g. Mellka, Boldur, Miko, Kelvin (just make sure they don't use his Chomp Skill) etc.

    Step 3:

    Once the match has started, buy the Attack Damage Gear and take the Augments as listed above. As for you friends, just make sure they don't equip anything that boosts their health, shields or damage resistance.

    Step 4:

    Now meet up with your friend and whittle their health down to almost nothing, then kill them with Rockets whilst you're in the air.

    Step 5:

    Rinse and repeat Step 4 until the challenge is complete.


    The Tour
    Complete 3 matches on a team with at least two other Peacekeepers.

    Difficulty: 1/10 if boosted but 5/10 if you do it legit.

    Here are all of the Battleborn characters that count towards this lore challenge:

    Benedict
    Ernest (DLC Battleborn)
    Galilea
    Ghalt
    Montana
    Oscar Mike

    Here are the 2 ways of getting this challenge done:

    Method 1: The fast way

    There is a very simple exploit that can be used for this and every other "Complete 3 matches while on the same team as X" lore challenge, which is to use the following settings in a Private Story match:-

    1: Invite 2 friends or 1 friend and an alt account.
    2: Choose Episode 2: The Void's Edge.
    3: Set the Difficulty to either Normal or Advanced (it doesn't matter which) then change "Hardcore" to "On" but leave the "Data Center" option on "Use Optimal".
    4: Once the character select screen comes up, choose "Benedict", then have Players 2 and 3 pick one of the above characters.
    5: After the intro cutscene has finished (it can be skipped after a few seconds by pressing ), all you and your friend/alt account have to do is jump off the nearest cliff and to your deaths.
    6: When the match is over and you have both been returned to the main menu, repeat Steps 2-5 until the challenge is complete.

    It's also possible to do this exploit in every Operation DLC except for "Toby's Friendship Raid" (since there's nowhere to suicide) but in "Oscar Mike vs. The Battle School", there aren't any cliffs so instead you have to kill yourself by jumping into one of the vats of red goo that are present near the start of the Operation. I don't recommend doing this in Episode 8: The Heliophage, because it takes too long to get to a suitable suicide spot.


    Method 2: The slow way

    The other way is to play Bots Battle (Versus Public => Bots Battle) or Public Story missions and pray that 2 of the other 4 players will pick Peacekeepers.


    So Many Rockets
    Fire 300 rockets in a single match, 5 times.

    Note: You can only progress this challenge once per-match, which means you will need to complete 5 matches before it will be done.

    Difficulty: 1/10

    To speed this up a little bit, you want to take the following Augments when you level up:

    Lv3 Helix, Left Augment "Ready Rockets"
    Lv4 Helix, Right Augment "A Murder of Rockets"
    Lv9 Helix, Left Augment "Less Talk, More Hawk"

    I also recommend equipping Gear items that offer the following bonuses when activated:
    • -10.50% Cooldown Time
    • +21.00% Reload Speed

    Now play any Operation or Story mission but keep spamming , and (even when there's nothing around to shoot at) until you are told that you have fired off 300 Rockets.


    The Bird's Last Word
    Get 20 kills with Boomsday.

    Difficulty: 2/10

    Note: "Boomsday" is Benedict's Ultimate Skill, which unlocks at Lv5 and is activated by pressing .

    For this challenge, I recommend farming the second half of the Conservator fight near the end of Episode 2: The Void's Edge but to make life easier I would take the Lv10 Helix, Left Augment "Hawkpocalypse" and equip Gear items that award the following bonuses when activated:
    • -10.50% Cooldown Time
    • +9.10% Skill Damage
    • +21.00 Shield Penetration

    Providing you don't kill the Conservator, it will spawn enemies indefinitely so take advantage of this and use Boomsday as soon as it's ready.

    Once you have completed all 5 lore challenges, the trophy will pop.
  • Complete all Boldur lore challenges.

    Note: You can check your lore challenge progress: Command => Battleborn => Boldour => Lore but please post here if you need boosting partners: LINK

    To get this trophy, you have to complete all 5 of Boldour's lore challenges:-

    Defender Of Ekkunar
    Absorb 50,000 damage with the Ekkuni Greatshield.

    Difficulty: 2/10

    Note: To use your Ekkuni Greatshield, press and hold .

    This challenge is simple enough but will take a while, since your Ekkuni Greatshield can only absorb 2,000 damage before overheating and have to cool down. The damage absorption bar is right next to your Health and Shield bars:

    The best place to grind this out is during the Warlord Nix fight in Episode 2: The Void's Edge, by clearing out all the other enemies and letting him shoot at you for a bit before having to retreat and let your Ekkuni Greatshield cooldown. You can carry on doing this for as long as it takes, providing you don't kill Warlord Nix.

    I also recommend taking the Lv3 Helix, Right Augment "Deft Defender" to increase your Ekkuni Greatshield's damage absorption capabilities.


    The Woodsworn
    Complete a match on a team composed of all Eldrid teammates.

    Difficulty: 1/10 if boosted (that is if you can find anyone to boost with) but 10/10 if done legit as the chances of this happening naturally are 0.

    Note: To save time in the long run, I recommend going for this challenge at the same time as the When You Roll Up With the Squad Like trophy.

    Here are all the Battleborn characters that count towards this challenge:

    Alani (DLC Battleborn)
    Boldur
    Kelvin
    Mellka
    Miko
    Thorn

    Method:

    1: Invite 2 friends or 1 friend and an alt account.
    2: Choose Episode 2: The Void's Edge.
    3: Set the Difficulty to either Normal or Advanced (it doesn't matter which) then change “Hardcore” to "On" but leave the "Data Center" option on "Use Optimal".
    4: Once the character select screen comes up, choose "Boldur" then have the other players pick one of the above characters.
    5: Once the intro cutscene has finished (it can be skipped after a few seconds by pressing ), all you and your friend/alt account have to do is jump off the nearest cliff and to your deaths.

    It's also possible to do this exploit in every Operation DLC except for "Toby's Friendship Raid" (since there's nowhere to suicide) but in "Oscar Mike vs. The Battle School", there aren't any cliffs so instead you have to kill yourself by jumping into one of the vats of red goo that are present near the start of the Operation. I don't recommend doing this in Episode 8: The Heliophage, because it takes too long to get to a suitable suicide spot.

    If you want to play the RNG game, then create a Private Versus match against the A.I and keep backing out of Character selection screen and restarting the lobby if your team isn't an all Eldrid one. This is extremely time consuming but may be your best bet, if you can't find 4 other people to play with.


    The Unbearable
    While enraged, kill 100 enemies.

    Difficulty: 4/10

    To become enraged, you have to either kill an enemy/destroy a Shard Cluster with your Axe () or activate Boldurdash (). To stay enraged, you have to carry on killing everything in sight. This challenge won't take that long if you play as Boldur on a regular basis but you can speed things up by taking the Lv5 Helix, Right Augment "Berserker Rage" and farming the respawning enemies which appear during the second half of the Conservator fight near the end of Episode 2: The Void's Edge.

    Here's what your screen looks like whilst Boldur is enraged:

    The Dwarf's Favourite Axiom
    Deal 25,000 explosive damage with Axe Toss while energized by Runes of Power.

    Difficulty: 3/10

    Note: The "Runes of Power" are Boldur's Ultimate Skill which unlocks at Lv5 and are activated by pressing but note that you don't have to do exactly 25,000 damage as this is just the minimum which the challenge will accept before registering it a success.

    Activating the Runes of Power will effectively turn your Axe into a bomb when it's thrown so to maximize the amount of damage you do, you want to throw it at either a single large enemy or a large group of enemies. The best places to attempt this are Episode 2: The Void's Edge and Episode 3: The Renegade, since both have multiple areas that are just crawling with enemies. You can make life easier for yourself by taking the following Augments when you level up:

    Lv1 Helix, Left Augment "Axe Ricochet"
    Lv4 Helix, Left Augment "Hatchet Man"
    Lv6 Helix, Left Augment "Axterminator"
    Lv9 Helix, Right Augment "Trusty Toss"
    Lv10 Helix, Left Augment "Axe Mastery"

    You can increase your damage output by equipping and activating Gear items that award the following bonuses:
    • -10.50% Cooldown Time
    • +9.10% Skill Damage
    • +21.00% Shield Penetration

    The Runes That Best Reflect My Mood
    Self-heal 10,000 damage with the Ekkuni Greatshield while energized by Runes of Power.

    Difficulty: 2/10

    Notes:
    • The "Runes of Power" are Boldur's Ultimate Skill, which unlocks at Lv5 and are activated by pressing .
    • During any given mission or match, you can track your progress towards this by pressing and holding the then looking at the "Healing received" column.

    This is a very straightforward challenge, just take some health damage then press to activate the Runes of Power. Now press and hold to bring up your Ekkuni Greatshield. I recommend doing this at the same time as the Defender Of Ekkunar challenge so see that for more details but If you decide to this at a later time during the game, then take the Lv10 Helix, Right Augment "Shield Mastery" to increase your Health Regeneration. I also recommend equipping a Gear item that boosts your Healing Received, by at least +14.00%.

    Once you have completed all 5 lore challenges, the trophy will pop.
  • Complete all Ambra lore challenges.

    Note: You can check your lore challenge progress: Command => Battleborn => Ambra => Lore but please post here if you need boosting partners: LINK

    To get this trophy, you have to complete all 5 of Ambra's lore challenges:-

    Staff Of The Silent Sisters
    Deal 28,000 extra damage with Scorching Strikes.

    Difficulty: 1/10

    Note: "Scorching Strikes" are Ambra's secondary attack and are used by pressing and holding . 28,000 damage is the minimum which the challenge will accept before registering it a success.

    To deal extra damage with Scorching Strikes, you need to use the Staff of Radiance's health drain attack to max out your Heat Gauge by pressing and holding to drain health from any enemy that's in range. You will know when your Heat Gauge is full because it will start flashing:

    Attacking enemies at this point will deal massive damage to them. To get this challenge out of the way as fast as possible, farm the respawning enemies which appear during the second half of the Conservator fight at the end of Episode 2: The Void's Edge. You can increase your damage output by equipping and activating Gear items that award the following bonuses:
    • -10.50% Cooldown Time
    • +21.00% Shield Penetration
    • +9.10% Attack Damage

    Order Of The Sustaining Mother
    Heal yourself for 24,000 health using the Staff of Radiance's health drain ability.

    Difficulty: 1/10

    Note:
    • The "Staff of Radiance" is Ambra's primary weapon. To use it to drain health from an enemy, press and hold when your crosshair is on them.
    • During any given mission or match, you can track your progress towards this by pressing and holding the then looking at the "Healing received" column.
    This is the easiest of Ambra's lore challenges and will probably be the first one you complete. To speed things up, I recommend taking the Lv3 Helix, Right Augment "Blood Drive" and equipping a Gear item that boosts the amount of Healing you receive. The fastest way to get this, is to farm the respawning enemies which appear during the second half of the Conservator fight near the end of Episode 2: The Void's Edge but make sure you don't have any Health Regeneration items equipped as those will only make this take longer than it should.


    The Winds Of Change
    Kill 100 enemies with Solar Wind.

    Difficulty: 3/10

    Note: "Solar Wind" is Ambra's attack but it only lasts a few seconds before having to cool down.

    This is the hardest of Ambra's lore challenges but is still very simple so to get it out the way as fast as possible, take the following Augments when you level up:

    Lv1 Helix, Right Augment "Illumination"
    Lv4 Helix, Right Augment "Searing Wind"
    Lv6 Helix, Right Augment "Solar Storm"
    Lv9 Helix, Left Augment "Howling Wind"

    Also, equip Gear items that award the following bonuses:
    • -10.50% Cooldown Time
    • +9.10% Skill Damage

    Episodes 2 and 3 are the best places to grind out this trophy, since they both have lots of weak enemies that will die very quickly. Note that you can weaken an enemy beforehand with another attack without voiding the challenge.


    Cleansing Fire
    Heal teammates for 50,000 damage.

    Difficulty: 2/10

    Note: During any given mission or match, you can track your progress towards this by pressing and holding the then looking at the "Healing received" column.

    To heal injured teammates, you need to either deploy a Sunspot near them (by pressing ) or have the Lv3 Helix, Left Augment "Ceremonial Sacrifice" active then press when you're near a hurt friend but I strongly recommend going with Sunspots as using the other method will make you an easy target due to how much health you will lose in the process. To boost the effectiveness of your Sunspots, take the following Augments and Mutation(s) when you level up:

    Lv2 Helix, Left Augment "Blessing of the Sun" or the Mutation "Soothing Sunlight" (Character Rank 3 unlock)
    Lv3 Helix, Mutation "Stellar Ritual" (Character Rank 12 unlock)
    Lv6 Helix, Left Augment "Agile Anomaly"
    Lv8 Helix, Left Augment "Bask in the Light"

    I also recommend equipping Gear items that offer the following bonuses when activated:
    • -10.50% Cooldown Time
    • +14.00 Heal Power

    I recommend doing this in Co-Op with a friend, since you will be better able to manage all the variables and won't have randoms mucking things up for you.


    I Command The Very Stars
    Deal 60,000 damage with Extinction Event.

    Difficulty: 1/10

    Note: "Extinction Event" is Ambra's Ultimate Skill, which unlocks at Lv5 and is activated by pressing . 60,000 damage is the minimum the challenge will accept before registering it a success.

    Once you have unlocked "Extinction Event" use it every opportunity but make sure you take the Lv10 Helix, Right Augment "World's End" and equip Gear items that award the following bonuses when activated:
    • -10.50% Cooldown Time
    • +9.10% Skill Damage

    The best places to farm this are the following:
    • Episode 2: The Void's Edge - The second half of the Conservator fight (just don't kill it, else the enemies will stop spawning)
       
    • Episode 3: The Renegade - This map is packed with enemies so pick a spot and start spamming Extinction Event.
       
    • Episode 4: The Archive - When the Varelsi that appear during the second half of the Conservator boss fight but don't hurt the boss too much else the Varelsi will stop spawning.

    There are loads of places where you can do this but the above are the fastest ones to get to.

    Once you have completed all 5 lore challenges, the trophy will pop.
  • Complete all ISIC lore challenges.

    Note: You can check your lore challenge progress: Command => Battleborn => ISIC => Lore but please post here if you need boosting partners: LINK

    To get this trophy, you have to complete all 5 of ISIC's lore challenges:-

    Magnus Self-Review: MAG_MRBX-1210
    Use Overcharged abilities 60 times.

    Difficulty: 1/10

    Note: "Overcharged abilities" are when you press , or respectively whilst ISIC's Charge Cannon is at maximum charge. You can tell when the Charge Cannon is at maximum charge by looking at the flashing Energy Gauge:

    To fully charge the Charge Cannon, you need to press and hold . Once it has charged (which should only take 2 or 3 seconds), keep held then press , or to activate Rotating Wards, Omega Strike or Plasmas Dash respectively. There are 2 methods for getting this done.

    Method 1: Cheat

    Step 1: To pull this off, you will need a Common rarity Cooldown Gear item with an activation cost of 0 Credits (you don’t absolutely need this but it will speed things up a tad).

    Step 2: Now go into Bots Battle and choose either Incursion or Meltdown when the option appears (though it is highly dependent on RNG as to which modes are available at any given time). If Bots Battle doesn't work out, then create a 5v1 game against the A.I in a Private Versus match - rinse and repeat until the challenge is complete.

    Step 3: As soon as you spawn into the Tutorial area, fully charge your Charge Cannon then activate either your or Skills. Now carry on doing this until the Tutorial is over and the Countdown has finished.

    Step 4: Finish the match, then rinse and repeat Steps 2+3 until the challenge is complete.

    The reason this doing this during the mode tutorial is because all your Skills will have Cooldown Timers of 3 seconds or less, plus everyone else will be messing around like they always do so will run into your Skill anyway. I didn't mention doing this in Capture, for the simple reason that you won't have enough time due to the tutorial lasting all of about 10secs before the Countdown starts.


    Method 2: The slow way

    If you have the patience, then you can complete this in a single match by doing the following:

    1: Find a quiet spot in any Episode or Operation.
    2: Fully charge your Charge Cannon.
    3: Once the Charge Cannon is fully charged, activate any of your Skills.
    4: Rinse and repeat steps 2 and 3 until the challenge is complete.

    You can slightly decrease the time it takes to complete this challenge, by taking the Lv7 Helix, Right Augment "Quick Charge! :D" and equipping a Gear item that offers some form of Cooldown Timer reduction.


    Epiphany.exe
    Deal 100,000 damage with Omega Strike.

    Difficulty: 1/10

    Note: "Omega Strike" is ISIC's Ultimate Skill, which unlocks at Lv5 and is activated by pressing but note that you don't have to do exactly 100,000 damage as this is just the minimum which the challenge will accept before registering it a success. I'm not sure though, if the attack will also count towards this.

    There isn't much I can say about this as it's self explanatory but you can speed things up by farming the respawning enemies which appear during the second half of the Conservator boss fight in Episode 2: The Void's Edge. To improve your survivability whilst Omega Strike is active, take the following Augments and Mutations when you level up:

    Lv1 Helix, Left Augment "Watchful Wards! :)"
    Lv2 Helix, Left Augment "You Dropped These! ;)"
    Lv3 Helix, Left Augment "Not Dyin' Today! :)"
    Lv5 Helix, Mutation "Stopping Power! ;) (Character Rank 3 unlock)
    Lv6 Helix, Left Augment "Burlier Wards! :D"
    Lv7 Helix, Right Augment "Quick Charge! :D"
    Lv8: Helix, Left Augment "Hard Workin' Wards! :)"
    Lv10 Helix, Left Augment"“Shields Up! :D"

    I also recommend equipping Gear items that offer the following bonuses when activated:
    • -10.50% Cooldown Time
    • +9.10% Skill Damage
    • +9.10% Attack Damage

    The Rogue Magnus Speaks!
    Block 50,000 damage with Rotating Wards.

    Difficulty: 1/10

    Note: "Rotating Wards" are ISIC's Skill and are used as a supplement to his existing shields but they also have the ability to reflect enemy fire back at whoever is shooting at you. You can make your Wards last longer by deploying whilst your Overcharge Cannon is fully charged (see the "Magnus Self-Review: Mag_MRBX-1210" challenge for details on Overcharging your Skills).

    You can do this during the same session you go for the "Epiphany.exe" challenge so see that for more details.


    Warning: Rogue Magnus
    Complete 3 matches while on the same team as Kleese.

    Difficulty: 1/10 if boosted but 3/10 if done legit, since Kleese isn't especially popular these days.

    There are 2 ways to get this challenge done:

    Method 1: The fast way

    There is a very simple exploit that can be used for this and every other "Complete 3 matches while on the same team as X" lore challenge, which is to use the following settings in a Private Story match:-

    1: Invite a friend or an Alt account.
    2: Choose Episode 2: The Void's Edge.
    3: Set the Difficulty to either Normal or Advanced (it doesn't matter which) then change "Hardcore" to "On" but leave the "Data Center" option on "Use Optimal".
    4: Once the character select screen comes up, choose "ISIC" then get Player 2 to pick "Kleese".
    5: When the intro cutscene has finished (it can be skipped after a few seconds by pressing ), all you and your friend/alt account have to do is jump off the nearest cliff and to your deaths.
    6: After the match is over and you have both been returned to the main menu, repeat Steps 2-5 until the challenge is complete.

    It's also possible to do this exploit in every Operation DLC except for "Toby's Friendship Raid" (since there's nowhere to suicide) but in "Oscar Mike vs. The Battle School", there aren't any cliffs so instead you have to kill yourself by jumping into one of the vats of red goo that are present near the start of the Operation. I don't recommend doing this in Episode 8: The Heliophage, because it takes too long to get to a suitable suicide spot.


    Method 2: The slow way

    The other way is to play Bots Battle (Versus Public => Bots Battle) or Public Story games and hope that one of the other players decides to play as Kleese.


    Ocoban Mining Exploration Report
    Kill 10 Minions with Plasma Dash.

    Difficulty: 2/10

    Plasma Dash only does average damage, thus you are going to have to Augment it with Helix Augments and Gear items:

    Lv1 Helix, Right Augment "Crushin' Those Shields! :D"
    Lv4 Helix, Right Augment "Line Up Fellas! :D"
    Lv6 Helix, Right Augment "Let's Hug It Out! (3"
    Lv9 Helix, Left Augment "Can't Run From Me! 0.0" or Right Augment "Dodge This! 0.0"

    I also recommend equipping Gear items that offer the following bonuses when activated:
     
    • -10.50% Cooldown Time
    • +9.10% Skill Damage
    • +21.00% Shield Penetration

    The best place to do this is Episode 1: The Algorithm as it's crawling with minions but don't forget to fully charge your Charge Cannon so you can increase the damage that Plasma Dash does to the enemies it hits.

    Once you have completed all 5 lore challenges, the trophy will pop.
  • Complete all Shayne & Aurox lore challenges.

    Note: You can check your lore challenge progress: Command => Battleborn => Shayne & Aurox => Lore but please post here if you need boosting partners: LINK

    To get this trophy, you have to complete all 5 of Shayne & Aurox's lore challenges:-

    Fetch Me A Symbiote
    Grab 25 enemy Battleborn with Fetch.

    Difficulty: 3/10

    Notes:
    • "Fetch" is Shayne & Aurox's Skill.
    • "Fetch" has lousy accuracy and can only target enemies that are directly in front of Aurox.
    • See the Frienemies challenge under The Wraith of Bliss trophy, for a fast way to boost this challenge.
    To make life a little bit easier for yourself, take the following Augments and Mutations when you level up:

    Lv1 Helix, Right Augment "Welcome Committee"
    Lv3 Helix, Right Augment "Hulk Out With Djinn Out"
    Lv4 Helix, Mutation "We'll Take Everything" (Character Rank 5 unlock)
    Lv5 Helix Left Augment "The Immortal Aegis"
    Lv6 Helix, Right Augment "Shield Smasher"
    Lv7 Helix, Right Augment "Bigger, Badder Djinn"
    Lv9 Helix, Left Augment "Quite Fetching"

    I also recommend equipping Gear items that offer the following bonuses when activated:
    • -10.50% Cooldown Time
    • +9.10% Skill Damage

    Mentor For Monsters
    Complete 3 matches while on the same team as Reyna.

    Difficulty: 1/10 if boosted but 4/10 if done legit, since Reyna isn't especially popular these days.

    Note: It's possible to combine this with Reyna's "The Signal" challenge if you know anyone that needs help with that one.

    There are 2 ways to get this challenge done:

    Method 1: The fast way

    There is a very simple exploit that can be used for this and every other "Complete 3 matches while on the same team as X" lore challenge, which is to use the following settings in a Private Story match:-

    1: Invite a friend or an Alt account.
    2: Choose Episode 2: The Void's Edge.
    3: Set the Difficulty to either Normal or Advanced (it doesn't matter which) then change "Hardcore" to "On" but leave the “Data Center" option on "Use Optimal".
    4: Once the character select screen comes up, choose "Shayne & Aurox" then get Player 2 to pick "Reyna".
    5: When the intro cutscene has finished (it can be skipped after a few seconds by pressing ), all you and your friend/alt account have to do is jump off the nearest cliff and to your deaths.
    6: After the match is over and you have both been returned to the main menu, repeat Steps 2-5 until the challenge is complete.

    It's also possible to do this exploit in every Operation DLC except for "Toby's Friendship Raid" (since there's nowhere to suicide) but in "Oscar Mike vs. The Battle School", there aren't any cliffs so instead you have to kill yourself by jumping into one of the vats of red goo that are present near the start of the Operation. I don't recommend doing this in Episode 8: The Heliophage, because it takes too long to get to a suitable suicide spot.


    Method 2: The slow way

    The other way is to play Bots Battle (Versus Public => Bots Battle) or Public Story games and hope that one of the other players decides to play as Reyna.


    Isn't This A Buddy Comedy?!
    Kill 100 enemies with Stealth Strike.

    Difficulty: 2/10

    Note: "Stealth Strike" is Shayne & Aurox's Skill. To use this Skill you have to press to activate it, then again to deactivate it and deal damage to your target(s).

    This isn't a very hard challenge to do but it will take a little while since "Stealth Strike" isn't very powerful early on in the game so will need buffing a little bit with Augments and Gear items.

    Helix setup:

    Lv1 Helix, Left Augment "Aura of Annoyance"
    Lv2 Helix, Left Augment "Wait for the Drop"
    Lv3 Helix, Right Augment "Hulk Out With Your Djinn Out"
    Lv5 Helix, Left Augment "The Immortal Aegis"
    Lv6 Helix, Left Augment "Sneaky 'N Resilient"
    Lv7 Helix, Right Augment "Bigger, Badder Djinn"
    Lv8 Helix, either of the Augments or the Mutation at this level will be of use so it's up to you which one to take.

    Loadout:
    • -10.50% Cooldown Time
    • +9.10% Skill Damage
    • +21.00% Shield Penetration

    To ensure you hit as many enemies as possible and do as much damage as possible, wait until you see a group of 3 or 4 enemies before using Stealth Strike. You can either farm the second half of the Conservator fight near the end of Episode 2: The Void's Edge or take your time and use the locations listed for Attikus's "Rise Of The Thrall" challenge under the Anarchy Rules trophy.


    Always Comes Back
    Hit enemies 60 times with Shayne's Boomerang while Shayne & Aurox are separated.

    Difficulty: 2/10

    Note: To use the Boomerang, you have to press and hold .

    Your only chance to do this is after you hit Helix Rank 5 and have access to your "Tag Team" Skill (). To get this over with quickly, wait until you reach the second half of the Conservator fight then ignore the boss and focus instead on the enemies he spawns. To save time, I recommend combining this with the "Re-Mined To Kill You Later" challenge so see that for more details about how to setup your Helix and Gear Loadout.


    Re-Mined To Kill You Later
    Deal 10,000 damage with Tag Team.

    Difficulty: 1/10

    Note: "Tag Team" is Shayne & Aurox's Ultimate Skill, which unlocks at Lv5 and is activated by pressing . 10,000 damage is the minimum which the challenge will accept before registering it a success.

    The fastest way to get this done is by doing the following:

    Helix setup:

    Lv1 Helix, Right Augment "Welcome Committee"
    Lv2 Helix, Right Augment "Surprise Party"
    Lv3 Helix, Left Augment "Boomerang Bounce"
    Lv4 Helix, Left Augment "What's yours is mine"
    Lv5 Helix, Right Augment "The Immortal Aegis"
    Lv6 Helix, Right Augment "Shield Smasher"
    Lv7 Helix, Mutation "Boom Goes the Boomerang" (Character Rank 9 unlock)
    Lv8 Helix, Right Augment "Djinn to the Face"
    Lv9 Helix, Left Augment "Quite Fetching"
    Lv10 Helix, Left Augment "Aurox Hungers"

    Loadout:
    • -10.50% Cooldown Time
    • +9.10% Skill Damage
    • +9.10% Attack Damage

    Method:

    1: Load Episode 2: The Void's Edge.
    2: Progress the story until you get to the second half of the Conservator fight near the end of the Episode.
    3: Now leave the Conservator alone and focus all your attention on the many Varelsi that he will spawn.
    4: Just keep using Tag Team () whenever it's ready but make sure that you also use your Boomerang (press and hold ) so you can make progress towards the "Always Comes Back" challenge.
    5: Rinse and repeat Step 4 until the challenge is complete.

    Once you have completed all 5 lore challenges, the trophy will pop.
  • Complete all Galilea lore challenges.

    Note: You can check your lore challenge progress: Command => Battleborn => Galilea => Lore but please post here if you need boosting partners: LINK

    To get this trophy, you have to complete all 5 of Galilea's lore challenges:-

    Frienemies
    Participate in killing Ambra, 5 times.

    Difficulty: 2/10

    Even though various patches have made the "Participate in killing X, 5 times" challenges a lot easier than they used to be, here are the 2 best ways to get them done but do note that the second method can be used for other challenges of the same type.

    Method 1: The Legit way

    To make life easier for yourself, do this in Capture matches and take the following Augments and Mutations when you level up:

    Lv1 Helix, Mutation "Vortex" (Character Rank 5 unlock) or Right Augment "Calamity"
    Lv2 Helix, Right Augment "Mark of the Feeble"
    Lv3 Helix, Mutation "Gashing Bash" (Character Rank 12 unlock) or Right Augment "It's Dangerous to go Alone"
    Lv4 Helix, Mutation "Bleak Quiet" (Character Rank 3 unlock) or Right Augment "Forsaken Grounds"
    Lv5 Helix, Left Augment "Last Light"
    Lv6 Helix, Right Augment "Forsaking Others"
    Lv7 Helix, Right Augment "Duelist"
    Lv8 Helix, Left Augment "Inescapable Fate" or Right Augment "The Black Wind Howls"
    Lv9 Helix, Left Augment "Defender's Dare"
    Lv10 Helix, Right Augment "Pitch Black"

    I also recommend equipping Gear items that offer the following bonuses when activated:
    • -10.50% Cooldown Time
    • +9.10% Skill Damage
    • +9.10% Attack Damage

    Once you have found and isolated Ambra from the rest of her team, Stun her with your Sentinel's Greatshield () then activate Desecrate () and start attacking with your sword. Once Desecrate wears off, use your Greatshield to Stun her again - rinse and repeat until Ambra is toast.


    Method 2: Boosting

    There are 2 ways to boost this:-

    Version 1: Solo

    Step 1: Create a Private Versus lobby (Main Menu => Versus Private => Versus Maps - Classic) and use the following settings:

    Character Select Style: PvP Classic
    Bots on Team 1: 0
    Bots on Team 1: 1
    In Game Chat: Use whatever the default is
    Data Center: Use Optimal.
    Choose Map: Capture - Outback

    Start the match, then choose Galilea when the character select screen comes up. Once you have chosen your character, the A.I. will choose theirs but if they don't choose Ambra, press then scroll down to the "Exit Match" option and return to the Main Menu. Rinse and repeat this Step until Ambra appears.

    Step 2: With Ambra now in play, take the following Augments and Mutation during the pre-patch Tutorial:

    Lv1 Helix, Right Augment "Calamity"
    Lv2 Helix, Right Augment "Mark of the Feeble"
    Lv3 Helix, Right Augment "It's Dangerous to go Alone"

    Also, equip one of the following Gear items:
    • -10.50% Cooldown Time
    • +9.10% Skill Damage
    • +9.10% Attack Damage

    Now find and kill Ambra - rinse and repeat until the challenge is complete.


    Version 2:

    Step 1: This is very similar to Version 1 but this time you invite a friend, have Team Chat enabled and no bots on the other team. To change teams, your friend has to press before you start start the match. Now start the match, choose Galilea and have your friend pick Ambra.

    Step 2: With Ambra now in play, take the following Augments and Mutation during the pre-patch Tutorial:

    Lv1 Helix, Right Augment "Calamity"
    Lv2 Helix, Right Augment "Mark of the Feeble"
    Lv3 Helix, Right Augment "It's Dangerous to go Alone"

    Also, equip one of the following Gear items:
    • -10.50% Cooldown Time
    • +9.10% Skill Damage
    • +9.10% Attack Damage

    Now meet up with your friend, then kill them - rinse and repeat until the challenge is complete.


    Sisterhood
    Complete 3 matches while on the same team as Ambra.

    Difficulty: 1/10 if boosted but 5/10 if done legit, since hardly anyone plays as Ambra anymore.

    Here are 2 ways of getting this challenge done:

    Method 1: The fast way

    There is a very simple exploit that can be used for this and every other "Complete 3 matches while on the same team as X" lore challenge, which is to use the following settings in a Private Story match:-

    1: Invite 2 friends or 1 friend and an alt account.
    2: Choose Episode 2: The Void's Edge.
    3: Set the Difficulty to either Normal or Advanced (it doesn't matter which) then change "Hardcore" to "On" but leave the "Data Center" option on "Use Optimal".
    4: Once the character select screen comes up, choose "Galilea", then have Player 2 pick "Ambra".
    5: When the intro cutscene has finished (it can be skipped after a few seconds by pressing ), all you and your friend/alt account have to do is jump off the nearest cliff and to your deaths.
    6: After the match is over and you have both been returned to the main menu, repeat Steps 2-5 until the challenge is complete.

    It's also possible to do this exploit in every Operation DLC except for "Toby's Friendship Raid" (since there's nowhere to suicide) but in "Oscar Mike vs. The Battle School", there aren't any cliffs so instead you have to kill yourself by jumping into one of the vats of red goo that are present near the start of the Operation. I don't recommend doing this in Episode 8: The Heliophage, because it takes too long to get to a suitable suicide spot.


    Method 2: The slow way

    The other way is to play Bots Battle (Versus Public => Bots Battle) or Public Story missions and pray that one of the other 4 players will pick Ambra.


    Dark Knight Of The Soul
    Regenerate 10,000 damage with Abyssal Form.

    Difficulty: 1/10

    Note: "Abyssal Form" is Galilea's Ultimate Skill, which unlocks at Lv5 and is activated by pressing .

    The simplest way to get this done is to play Episode 2: The Void's Edge up to the point where you fight Warlord Nix, then let him shoot you a lot. Once your health health has been taken way down, press then find somewhere to hide whilst "Abyssal Form" cools down. Rinse and repeat until the challenge is complete. You can make life a little easier by taking the Lv5 Helix, Left Augment "Last Light" and equipping and activating a Gear item that offers some form of Cooldown Timer reduction. I recommend combining this challenge with "Arbitration" so you can get both done in the same Episode.


    Arbitration
    Block 25,000 damage with the Sentinel's Greatshield.

    Difficulty: 1/10

    To save time in the long run, I recommend combining this with the "Dark Knight Of The Soul" challenge so see that for more information. To use the Sentinel's Greatshield, press and hold but do note that it can only absorb 1,000 damage before failing and having to cool down. The Sentinel's Greatshield's damage absorption bar is to the right of your Health and Shield bar:

    The best place to grind this out is during the Warlord Nix fight in Episode 2: The Void's Edge, by clearing out all the other enemies and letting him shoot at you for a bit before having to retreat and let your Sentinel's Greatshield cool down. You can carry on doing this for as long as it takes, providing you don't kill Warlord Nix.


    No Redemption
    Kill 100 Jennerit enemies while Galila is corrupted.

    Difficulty: 2/10

    Notes:
    • "Corruption" is Galila's passive ability and is activated by damaging and/or killing enemies but it will wear off after a few seconds of not hitting an enemy. Corruption allows you to deal increased damage and regenerate health but only whilst it's active, which you can tell by looking at the Corruption Gauge:
    • Jennerit troops can be recognised as anything bearing the name "Thrall X" or "X Thrall" (where X is the type e.g. Brute, Commander etc.).
       
    • The Prologue doesn't count, since you are forced to play as Mellka during it.

    To make life easier, take the following Augments when you level up:

    Lv3 Helix, Left Augment "Sentinel Stance"
    Lv5 Helix, Right Augment "The Pact"
    Lv10 Helix, Right Augment "Pitch Black"

    Also, make sure to equip Gear items that award the following bonuses when activated:
    • -10.50% Cooldown Time
    • +9.10% Skill Damage
    • +9.10% Attack Damage

    Here are the Episodes and Operations where Jennerit troops exist:

    Story:

    Episode 2: The Void's Edge
    Episode 3: The Renegade
    Episode 4: The Archive
    Episode 5: The Sentinel
    Episode 6: The Experiment
    Episode 7: The Saboteur
    Episode 8: The Heliophage


    Operations:

    Attikus and the Thrall Rebellion
    Toby's Friendship Raid
    Oscar Mike vs. the Battle School (but this seems to vary from playthrough-to-playthrough so isn't an especially reliable method of farming Jennerit troops)
    Montana and the Demon Bear
    Phoebe and the Heart of Ekkunar

    It doesn't matter how you kill these guys, just so long as it is you that lands the killing blow and are Corrupted at the time.

    Once you have completed all 5 lore challenges, the trophy will pop.
  • Complete all Kelvin lore challenges.

    Notes:
    • You can check your lore challenge progress: Command => Battleborn => Kelvin => Lore but please post here if you need boosting partners: LINK
    • Whilst Sublimate is active, you won't be able to access the Helix menu so will have to wait for the Skill to end before you can make any changes.

    To get this trophy, you have to complete all 5 of Kelvin's lore challenges:

    That's An Ice Shield
    Absorb 50,000 shield damage.

    Difficulty: 3/10

    Kelvin doesn't have a shield by default like almost every other character does so you need to take advantage of his Passive "Permafrost" ability (which activates at the conclusion of any Skill) and take the following Augments and Mutation when you level up:

    Lv4 Helix, Mutation "Shield Snacker" (Character Rank 7 unlock)
    Lv5 Helix, Left Augment "Ice VI"
    Lv9 Helix, Left Augment "Overeater"

    I also recommend equipping a Gear item that offers some form of Cooldown Timer reduction.

    Now all you have to do is go to any Operation, Episode or Versus match then Chomp () every enemy in sight (Chomp has the quickest Cooldown Time) but make sure you take shield damage whilst doing so. Rinse and repeat until the challenge is complete. If you want to speed this up, then farm the respawning enemies which appear during the second half of the Conservator fight near the end of Episode 2: The Void's Edge.


    Bite-Sized Wonder
    Deal 80,000 damage with Chomp.

    Difficulty: 1/10

    Note: "Chomp" is Kelvin's Skill.

    This is a very simple challenge and can be combined with "That's an Ice Shield" if you want to save time. To maximise your damage potential with your Chomp Skill (), take the following Augments and Mutations when you level up:

    Lv2 Helix, Mutation "Diffusion" (Character Rank 5 unlock) or Left Augment "Quick Bite"
    Lv3 Helix, Right Augment "Icemaker"
    Lv4 Helix, Right Augment "Slow Food"
    Lv9 Helix, Right Augment "Sawtooth"

    Equipping the following Gear items will also help:
    • -10.50% Cooldown Time
    • +9.10% Skill Damage
    • +9.10% Attack Damage

    This won't take that long to get but I recommend using Chomp at every available opportunity so it doesn't drag out any longer than necessary.


    Miko Are All My Friends
    Complete 3 matches while on the same team as Miko

    Difficulty: 1/10 if boosted but 3/10 if done legit.

    Here are 2 ways of getting this challenge done:

    Method 1: The fast way

    There is a very simple exploit that can be used for this and every other "Complete 3 matches while on the same team as X" lore challenge, which is to use the following settings in a Private Story match:

    1: Invite 2 friends or 1 friend and an alt account.
    2: Choose Episode 2: The Void's Edge.
    3: Set the Difficulty to either Normal or Advanced (it doesn't matter which) then change "Hardcore" to "On" but leave the "Data Center" option on "Use Optimal".
    4: Once the character select screen comes up, choose "Kelvin", then have Player 2 pick "Miko".
    5: When the intro cutscene has finished (it can be skipped after a few seconds by pressing ), all you and your friend/alt account have to do is jump off the nearest cliff and to your deaths.
    6: After the match is over and you have both been returned to the main menu, repeat Steps 2-5 until the challenge is complete.

    It's also possible to do this exploit in every Operation DLC except for "Toby's Friendship Raid" (since there's nowhere to suicide) but in "Oscar Mike vs. The Battle School", there aren’t any cliffs so instead you have to kill yourself by jumping into one of the vats of red goo that are present near the start of the Operation. I don't recommend doing this in Episode 8: The Heliophage, because it takes too long to get to a suitable suicide spot.


    Method 2: The slow way

    The other way is to play Bots Battle (Versus Public => Bots Battle) or Public Story missions and pray that one of the other 4 players will pick Miko.


    The Best Defense Is De Fence
    Stun 50 enemies with Ice Wall.

    Difficulty: 3/10

    Note: "Ice Wall" is Kelvin’s Ultimate Skill, which unlocks at Lv5 and is activated by pressing .

    For Ice Wall to Stun an enemy, you need to position the placement icon so it lines up with the middle of your target enemy. This doesn't work on Bosses. If done correctly, you will see a ring of Stars around the head of the thing you have just stunned. This challenge is one of the more annoying ones since it relies on luck as much as it does skill, because the collision/hit detection of the Wall is dodgy at best so may not work as intended. To give yourself the best possible chance of pulling this off, I recommend doing the following:

    1: Take the Lv10 Helix, Left Augment "Walled In" or Mutation "Walled In" (Character Rank 12 unlock).
    2: Equip a Gear item that offers some form of Cooldown Timer reduction.
    3: Only use Ice Wall when there is a group of 3 or more enemies present so see the Rise Of The Thrall challenge under the Anarchy Rules trophy, for a full list of suitable locations.


    Micro Macro Mist Me
    Stun 3 enemy Battleborn with Sublimate simultaneously, 10 times.

    Difficulty: 1/10 if boosted but 7/10 if done legit

    Notes:
    • "Sublimate" is Kelvin's Skill.
    • You can actually Stun 3 people, 1 or 2 seconds apart and still have them count towards this.
    • Due to a bug that is unlikely to be fixed, this challenge must be done against real people as bots don't count.
    This is the most difficult challenge in the game because it relies heavily on luck rather than skill, plus there are some serious collision/hit detection issues with Sublimate. It also doesn't help that Sublimate only lasts for 2 seconds (though the Command Menu description, incorrectly states it lasts for 3 seconds).

    I strongly recommend boosting this challenge as it's a pain to do legit but below, I have provided both boosting and non-boosting methods so you have a choice of how you proceed.

    Legit method:

    To stand the best chance of completing this, I recommend doing the following:

    1: Take the following Augments and Mutations when you level up:

    Lv1 Helix, Left Augment "The Big Chill" or the Mutation "Density" (Character Rank 3 unlock)
    Lv2 Helix, Right Augment "Strong Wind"
    Lv3 Helix, Left Augment "Swelling Wind"
    Lv4 Helix, Mutation "Shield Snacker" (Character Rank 7 unlock) or Left Augment "Mastication Restoration"
    Lv5 Helix, Left Augment "Ice VI" or Right Augment "Blue Ice"
    Lv6 Helix, Left Augment "Windchill"
    Lv7 Helix, Left Augment "Groupthink"
    Lv8 Helix, Right Augment "Windy Season"
    Lv9 Helix, Left Augment "Overeater"
    Lv10 Helix, Right Augment "Absolute Zero"

    2: Equip Gear items that offer the following bonuses:
    • -10.50% Cooldown Time
    • +5.60% Movement Speed
    • +8.40% Damage Reduction and +7.00 Health Regeneration per second

    3: Play Incursion on the Overgrowth or Monuments maps as they have 2 very specific choke points, 1 at each end, that you can use to your advantage. Monuments also has a really narrow spot in the middle of the map that can be useful. I also recommend playing with a friend who knows how to play as Miko, since they can help keep you alive and distract the other players so you can sneak up on them.

    4: Now all you can do is play the waiting game. Due to Sublimate's poor collision/hit detection, you will more than likely have to hit each enemy a couple of times before the Stun effect actually kicks in. You will know if someone has been stunned, because a small booming sound will play but try not to confuse this with the sound that Beatrix's "Outbreak" Skill makes.

    With a lot of luck, you can get this done in a single match but that is entirely dependent how good or bad the other team is as they may well realise what you're up to and avoid travelling in groups.


    Boosting method - Credit to (SiC) for confirming this works:

    If you want to speed this up or are having trouble getting into a public match, then follow these steps:

    Step 1:

    Create a Private Versus lobby (Main Menu => Versus Private => Versus Maps - Classic) invite 3 friends and have them change teams by pressing . Now use the following settings:

    Character Select Style: PvP Classic
    Bots on Team 1: 0
    Bots on Team 2: 0
    In Game Chat: Global
    Data Center: Use Optimal
    Choose Map: Capture - Outback

    Step 2:

    Start the match, pick Kelvin and have your friends pick any character of their choice as it doesn't matter who they play as.

    Step 3:

    Once the match has started, buy the Cooldown Reduction Gear and take the first 3 Augments as listed above. As for your friends, just make sure they don't equip anything that boosts their CC (Crowd Control effect) resistance.

    Step 4:

    Now meet up with your friends, have them line up about a foot apart then hit them with Sublimate.

    Step 5:

    Rinse and repeat Step 4 until the challenge is complete.

    Once you have completed all 5 lore challenges, the trophy will pop.
  • Complete all Attikus lore challenges.

    Notes:
    • You can check your lore challenge progress: Command => Battleborn => Attikus => Lore but please post here if you need boosting partners: LINK
    • Whilst "Hedronic Eruption" is active, you cannot make any changes to your Helix so wait until it has run out before trying to access the Helix menu.

    To get this trophy, you have to complete all 5 of Attikus's lore challenges:-

    Defender, You Have Become Defenceless
    Deal 30,000 bonus damage to shields.

    Difficulty 2/10

    Note: 30,000 damage is the minimum which the challenge will accept before registering it a success.

    To deal bonus damage to shields, you first have to get at least 1 Charge point in your Hedronic Collector. You get 1 Charge point for killing a minor enemy (e.g. a Minion) but 5 Charge points for killing a major enemy (e.g. an MX Elite Bot). Once the Collector is full (you can tell by looking at the gauge to the left of the Skill bar in the bottom left-hand corner of the screen and see if it's flashing) then, when Shielded enemies are in range, press either followed by your melee attack or just use your Pounce attack. You will know if you are doing bonus damage, because broken red crosses will appear over the enemies you just hit:

    To make life easier for yourself, take the following Augments when you level up:

    Lv1 Helix, Left Augment "Hedronic Siphoning"
    Lv2 Helix, Right Augment "Energetic Pounce"
    Lv3 Helix, Left Augment "Brawler's Boon"
    Lv4 Helix, Left Augment "Dampening Field"
    Lv5 Helix, Right Augment "Hedronic Haste"
    Lv6 Helix, Left Augment "Disruptor Field"
    Lv7 Helix, Right Augment "Swift Strikes"
    Lv8 Helix, Left Augment "Big Splash"
    Lv9 Helix, Left Augment "Hedronic Chain"

    Which Augment you take at Lv10, is up to you as I'm pretty sure that Hedronic Eruption doesn't count towards this challenge.


    Ascent From The Pits
    Win a match on 3 unique Tempest maps.

    Difficulty: 3/10

    There are 6 Tempest Maps:

    Story mode:

    Episode 7: The Saboteur
    Episode 8: The Heliophage


    Operations:

    Attikus and the Thrall Rebellion
    Montana and the Demon Bear


    Versus:

    Incursion: Echelon
    Meltdown: Outskirts

    You only have to win a match on 3 of the above maps so it doesn't matter which ones you pick but for your convenience, I have created a tracking sheet for this challenge: LINK


    Leading The Charge
    Activate Skills with a fully-charged Hedronic Collector, 30 times.

    Difficulty: 3/10

    Note: By "Skills", this description means your (Hedronic Arc), (Hedronic Eruption), (Pounce) and (Hedronic Eruption) attacks.

    To fully charge your Hedronic Collector, you need to kill enemies to earn charge points. You get 1 for killing a minor enemy (e.g. a Minion) and 5 for killing a major enemy (e.g. an MX Elite Bot). Once the collector is charged (see the image below), just press , or to unleash an attack but it doesn't matter if it doesn't hit an enemy as just pressing the button is enough.

    In His Face
    Land a critical hit on Lothar Rendain with Charged Hook.

    Difficulty: 4/10

    Notes:
    • This can only be done in Episode 8: The Heliophage when Rendain reappears after the boss rush.
    • "Charged Hook" is Attikus's attack and is activated by pressing and holding , then letting go once it has fully charged.

    Once Rendain reappears, hold to power up your Charged Hook then keep it held whilst you wait for him to charge straight at you but make sure your crosshair is aiming where his head will be. When he gets within attack distance, let go of and plant your attack on his face. Here's what the Charge Hook Power Gauge looks like at full charge:

    The challenge will be considered complete when you see the word "Critical" appears over Rendain's head.
    Rise Of The Thrall
    Slow three enemies simultaneously using Hedronic Eruption, 25 times.

    Difficulty: 1/10

    Note: "Hedronic Eruption" is Attikus's Ultimate Skill, which unlocks at Lv5 and is activated by pressing .

    You can make life a lot easier for yourself by ensuring you have a full Hedronic Collector before activating your Hedronic Eruption and by taking the Lv10 Helix, Right Augment "Unstoppable Rampage" when you level up.

    The following list is the same one I used for Alani's "Song of the Emula" challenge but the info is still relevant:

    Story mode:
    Episode 1: The Algorithm
    - In the room immediately after the Henchmen Fight.
    - On the bridge after the above section.
    - During the Galactic Emperor fight whilst he is underground and his minions are attacking you, just loop round the room then hit the mass of enemies with your Hedronic Eruption attack.

    Episode 2: Void's Edge
    - During both halves of the escort mission where you have to escort the "Doomsday device".
    - The Varelsi Void sequence during the Conservator boss fight.
    - The second half of the Conservator boss fight, because there will be a lot of enemies roaming around.

    Episode 3: The Renegade
    - Whilst protecting Power Plant no2.
    - When you are fighting your way across the bridge after successfully protecting Power Plant no2.
    - Whilst protecting Caldarius when he is recharging his Assault Frame, because the area will soon be crawling with enemies.

    Episode 4: The Archive
    - During the section where you have to defend the Couriers that are carrying what remains of the Eldrid Codex.
    - During the second time you have to escort Chronicle.
    - During the final boss fight against Bagranth the Gunhulk.

    Episode 5: The Sentinel
    - In the Piston trap room, there is a pit in the middle that’s full of enemies who are fighting each other.
    - During the final fight with the Sentinel, as he will periodically summon Defenders and Swarmers.

    Episode 6: The Experiment
    - Your first opportunity is whilst defending the Backup Power Station as there will be a lot of enemies coming your way.
    - Your second opportunity is when you have to defend the experiment for a second time whilst it finishes up its calculations.
    - The third opportunity is whilst defending the Communications node.
    - The fourth and final opportunity is when defending the EMP device whilst it charges.

    Episode 7: The Saboteur
    - Just before and during the section where you have to destroy two Shard Conduits so you can gain access to the second network node.
    - Whilst defending Nova for the second time.
    - During the final Nova defence section.
    - Your final opportunity is when fighting the final boss, as he will summon several enemies to help him out.

    Episode 8: The Heliophage
    - This Episode is crawling with enemies at all times, thus you shouldn’t have any problems finding a suitable spot.

    Operations:
    Attikus and the Thrall Rebellion:
    - The fight in the area after defending the Rally Beacon and meeting Attikus.
    - The area immediately outside the Silent Sisters Stronghold.
    - During the Sister Aria fight as you will be surrounded by enemies for most of the fight so let them group up, then hit them with your Hedronic Eruption attack.

    Toby’s Friendship Raid:
    - During the final boss fight as you will be surrounded by enemies so let them group up, then hit them with your Hedronic Eruption attack.

    Oscar Mike vs. the Battle School:
    - During the final fight against whichever Spider Sentry the game decides to send after you. There will be a lot of other enemies around for roughly half the fight so let them group up, then hit them with your Hedronic Eruption attack.

    Montana and the Demon Bear:
    - During the section where you have to activate the remote targeting systems so Nova can target an enemy vehicle.
    - During the final fight, you will have 2 windows of opportunity when the boss summons some other enemies to help him out but time your attack carefully as you won’t get another shot if you mess up.

    Phoebe and the Heart of Ekkunar:
    - During the section where you have to disable the shields.
    - During the final boss fight.

    Versus:

    Incursion - The best places to deploy your Hedronic Eruption attack, are when the opposing team and their minions are bunched up in one of the choke points that exist in each map e.g. the narrow corridors between the Sentries.

    Meltdown - Each Meltdown map has at least 2 choke points near each team's Grinders so focus your efforts there.

    Capture - This challenge is harder to do in Capture but is still possible if you face an over eager/inexperienced team that focuses too much attention on one or two Capture Points, because then your team can keep them occupied whilst you deploy your Hedronic Eruption attack.

    Face-Off - The single best time to strike, is when everyone is fighting over the central deposit box in the middle of the map as they will be so preoccupied that they won't realise you're there until it's too late.

    Once you have completed all 5 lore challenges, the trophy will pop.
  • Complete all El Dragón lore challenges.

    Note: You can check your lore challenge progress: Command => Battleborn => El Dragón => Lore but please post here if you need boosting partners: LINK

    To get this trophy, you have to complete all 5 of El Dragón's lore challenges:-

    Armed And Handsomest
    Complete 3 matches while on the same team as Kleese.

    Difficulty: 1/10 if boosted but 3/10 if done legit, since Kleese isn't especially popular these days.

    There are 2 ways to get this challenge done:

    Method 1: The fast way

    There is a very simple exploit that can be used for this and every other "Complete 3 matches while on the same team as X" lore challenge, which is to use the following settings in a Private Story match:-

    1: Invite a friend or an Alt account.
    2: Choose Episode 2: The Void's Edge.
    3: Set the Difficulty to either Normal or Advanced (it doesn't matter which) then change "Hardcore" to "On" but leave the "Data Center" option on "Use Optimal".
    4: Once the character select screen comes up, choose "El Dragón" then get Player 2 to pick "Kleese".
    5: Once the intro cutscene has finished (it can be skipped after a few seconds by pressing ), all you and your friend/alt account have to do is jump off the nearest cliff and to your deaths.
    6: Once match is over and you have both been returned to the main menu, repeat Steps 2-5 until the challenge is complete.

    It's also possible to do this exploit in every Operation DLC except for "Toby's Friendship Raid" (since there's nowhere to suicide) but in "Oscar Mike vs. The Battle School", there aren't any cliffs so instead you have to kill yourself by jumping into one of the vats of red goo that are present near the start of the Operation. I don't recommend doing this in Episode 8: The Heliophage, because it takes too long to get to a suitable suicide spot.


    Method 2: The slow way

    The other way is to play Bots Battle (Versus Public => Bots Battle) or Public Story games and hope that one of the other players decides to play as Kleese.


    Fired Up
    Kill 20 enemy Battleborn while En Fuego.

    Difficulty: 4/10

    Notes:
    • "En Fuego" is El Dragón's Ultimate Skill, which unlocks at Lv5 and is activated by pressing . En Fuego will buff both of El Dragón's other Skills and give them additional abilities e.g. Dragon Splash will Stun every enemy it hits, as well as dealing 200 impact damage to them.
    • You have to kill someone outright, before it will count towards this challenge. Assists don't count.
    • See the Frienemies challenge under The Wraith of Bliss trophy, for a fast way to boost this challenge.

    This is one of the more annoying challenges, because El Dragón isn't the strongest character in the game and his Skills are pretty puny in comparison to everyone else's but you can save yourself a lot of aggravation by playing with friends in Bots Battle and have them weaken the other team so you can finish them off. Also, taking the following Augments and Mutations will help:

    Lv1 Helix, Right Augment "The Comeback"
    Lv2 Helix, Left Augment "Splash Damage"
    Lv3 Helix, Left Augment "Deafening Applause"
    Lv4 Helix, Left Augment "Rope-A-Dope"
    Lv5 Helix, Mutation "Uncanny" (Character Rank 5 unlock) or Left Augment "Heavyweight"
    Lv6 Helix, Left Augment "Hang Time"
    Lv7 Helix, Right Augment "Big Splash"
    Lv8 Helix, Left Augment "Heart of the Champion"
    Lv9 Helix, Right Augment "Lifeline"
    Lv10 Helix, Left Augment "Title Fight"

    I also recommend equipping Gear items that offer the following bonuses when activated:
    • -10.50% Cooldown Time
    • +9.10% Skill Damage and +5.04% Attack Speed
    • +8.40% Damage Reduction and +7.00 Health Regeneration per second

    The best modes to attempt this are Capture and Meltdown because the enemy will be spread out and won't be able to focus too much on any given area so corner the first player/bot you see, then lay into them.


    The Fall Of The Luchador
    Destroy 100 minions with Dragon Splash.

    Difficulty: 3/10

    Notes:
    • "Dragon Splash" is El Dragón's Skill.
    • I'm not 100% sure about this but I believe that all robotic enemies count towards this, not just the ones who carry the name "minion".

    You can get both this and The Price Of Disarmament at the same time, by using the following method:

    0: Level El Dragón up to Character Rank 3 so he has the "Untouchable" Mutation available.

    1: Load Episode 1: The Algorithm with the following settings:-

    Difficulty: Normal
    Hardcore: On
    Data Center: Use Optimal

    When you get to the Battleborn selection screen, choose El Dragón and a loadout that contains a Cooldown Timer reduction Gear.

    2: After the Episode has loaded in, activate your Helix then press to equip the "Untouchable" Mutation.

    3: Go outside and draw the attention of all the available enemies, then press to activate Clothesline and plough through everything that's in front of you but don't go any further than the top of the stairs that are on your right.

    4: Now turn round and run back to the start point and wait whilst your Shields recharge and Clothesline cools down. On your way back, make sure to destroy any Shard Barrels you come across and open/break any Loot Chests you find as you will need all the cash, Helix and Health pickups you can get.

    5: Rinse and repeat Steps 3 and 4 until there aren't many enemies left, then round up the remaining bots and hit them with Dragon Splash (). By this point, you should have levelled up at least once so make sure to take the Lv2 Helix, Right Augment "Momentum".

    6: Once you have run out of enemies, jump off the nearest platform and fall to your death.

    7: Rinse and repeat Steps 1-6 until both challenges are complete.


    The Price Of Disarmament
    Strike 4 enemies with a single use of Clothesline, 100 times.

    Difficulty: 4/10

    Notes:
    • "Clothesline" is El Dragón's Skill. You have to steer El Dragón with the right stick () instead of the left one.
    • I’m unsure if you are supposed to hit 4 enemies simultaneously or 4 within moments of each other so do both to be on the safe side.

    This challenge won't take that long to complete but you can speed things up a bit by farming the locations mentioned in the walkthrough for the "Rise Of The Thrall" challenge under the Anarchy Rules trophy and equipping a Gear item that offers -10.50% Cooldown Reduction. If you want to save time, then combine this with the The Fall Of The Luchador challenge as there's a nifty little trick that can be used to complete both at once.


    The Rise Of The Dragon
    Land the killing blow on ISIC in "The Algorithm".

    Difficulty: 3/10

    Note: "ISIC" is the end boss of Episode 1: The Algorithm. Also, see here for a full walkthrough of this Episode: LINK

    Since this Episode can be tricky for El Dragón, take the following Augments when you level up:

    Level 1 Helix, Right Augment "The Comeback"
    Level 2 Helix, Left Augment "Splash Damage"
    Level 3 Helix, Left Augment "Deafening Applause" - This will be essential for defeating ISIC.
    Level 4 Helix, Left Augment "Rope-A-Dope"
    Level 5 Helix, Left Augment "Heavyweight"
    Level 6 Helix, Left Augment "Hang Time"
    Level 7 Helix, Right Augment "Big Splash"
    Level 8 Helix, Left Augment "Heart Of The Champion"
    Level 9 Helix, Right Augment "Lifeline"
    Level 10 Helix, Right Augment "Dragonfire" - Note: Depending on how much XP you earn and Helix orbs are found, you may only be able to reach Helix Rank 9. Due to this, my recommendation for the Lv10 Helix should be considered optional.

    Also, equip Gear items that offer the following bonuses:
    • +8.40% Damage Reduction
    • +14.00% Health Regeneration per Second
    • +140 Maximum Shield Strength or +9.10% Attack Damage

    To make this fight more accessible to melee characters, a "Bleed" mechanic is active whilst ISIC's head is flying around the room. This feature is triggered by hitting him just once but for the challenge to be considered complete, you have to finish him off before he bleeds to death.

    If you are having trouble completing this challenge, have someone play with you that is good with either Oscar Mike or Whiskey Foxtrot then have them whittle down ISIC's health but stop once it's at about 5% or else they will get the kill credit and not you. When ISIC's health is at 5%, use your Clap attack (with the Lv3 Helix, Left Augment "Deafening Applause" active) to finish him off and complete the challenge.

    Once you have completed all 5 lore challenges, the trophy will pop.
  • Complete all Toby lore challenges.

    Note: You can check your lore challenge progress: Command => Battleborn => Toby => Lore but please post here if you need boosting partners: LINK

    To get this trophy, you have to complete all 5 of Toby's lore challenges:-

    Temper, Temper, Ta-Boom
    Kill 10 enemies with Berg's self-destruct mechanism.

    Difficulty: 5/10

    Notes:
    • This challenge cannot be done until you have the Lv7 Helix, Mutation "Self-Destruct Sequence" (Character Rank 9 unlock) available.
    • I'm unsure if activating any Gear items will boost your damage output when Self-Destructing.

    This challenge is not an easy one, since most enemies won't die from the explosion so will need weakening first. To get this over with ASAP, do the following:

    1: Load Episode 2: The Void's Edge.
    2: Progress the story until you get to the second half of the Conservator fight near the end of the Episode but make sure you take the Lv7 Helix, Mutation "Self-Destruct Sequence" (Character Rank 9 unlock) beforehand, else this challenge will be impossible to complete.
    3: Now leave the Conservator alone and focus all your attention on the many Varelsi that he spawns.
    4: Wait until you have a large group round you, then weaken them a little bit before letting them them kill you. If everything goes to plan, you will kill several Varelsi in the blast.
    5: Rinse and repeat Step 4 until the challenge is complete.


    Pick On Your Own (Shield) Size!
    Absorb 20,000 damage with Force Field.

    Difficulty: 1/10

    Note: "Force Field" is Toby's Skill.

    There are 2 very easy ways complete this challenge but one of them requires access to the "Toby's Friendship Raid" Operation.

    Method 1: Non-DLC

    If you don't have access to the "Toby's Friendship Raid" Operation, then use the following method:

    1: Load Episode 2: The Void's Edge
    2: Take the following Augments when you level up:

    Lv1 Helix, Right Augment "Me 'N My Magnets"
    Lv2 Helix, Right Augment "Best Offense"
    Lv8 Helix, Right Augment "Room For Mistakes"

    3: Equip and activate a Gear item that offers some form of Cooldown Timer reduction.
    4: Now progress the story until you reach the Warlord Nix fight.
    5: Once the fight starts, drop a Force Field then retreat somewhere and hide whilst the Force Field Skill cools down.
    6: After your Force Field Skill has cooled down, find Warlord Nix then deploy another Force Field before returning to your previous hiding place.
    7: Rinse and repeat Steps 5+6 until the challenge is complete.


    Method 2: Toby's Friendship Raid

    To use this method, you must own the "Toby's Friendship Raid" Operation DLC. If you do own it, then read on.

    1: Load "Toby's Friendship Raid".
    2: Take the following Augments when you level up:

    Lv2 Helix, Right Augment "Best Offence"
    Lv8 Helix, Right Augment "Room For Mistakes"

    3: Equip and activate a Gear item that offers some form of Cooldown Timer reduction.
    4: Progress the story until you get the objective called “Disable the Hallway Energy Shield”.
    5: Now wait until a gap appears in the Repulsor blasts, then deploy a Force Field and duck into the nearest Shard room and wait for your Force Field Skill to cool down.
    6: Rinse and repeat Step 5 until the challenge is complete, which shouldn’t take very long at all.


    Rejection
    Hit 250 enemies with Railgun rounds accelerated by Force Field.

    Difficulty: 2/10

    Note: The "Railgun" is Toby's attack and can be either rapid fired by pressing repeatedly or charged by keeping held down until the Charge Gauges start flashing. Unlike most of the other Battleborn, Toby has 2 Charge Gauges i.e. 1 to the right of the crosshair and one next the Skill bar in the bottom right-hand corner of the screen

    The best place to do this is during the second half of the Conservator fight near the end of Episode 2: The Void's Edge. Leave the Conservator alone so he can carry on spawning enemies for you to hit.

    Helix setup:

    Lv1 Helix, Right Augment "Me 'N My Magnets"
    Lv2 Helix, Right Augment "Best Offense"
    Lv3 Helix, Right Augment "Still Alive! Sorry!"
    Lv6 Helix, Left Augment "Beam Splitter" or Mutation "Overcompensating" (Character Rank 7 unlock)
    Lv7 Helix, Left Augment "Riding The Rail" or the Right Augment "Heartpiercer"
    Lv8 Helix, Right Augment "Room For Mistakes"

    Loadout:
    • -17.50% Recoil
    • +8.40% Attack Speed
    • +8.40% Damage Reduction

    None Shall Pass
    Detonate 50 Arc Mines with Toby’s Custom Railgun.

    Difficulty: 1/10

    Notes:
    • "Arc Mines" are Toby's Skill and the "Railgun" is his attack.
    • This challenge is impossible without the Lv1 Helix, Left Augment "Remote Detonation" active.

    This is a very simple challenge and can be done anywhere and at anytime, providing you have the Lv1 Helix, Left Augment "Remote Detonation" active. All you have to do is press then fully charge your Railgun, aim at the Mine then fire a round directly at it. If your aim is off, then press and hold to activate your scope but keep it held whilst you try again to destroy the Mine. The only thing that can speed this up, is equipping and activating a Gear item that awards some kind of Cooldown Timer reduction or having the Lv9 Helix, Mutation “Mines, Mines, Mines!” (Character Rank 12 unlock) active.


    Killing On Rails
    Get a double-kill with Core Discharge.

    Difficulty: 1/10 if boosted but 3/10 if done semi-legit.

    Note: "Core Discharge" is Toby's Ultimate Skill, which unlocks at Lv5 and is activated by pressing .

    Method 1: Boosting

    The absolute fastest way to get this done, is to boost it by doing the following:

    Step 1:

    Create a Private Versus lobby (Main Menu => Versus Private => Versus Maps - Classic) invite 2 friends and have them change teams by pressing . Now use the following settings:

    Character Select Style: PvP Classic
    Bots on Team 1: 0
    Bots on Team 2: 0
    In Game Chat: Global
    Data Center: Use Optimal
    Choose Map: Capture - Outback

    Step 2:

    Start the match, pick Toby and have your friends pick a shieldless character e.g. Mellka, Boldur, Miko, Kelvin (just make sure they don't use his Chomp Skill) etc.

    Step 3:

    Once the match has started, take the following Augments and Mutation as you level up:

    Lv1 Helix, Right Augment "Me 'N My Magnets"
    Lv2 Helix, Right Augment "Best Offence"
    Lv3 Helix, Right Augment "Still Alive! Sorry!"
    Lv4 Helix Right Augment "Sorry I Broke Your Wrists" or Mutation "Arc Vortex" (Character Rank 3 unlock)
    Lv5 Helix, Right Augment "Panic Mode"
    Lv6 Helix, Right Augment "Plasma Mine" or Mutation "Overcompensating" (Character Rank 7 unlock)
    Lv7 Helix, Left Augment "Riding The Rail"
    Lv8 Helix, Right Augment "Room For Mistakes"
    Lv9 Helix, Right Augment "Primed Catalyzers"
    Lv10 Helix, Right Augment "Endangering Species"

    I also recommend the following Gear items:
    • -10.50% Cooldown Time
    • +9.10% Skill Damage
    • +8.40% Damage Reduction and +7.00 Health Regeneration per Second

    As for your friends, just make sure they don't equip anything that boosts their health, shields or damage resistance.

    Step 4:

    Now meet up with your friends and keep killing them until you hit Lv5, then whittle down their health to almost nothing. Now kill them with Core Discharge and the challenge will be complete but if anything goes wrong and someone doesn't die, just try again once Core Discharge has cooled down.


    Method 2: Semi-Legit

    If you want to do this semi-legit, then start a 5v5 Private Versus match against bots by using the settings listed above, except you need to change the following:

    Bots on Team 1: 5
    Bots on Team 2: 5

    Now use the same Augment and Gear setup as above, then play normally until you hit Lv5 and have Core Discharge unlocked but make sure the other team control at least Energy Collector else the match will be over before get your Double Kill. The hard part will not only be finding 2 bots who are dumb enough to be standing near each other whilst at low health but also allowing you to kill them before your A.I teammates do. If all goes to plan, both enemies will be toast and the challenge will be complete. If things do go horribly wrong, don't panic as you should have a decent amount of match time left to try again.

    Once you have completed all 5 lore challenges, the trophy will pop.
  • Complete all Ghalt lore challenges.

    Notes:
    • You can check your lore challenge progress: Command => Battleborn => Ghalt => Lore but please post here if you need boosting partners: LINK
    • Whilst Ghalt's Ultimate is active, you can't use your Helix so will have to wait for it to expire before being able to upgrade your abilities.

    To get this trophy, you have to complete all 5 of Ghalt's lore challenges:-

    The First Battleborn
    Achieve First Blood as Ghalt.

    Difficulty: 3/10

    Note: By "First Blood", the description means get the first kill in any Versus match. You only get 1 attempt at this per-match so will have to play another one if you don't get it.

    There are 2 ways of doing this but whichever way you choose, I strongly recommend doing it in Bots Battle in a Capture match so you are facing dim Bots and not Hardcore Pro players:

    Method 1: Solo

    To do this solo, you need to take the following Augments when you level up:

    Lv1 Helix, Left Augment "The Big Draw"
    Lv2 Helix, Left Augment "Shocktrap" or Right Augment "The Scrappening"
    Lv3 Helix, Left Augment "Barrier" or Right Augment "Pellet Party"

    As for Gear items, the main one you want is +8.40% Attack Speed but +9.10% Attack Damage will help if you can get one.


    Once you have everything, go into a Capture match (so you stand a better chance of facing only one or 2 Battleborn at once and not all 5) and can take 3 Augments at the start instead of just 1. As soon as the match starts, pick an Energy Collector and head straight there but make sure you drop a Scraptrap mine () when you get there. When an Enemy Battleborn shows up, stand behind your Scraptrap and use your Hook () to pull the other character into it so they get Slowed and take Area of Effect damage from the mine plus the Shrapnel Bombs once it explodes. Whilst the enemy Battleborn is being Slowed, aim for their head and empty your Revolver Shotgun into them (press and hold ) but use your Hook on them again if they try to run off. If successful, you will kill them and earn the First Blood award.


    Method 2: Co-Op

    This alternate method is similar to Method 1, only you do it in Co-Op with someone who knows how to play as either Alani, Beatrix or Ernest. After placing a Scraptrap mine and an enemy Battleborn appears, have the Alani player use Geyser to hold them in place so you can shoot them with your Revolver Shotgun but you may need your friend to heal you whilst you're it. If you are playing with a Beatrix or Ernest Player, then have them deploy their Patient Zero or Power Egg Skill respectively so you get a massive Attack Speed boost. If all goes to plan, the enemy Battleborn will be dead before they know what hit them and you will have your First Blood Award.


    Social Engineering
    Kill 100 Jennerit enemies with Scraptraps.

    Difficulty: 3/10

    Notes:
    • "Scraptraps" are Ghalt's Skill.
    • Jennerit troops can be recognised as anything bearing the name "Thrall X" or "X Thrall" (where X is the type e.g. Brute, Commander etc.).
    • The Prologue doesn't count, since you are forced to play as Mellka during it.

    To make this go as painlessly as possible, take the following Augments when you level up:

    Lv1 Helix, Right Augment "Stealth Scrap"
    Lv2 Helix, Left Augment "Shocktrap"
    Lv6 Helix, Right Augment "Duct Tape and Bailing Wire"
    Lv8 Helix, Left Augment "Short Fuse"

    I also recommend equipping Gear items that offer the following bonuses when activated:
    • -10.50% Cooldown Time
    • +9.10% Skill Damage

    Here are the Episodes and Operations where Jennerit troops exist:

    Story:

    Episode 2: The Void's Edge
    Episode 3: The Renegade
    Episode 4: The Archive
    Episode 5: The Sentinel
    Episode 6: The Experiment
    Episode 7: The Saboteur
    Episode 8: The Heliophage


    Operations:

    Attikus and the Thrall Rebellion
    Toby’s Friendship Raid
    Oscar Mike vs. the Battle School (but this seems to vary from playthrough-to-playthrough so isn't an especially reliable method of farming Jennerit troops)
    Montana and the Demon Bear
    Phoebe and the Heart of Ekkunar

    Unlike the other challenges for "Kill X number of Jennerit troops", this one is very specific about how you must kill them so make sure it is the Scraptrap that deals the killing blow and nothing else.


    Ghalt's Call
    Pull 25 enemy Battleborn with the Hook.

    Difficulty: 4/10

    Glitch Note: Even after several updates, Ghalt's Hook () is still a glitchy Skill to use. This is because sometimes the Hooked enemy will fly straight over your head and shoot you in the back so be careful.

    The following Augments and Mutation will make Hooking enemies easier:

    Lv1 Helix, Left Augment "The Big Draw"
    Lv4 Helix, Mutation "The Hook(s)" (Character Rank 3 unlock)
    Lv9 Helix, Left Augment "Here Comes the Hook"

    I also recommend equipping and activating a Gear item that offers some form of Cooldown Timer reduction.

    To actually use the Hook, you have to be fairly close to your target then press to automatically reel them in. Once you have managed to Hook 25 enemy Battleborn, the challenge will be complete.


    The First Shots Of The Solus War
    Deal 500,000 damage with Ghalt's Revolver Shotguns.

    Difficulty: 1/10

    Notes:
    • The "Revolver Shotguns" are Ghalt's Primary weapon (), as well as his Ultimate Skill ().
    • Both the Solo and Dual versions of the Revolver Shotgun will count towards the challenge.

    To increase your damage output when using the Revolver Shotgun(s), take the following Augments and Mutations when you level up:

    Lv3 Helix, Right Augment "Pellet Party"
    Lv5 Helix, Right Augment "Boomstickier"
    Lv7 Helix, Left Augment "Speedloader"
    Lv10 Helix, Right Augment "Incendiary Shells"

    I also recommend equipping Gear items that offer the following bonuses when activated:
    • -10.50% Cooldown Time
    • +9.10% Skill Damage
    • +9.10% Attack Damage

    If you want a good farming location for this, then make it to the end of Episode 2: The Void's Edge and start the Conservator fight but don't kill him after you return from the Void as you want him to carry on spawning enemies for you to kill.


    First Round Draft Picks
    Complete 3 matches with Deande, Mellka or Kleese on your team.

    Difficulty: 1/10 if boosted but 4/10 if done legit, since neither Deande, Mellka or Kleese are especially popular these days.

    There are 2 ways to get this challenge done:

    Method 1: The fast way

    There is a very simple exploit that can be used for this and every other "Complete 3 matches while on the same team as X" lore challenge, which is to use the following settings in a Private Story match:-

    1: Invite a friend or an Alt account.
    2: Choose Episode 2: The Void's Edge.
    3: Set the Difficulty to either Normal or Advanced (it doesn't matter which) then change "Hardcore" to "On" but leave the "Data Center" option on "Use Optimal".
    4: Once the character select screen comes up, choose "Ghalt" then get Player 2 to pick "Deande", "Mellka" or "Kleese".
    5: When the intro cutscene has finished (it can be skipped after a few seconds by pressing ), all you and your friend/alt account have to do is jump off the nearest cliff and to your deaths.
    6: After match is over and you have both been returned to the main menu, repeat Steps 2-5 until the challenge is complete.

    It’s also possible to do this exploit in every Operation DLC except for "Toby's Friendship Raid" (since there's nowhere to suicide) but in "Oscar Mike vs. The Battle School", there aren't any cliffs so instead you have to kill yourself by jumping into one of the vats of red goo that are present near the start of the Operation. I don't recommend doing this in Episode 8: The Heliophage, because it takes too long to get to a suitable suicide spot.


    Method 2: The slow way

    The other way is to play Bots Battle (Versus Public => Bots Battle) or Public Story games and hope that one of the other players decides to play as Deande, Mellka or Kleese.

    Once you have completed all 5 lore challenges, the trophy will pop.
  • Complete all Mellka lore challenges.

    Note: You can check your lore challenge progress: Command => Battleborn => Mellka => Lore but please post here if you need boosting partners: LINK

    To get this trophy, you have to complete all 5 of Mellka's lore challenges:-

    Spaceborn Malady
    Kill 100 enemies while in the air.

    Difficulty: 3/10

    Notes:
    • You must be in the air. The enemies do not have to be in the air.
    • The difficulty with this challenge comes from the fact that it's not easy to kill someone or something in the short time that Spike () leaves you airborne for.

    This is easily done by replaying the Prologue a few times but if you want to speed things up a little, then play Episode 2: The Void's Edge and farm the enemies that spawn whilst the Conservator is still alive. Taking the following Augments and Mutations when you level up, will help make this challenge easier to complete:

    Lv1 Helix, Right Augment "Hobbling Spike"
    Lv2 Helix, Right Augment "Altitude Sickness" or the Left Augment "Parting Gift"
    Lv5 Helix, Mutation "Venom Contagion" (Character Rank 7 unlock)
    Lv6 Helix, Left Augment "Spike Burst"
    Lv7 Helix, Left Augment "Power Spike"
    Lv8 Helix, Mutation "Potent Toxins" (Character Rank 9 unlock). Note: If playing the Prologue, then you may not be able to earn enough XP to reach Lv8.

    I also recommend equipping Gear items that offer the following bonuses when activated (not possible in the Prologue):
    • -10.50% Cooldown Time
    • +9.10% Skill Damage
    • +9.10% Attack Damage

    Now start either the Prologue or Episode 2: The Void's Edge and use your Spike Skill () whenever you are near an enemy, then shoot them in the head a few times with your Custom Machine Pistol (CMP) () whilst you're airborne. Now if you reload instead of carrying on shooting, your CMP will fire off a Venom filled Grenade that explodes on contact and does serious damage to anything caught in the blast. If you're lucky, then the Venom from the Spike explosion will kill your target before your bullets do.


    Furious Upbringing
    Deal 30,000 damage with Blade Launcher.

    Difficulty: 1/10

    Note: "Blade Launcher" is Mellka's Ultimate Skill, which unlocks at Lv5 and is activated by pressing .

    Whilst this can be done in the Prologue, I actually recommend doing it in Episode 2: The Void’s Edge. This is because Episode 2 is far longer than the Prologue and has more opportunities to target dense clusters of enemies, thus you will get this challenge done quicker. See the locations mentioned in the walkthrough for the "Rise Of The Thrall" challenge under the Anarchy Rules trophy if you want some alternative locations to attempt this.

    You can speed this up a little bit by taking the Lv10 Helix, Right Augment "All In" but do note that the Battleborn Menu description for this Augment is currently bugged as it says "+500 Damage" when it's actually "+740 Damage". I also recommend equipping Gear items that offer the following bonuses when activated:
    • -10.50% Cooldown Time
    • +9.10% Skill Damage
    • +9.10% Attack Damage

    If you don't have this challenge complete by the time you hit Character Rank 12, then consider taking the Lv10 Helix, Mutation "Pool Shot" as that will deal additional Venom damage.


    Heeding the Call
    Complete 3 matches while on the same team as Ghalt.

    Difficulty: 1/10 if boosted or 4/10 if done legit, since Ghalt isn't very popular these days.

    There are 2 ways to get this challenge done:

    Method 1: The fast way

    There is a very simple exploit that can be used for this and every other "Complete 3 matches while on the same team as X" lore challenge, which is to use the following settings in a Private Story match:-

    1: Invite a friend or an Alt account.
    2: Choose Episode 2: The Void's Edge.
    3: Set the Difficulty to either Normal or Advanced (it doesn't matter which) then change "Hardcore" to "On" but leave the “Data Center” option on "Use Optimal".
    4: Once the character select screen comes up, choose "Mellka" then get Player 2 to pick "Ghalt".
    5: When the intro cutscene has finished (it can be skipped after a few seconds by pressing ), all you and your friend/alt account have to do is jump off the nearest cliff and to your deaths.
    6: After match is over and you have both been returned to the main menu, repeat Steps 2-5 until the challenge is complete.

    It’s also possible to do this exploit in every Operation DLC except for "Toby's Friendship Raid" (since there's nowhere to suicide) but in "Oscar Mike vs. The Battle School", there aren't any cliffs so instead you have to kill yourself by jumping into one of the vats of red goo that are present near the start of the Operation. I don't recommend doing this in Episode 8: The Heliophage, because it takes too long to get to a suitable suicide spot.


    Method 2: The slow way

    The other way is to play Bots Battle (Versus Public => Bots Battle) or Public Story games and hope that one of the other players decides to play as Ghalt.


    Which Blade?
    Deal 250,000 damage to envenomated targets.

    Difficulty: 1/10

    "Venom" is dealt as part of Mellka's Skills but can also be dealt by her Off-Hand Melee attack, if you take the Lv3 Helix, Left Augment "Air Stall". This challenge is a little glitchy as it appears that it doesn’t matter where the damage comes from, it still counts towards its completion.

    The fastest and safest way I've found to complete this challenge is to replay the Prologue a few times and spam your Spike Skill (). See the "Spaceborn Malady" challenge for more details regarding my Helix and Gear recommendations for the Spike Skill.


    Punching the Darkness
    Kill 100 Varelsi with Claw Lunge.

    Difficulty: 3/10

    Notes:
    • "Claw Lunge" is Mellka's Skill.
    • The difficulty with this challenge comes from the fact that the Varelsi aren’t that common but also because Claw Lunge isn't especially powerful.

    Here are all the locations where I know the Varelsi can be found:

    Story:

    Episode 2: The Void's Edge (but only for half the Episode)
    Episode 4: The Archive (but only for roughly half the Episode)
    Episode 6: The Experiment (but only for roughly 2/3 of the Episode)
    Episode 7: The Saboteur (but only for roughly 2/3 of the Episode)
    Episode 8: The Heliophage (but only for roughly 3/4 of the Episode)


    Operations:

    Oscar Mike vs the Battle School (but this seems to vary from playthrough-to-playthrough so isn’t an especially reliable method of farming the Varelsi)
    Montana and the Demon Bear (but only for roughly 1/3 of the Operation)
    Phoebe and the Heart of Ekkunar (but only for roughly 1/2 the Operation)


    Versus:

    Capture - Do note that the Varelsi, won't show up until about 3 mins into the match.
    Face-Off - Do note that the Varelsi are only present during the Void phase of match.


    To maximise your damage potential with Claw Lunge, take the following Augments and mutations when you level up:

    Lv1 Helix, Left Augment "Hobbling Strike"
    Lv4 Helix, Left Augment "Blade Ejection"
    Lv6 Helix, Right Augment "Desperate Lunge"
    Lv9 Helix, Right Augment "Finishing Blow"

    I also recommend equipping Gear items that offer the following bonuses when activated:
    • -10.50% Cooldown Time
    • +9.10% Skill Damage
    • +9.10% Attack Damage

    Once you have completed all 5 lore challenges, the trophy will pop.
  • Complete all Deande lore challenges.

    Note: You can check your lore challenge progress: Command => Battleborn => Deande => Lore but please post here if you need boosting partners: LINK

    To get this trophy, you have to complete all 5 of Deande's lore challenges:-

    One Step Ahead
    Stealth with less than 20% health, 30 times.

    Difficulty: 3/10

    If you suck at maths, then this trophy can be a pain to get as it's not easy working out the correct Health % but you can make life much easier for yourself by using this handy online Calculator (credit to Jari Jokinen for this): LINK

    The best way to grind out this trophy is the following:

    1: Equip Gear items that offer the following bonuses:
    • -10.50% Cooldown Time
    • +14% Health Regeneration per Second
    • +5.60% Movement Speed or +9.80% Sprint Speed

    If you don't have any Health Regeneration Gear items available, then team up with a friend who knows how to play as either Alani, Ambra, Kid Ultra or Miko then have them heal you when needed. The reason for needing some form of Health Regeneration, is because your health will be very low so taking any additional damage will more than likely kill you.

    2: Take the following Augments when you level up:

    Lv1 Helix, Left Augment "Double Trouble"
    Lv2 Helix, Right Augment "Refined Emitters"
    Lv3 Helix, Right Augment "Leechsteel"

    3: Load "Episode 2: The Void's Edge" with the following settings:

    Difficulty: Normal
    Hardcore: Off
    Data Center: Use Optimal

    4: Play through the story until you reach the Warlord Nix fight but make sure to activate both Gear items beforehand.

    5: Stand still and let him take your health down to below 20% (use the Calculator I linked to earlier, to work out the correct number).

    6: Press to deploy your Holotwin and enter Stealth mode, now run off somewhere to hide and let your health regenerate (or have a friend heal you if doing this in Co-Op).

    7: Rinse and repeat Steps 6 and 7 until the challenge is complete.


    Cloak And Dagger
    Kill 100 enemies with The Element of Surprise.

    Difficulty: 3/10

    Note: The "Element of Surprise" is Deande's Passive ability, which grants a 25% damage bonus to all attacks/Skills when she exits Stealth mode but it only last for 5 seconds.

    To get this over with quickly, you need to attack weak enemies that can be killed in less than 5 seconds (e.g. Primal Thralls, Varelsi Skulks etc.) else the Element of Surprise ability will wear off. The best places to do this are Episode 2: The Void's Edge or Episode 3: The Renegade, since they both have plenty of weak enemies available. I would also take the following Augments and Mutations when you level up:

    Lv1 Helix, Right Augment "Ground Zero"
    Lv2 Helix, Right Augment "Refined Emitters"
    Lv3 Helix, Mutation "Uppercut" (Character Rank 5 unlock) or Right Augment "Leechsteel"
    Lv4 Helix, Right Augment "Drain Bash"
    Lv5 Helix, Right Augment "Roguelike"
    Lv6 Helix, Left Augment "Burst Brawler"
    Lv7 Helix, Right Augment "The Culling"
    Lv8 Helix, Left Augment "Deadly Reach"
    Lv9 Helix, Mutation "Deft Hands" (Character Rank 3 unlock) or Left Augment "Improved Holographics"
    Lv10 Helix, Right Augment "Gathering Storm" but if going for the War is Hardly Civil challenge, then take the Left Augment "Doppleganüp" instead.

    I also recommend equipping Gear items that offer the following bonuses when activated:
    • -10.50% Cooldown Time
    • +9.10% Skill Damage
    • +9.10% Attack Damage

    War is Hardly Civil
    Deal 10,000 damage to Rendain.

    Difficulty: 4/10

    Note: This can only be done during the final fight against Rendain at the end of Episode 8: The Heliophage.

    The fastest way to deal 10,000 damage to Rendain is by using Blink Storm. You will have to do this in 2 stages because Rendain will retreat once his shield is gone and won’t reappear until after the ensuing Boss Rush has been defeated. You can combine this with the Cloak And Dagger and Fan Of The Empire challenges so see those for tips on what Augments, Mutations and Gear items to use.


    Fan Of The Empire
    Deal 60,000 damage with Blink Storm.

    Difficulty: 1/10

    Note: "Blink Storm" is Deande's Ultimate Skill, which unlocks at Lv5 and is activated by pressing but you have to keep your target(s) in view for a few seconds whilst she powers up. If you activate this at the wrong time or your target(s) move out of sight, then most of the cooldown timer will be refunded so you can quickly try again.

    This challenge won't take that long to complete but you can speed things up a bit by farming the locations mentioned in the walkthrough for the "Rise Of The Thrall" challenge under the Anarchy Rules trophy and also equipping and activating the following Gear items:
    • -10.50% Cooldown Time
    • +9.10% Skill Damage
    • +9.10% Attack Damage

    The Seeds Of Secret Orders
    Complete 3 matches while on the same team as Ambra.

    Difficulty: 1/10 if boosted but 5/10 if done legit, since few people play as Ambra anymore.

    There are 2 ways to get this challenge done:

    Method 1: The fast way

    There is a very simple exploit that can be used for this and every other "Complete 3 matches while on the same team as X" lore challenge, which is to use the following settings in a Private Story match:-

    1: Invite a friend or an Alt account.
    2: Choose Episode 2: The Void’s Edge.
    3: Set the Difficulty to either Normal or Advanced (it doesn't matter which) then change "Hardcore" to "On" but leave the "Data Center" option on "Use Optimal".
    4: Once the character select screen comes up, choose "Deande" then get Player 2 to pick "Ambra".
    5: When the intro cutscene has finished (it can be skipped after a few seconds by pressing ), all you and your friend/alt account have to do is jump off the nearest cliff and to your deaths.
    6: After the match is over and you have both been returned to the main menu, repeat Steps 2-5 until the challenge is complete.

    It"s also possible to do this exploit in every Operation DLC except for "Toby's Friendship Raid" (since there's nowhere to suicide) but in "Oscar Mike vs. The Battle School", there aren't any cliffs so instead you have to kill yourself by jumping into one of the vats of red goo that are present near the start of the Operation. I don't recommend doing this in Episode 8: The Heliophage, because it takes too long to get to a suitable suicide spot.


    Method 2: The slow way

    The other way is to play Bots Battle (Versus Public => Bots Battle) or Public Story games and hope that one of the other players decides to play as Ambra.

    Once you have completed all 5 lore challenges, the trophy will pop.
  • Complete all Kleese lore challenges.

    Note: You can check your lore challenge progress: Command => Battleborn => Kleese => Lore but please post here if you need boosting partners: LINK

    To get this trophy, you have to complete all 5 of Kleese's lore challenges:-

    Introducing: The Magnus
    Deal 10,000 Shield damage with Energy Mortars.

    Difficulty: 3/10

    Note: "Energy Mortars" are Kleese's Skill.

    The difficulty with this challenge comes from the fact that Energy Mortars are neither powerful nor especially accurate so you are going to have to compensate somewhat by taking the following Augments when you level up:

    Lv2 Helix, Right Augment "Overloaded Mortars"
    Lv6 Helix, Right Augment "Expanded Mortar Capacity"
    Lv7 Helix, Left Augment "Geezer Pleaser"
    Lv8 Helix, Left Augment "Brains Before Brawn" - Do note though, that the description for this Augment is bugged when viewed via the Command Menu as it says "+0 Maximum Shield Strength" when it's supposed to say "+150 Maximum Shield Strength".

    I also recommend equipping Gear items that offer the following bonuses when activated:
    • -10.50% Cooldown Time
    • +9.10% Skill Damage

    I also recommend firing these off at close range, since it's difficult to gauge their accuracy at anything beyond that (even when using the special crosshair the game gives you). There aren't that many shielded enemies in the game so you are probably going to have to play some Versus matches to make up any shortfall from the main story/Operations.


    Slow, Not Dead
    Kill 50 enemies affected by Black Hole.

    Difficulty: 4/10

    Note: "Black Hole" is Kleese's Ultimate Skill, which unlocks at Lv5 and is activated by pressing .

    For a kill to count towards this challenge it has to be done before the Black Hole implodes, thus your best option is weaken your target before deploying a Black Hole. I recommend combining this challenge with "A Shocking Message" so you can do both at once but you can make life a little easier by taking the Lv10 Helix, Mutation "Insta-Hole" (Character Rank 12 unlock).


    A Shocking Message
    Damage 100 enemies with Kleese's Shock Taser.

    Difficulty: 1/10

    This challenge won't take very long, because the "Shock Taser" is Kleese's attack and does an insane amount of damage once it latches onto an enemy. You can speed things up by taking the following Augments and Mutations when you level up:

    Lv3 Helix, Right Augment "Don't Tase Me Bro"
    Lv5 Helix, Mutation "Extended Battery Life" (Character Rank 5 unlock)
    Lv8 Helix, Right Augment "Brawn Before Brains"

    You will start off with 20 units of Tactical Battle Chair energy but can increase this to 30 by taking the Mutation at Lv5. The Tactical Battle Chair's energy gauge, is located to the right of your Health and Shield bar (see the image below) and is used to show how much energy is available for use by the Shock Taser and Kleese's Hover/Jump move (press and hold to activate this when needed).

    To actually use the Shock Taser, you have to press and hold when close to an enemy. The challenge will be complete once you have zapped 100 enemies, though you can just zap the same enemy over and over and it will still count.

    If you decide to combine this with the "Slow, Not Dead" challenge, then make sure to get in really close so you can zap all the enemies being held by your Black Hole.


    Ride of The Battle Throne
    Play as Kleese at least once in every map in the game.

    Difficulty: 1/10

    Note: You actually only need to play on 14 unique maps and not all 25 which exist as of the 1.08 patch.

    This will be likely be the last challenge you complete but for your convenience, I have created a tracking sheet as the game does a lousy job of tracking your progress towards it: LINK. For a map to count, you have to finish it by either losing all your lives/killing the final boss (story mode) or winning the match (Versus games) but what you can’t do is start a match/Episode/Operation then exit out immediately as that will just reset your stat for that map.

    Fortunately, there is an exploit available that makes completing this challenge a complete joke but it means buying or grinding out enough Platinum to gain access to all 5 DLC Operations. Once you have all 5 Operations available, follow the steps below:

    Part 1:

    1: Enter the Story Public menu and choose Episode 1: The Algorithm (change to a new Episode, each time you do this bit).
    2: Set the Difficulty to either Normal or Advanced (it doesn't matter which) then change "Hardcore" to "On" but leave the "Data Center" option on "Use Optimal".
    3: Once the character select screen comes up, choose "Kleese".
    4: When the intro cutscene has finished (it can be skipped after a few seconds by pressing ), all you have to do is jump off the nearest cliff and to your death.
    5: After the match is over and you have been returned to the main menu, repeat Steps 1-5 until all 8 episodes have been done (though do note that the Prologue doesn't count).

    Part 2:

    1: Enter the Operations Private menu and choose the "Attikus and the Thrall Rebellion" Operation.
    2: Change "Hardcore" to "On" but leave the "Data Center" option on "Use Optimal". Note that there is no difficulty setting here, since the Operations use different method of setting the difficulty. See the Road Map for more details on this.
    3: Once the character select screen comes up, choose "Kleese".
    4: When the intro cutscene has finished (it can be skipped after a few seconds by pressing ), all you have to do is jump off the nearest cliff and to your death.
    5: After the match is over and you have been returned to the main menu, repeat Steps 1-5 until all 5 episodes have been done (though do note that the Prologue doesn't count). Note that there is a caveat because the "Toby's Friendship Raid” Operation, doesn't have any suicide spots. Due to this, you are going to have to either finish it properly or play really badly and die on purpose so the Operation ends early.

    Part 3:

    1: Once you have played all 8 Episodes and all 5 Operations, you will only have to play 1 Versus game in "Bots Battle" to complete the challenge.
    2: The fastest Versus mode is Capture but ultimately, it doesn't really matter which one you pick as they all count.
    3: Whether you win or lose, the challenge will be complete once you finish the match.


    I Care About You. No, Really.
    Restore 50,000 shield strength to allies with Energy Rift.

    Difficulty: 1/10 if boosted but 2.5/10 if done legit, since you will have to rely on your teammates playing the game properly and not messing around.

    Note: "Energy Rift" is Kleese's Skill.

    You can speed things up a little bit by taking the following Augments and Mutation when levelling up:

    Lv4 Helix, Left Augment "Rift Network"
    Lv6 Helix, Mutation "Rift Farm" (Character Rank 7 unlock) or Left Augment "Bulk Savings"
    Lv9 Helix, Right Augment "Quick Pulse"

    I also recommend equipping and activating a Gear item that offers some form of Cooldown Timer reduction.

    This is best done whilst playing Co-Op with either a friend or any Alt accounts you may have, that way you don't have to worry about randoms getting in the way. Load up an Episode or Operation of your choice and deploy a Rift next to your friend/Alt account whenever they take shield damage.

    Once you have completed all 5 lore challenges, the trophy will pop.
  • Complete all Whiskey Foxtrot lore challenges.

    Note: You can check your lore challenge progress: Command => Battleborn => Whiskey Foxtrot => Lore but please post here if you need boosting partners: LINK

    To get this trophy, you have to complete all 5 of Whiskey Foxtrot's lore challenges:-

    Sticky Situations
    Stick grenades to enemy Battleborn, 50 times.

    Difficulty: 3/10

    Notes:
     
    • The description for this challenge is partially wrong, because the "Grenades" are actually "Sticky Bombs". "Sticky Bombs" are Whisky Foxtrot's Skill.
       
    • Sticky Bombs have poor accuracy and hit detection but If you continue to have trouble with this challenge, then change the "Skill Activation Style" to instant: Options and Extras => Gameplay => Skill Activation Styles then change it to "Instant" (that is if you haven't done so already) by pressing right or left on either the D-Pad () or Left Stick (). Press a few times to exit back to the main screen.

    I recommend attempting this in either Meltdown or Capture matches, since those game types have maps that are very narrow for the most part so will make it easier to put a Sticky Bomb on your target. To make life a little bit easier, do the following:

    1: Take the following Augments when you level up:

    Lv4 Helix, Left Augment "Triple Threat" or Mutation "Sticky MIRV" (Character Rank 12 unlock)
    Lv6 Helix, Right Augment "Sticky Speed"
    Lv9 Helix, Left Augment "Swift Stickies"

    2: Equip a Gear item that grants some form of Cooldown Timer reduction.

    3: Now find a hiding spot that will allow you sneak up on an enemy Battleborn and place a Sticky Bomb on them.

    4: If hiding spots are in short supply, wait until a fight breaks out between your teammates and the enemy then choose your moment to plant a Sticky Bomb on whichever enemy Battleborn is in front of you.


    Mike, Check
    Get 150 critical hits on enemy Battleborn.

    Difficulty: 2/10

    Note: You can target the same enemy over and over in the same confrontation and still get credit towards this challenge.

    This is easy but time consuming, though you can do the following to make things go a little more quickly:

    1: Take the following Augments and/or Mutations when you level up:

    Lv1 Helix, Left Augment "Weighed Down" or Mutation "Shield Scrapper" (Character Rank 7 unlock)
    Lv2 Helix, Left Augment "Swiss Cheese"
    Lv3 Helix, Left Augment "Red Dot Sight"
    Lv4 Helix, Right Augment "Stick 'N Sap"
    Lv5 Helix, Left Augment "Reload Burst" or Mutation "Killer Regen" (Character Rank 3 unlock)
    Lv6 Helix, Left Augment "Flackback"
    Lv7 Helix, Left Augment "Duct-Taped Mags" or Mutation "Shield Pen" (Character Rank 9 unlock)
    Lv8 Helix, Left Augment "Spread Shot"
    Lv9 Helix, Right Augment "Stronger Stickies" or Left Augment "Swift Stickies"
    Lv10 Helix, Left Augment "What Shields?"

    2: Equip and activate Gear items that offer the following bonuses:
    • -17.50% Recoil
    • +21.00% Reload Speed
    • +8.40% Attack Speed
    3: Play Incursion matches since they last longer and the other team are less likely to notice you, due to being focused on your teammates instead.

    4: Use your Ironsights/Scope instead of Hip Firing, as you will be more accurate that way.


    Alternate method:

    If you continue to have trouble with both this and "Sticky Situations", then invite a friend (they can change teams by pressing ) and create a private Versus game with the following settings:

    Character Select Style: PvP Classic
    Bots on Team 1: 0
    Bots on Team 2: 0
    In Game Chat: Global
    Data Center: Use Optimal
    Choose Map: Capture - Outback


    Step 1:

    Start the match, pick Whisky Foxtrot and have your friends pick a shieldless character e.g. Mellka, Boldur, Miko, Kelvin (just make sure they don't use his Chomp Skill) etc.


    Step 2:

    Once the match has started, take the Augments as listed above and equip the same Gear items. As for your friend, just make sure they don't equip anything that boosts their health, shields or damage resistance.

    Step 3:

    Now meet up with your friend and alternate between sticking Bombs to them and shooting them in the Head. Rinse and repeat until both challenges are complete.


    Going Alone
    Participate in killing Oscar Mike, 5 times.

    Difficulty: 4/10

    Note: The difficulty for this challenge comes from Oscar Mike being a pain to kill because he has a habit of Cloaking at the last second and running off before you can land the kill shot.

    To make this as painless as possible, I recommend combining it with the "Mike, Check" challenge as you will more than likely complete this whilst going for that one.


    Some Find Me Repulsive
    Knock back 500 enemies with Scrap Cannon.

    Difficulty: 1/10

    Notes:
    • The "Scrap Cannon" is Whiskey Foxtrot's Skill.
    • This challenge cannot be completed without having the Lv1 Helix, Right Augment "Flack Off" active.
    • I strongly recommend combining this challenge with "Say Mike Again".

    This is a very simple but time consuming challenge to complete, though there is a trick to getting it done ASAP:

    1: Load Episode 1: The Algorithm with the following settings:-

    Difficulty: Normal
    Hardcore: On
    Data Center: Use Optimal

    When you get to the Battleborn selection screen, choose Whiskey Foxtrot and a Loadout that contains Gear items which offer the following bonuses when activated:
     
    • -10.50% Cooldown Time
    • +9.10% Attack Damage
    • -17.50% Recoil

    2: After the Episode has loaded in, activate your Helix then press to equip the Lv1 Helix, Right Augment "Flack Off".

    3: Go outside and draw the attention of all the available enemies, then press to activate Scrap Cannon to knock back all the enemies you see. Now slowly move forward until you get to where the Stairs are.

    4: When you get the Stairs, turn round and run back to the start point but on your way back, make sure to destroy any Shard Barrels you come across and open/break any Loot Chests you find as you will need to all the cash, Helix and Health pickups you can get. Rinse and repeat steps 3+4 until you run low on enemies. Eventually you will level up, at which point you should take the Lv2 Helix, Right Augment "Scrap Bank" so you gain 2 extra Scrap Charges.

    5: Once you’re low on enemies, use your Quick Melee attack () to finish off the stragglers. When everyone is dead, jump off the nearest platform and fall to your death.

    6: Rinse and repeat Steps 1-5 until the challenge is complete.


    Say Mike Again
    Get 100 kills with Whiskey Foxtrot's Quick Melee attack.

    Difficulty: 5/10

    Notes:
    • "Quick Melee" is Whiskey Foxtrot's attack.
    • Whiskey Foxtrot's Quick Melee attack is pretty weak and doesn't do much damage.

    To save time, I recommend combining this challenge with "Some Find Me Repulsive" so see that for a quick way of completing both challenges ASAP.

    Once you have completed all 5 lore challenges, the trophy will pop.
  • Complete The Renegade on any difficulty.

    Story related, can't be missed.

    "The Renegade" is Episode 3 of the story and the trophy will pop soon after the end boss is defeated.
    Glitch warning: There have been several reports over the last few months, that this Episode can be prone to freezing and crashing at random. There is currently no known fix for this but Gearbox are investigating.

    Recommended Battleborn?: Benedict

    Setup:

    Helix Setup (Normal Difficulty):

    Lv1 Helix, Right Augment "Persistent Projectiles"
    Lv2 Helix, Left Augment "Make Some Room"
    Lv3 Helix, Left Augment "Ready Rockets"
    Lv4 Helix, Right Augment "A Murder of Rockets"
    Lv5 Helix, Left Augment "Glide-Iator"
    Lv6 Helix, Right Augment "Heavy Bombardment"
    Lv7 Helix, Right Augment "Danger Zone"
    Lv8 Helix, Right Augment "First Class"
    Lv9 Helix, Either of these Augments will do, because they're both pretty good.
    Lv10 Helix, Left Augment "Hawkpocalypse"

    Helix Setup (Advanced Difficulty):

    Lv1 Helix, Right Augment "Persistent Projectiles"
    Lv2 Helix, Left Augment "Make Some Room"
    Lv3 Helix, Left Augment "Ready Rockets"
    Lv4 Helix, Right Augment "A Murder of Rockets"
    Lv5 Helix, Left Augment "Glide-Iator"
    Lv6 Helix, Left Augment "Blastoff"
    Lv7 Helix, Right Augment "Danger Zone"
    Lv8 Helix, Right Augment "First Class"
    Lv9 Helix, Right Augment "Party Starter"
    Lv10 Helix, Left Augment "Hawkpocalypse"

    Loadout (if you happen to have obtained the following during the Prologue) (Normal Difficulty):

    The following is just a rough outline of the bonuses you are looking for so don’t have be strictly adhered to.
    • -17.50% Recoil
    • -21.00% Buildable Cost
    • +8.40% Damage Reduction

    Loadout (Advanced Difficulty):
    • -17.50% Recoil
    • -21.00% Buildable Cost
    • +8.40% Damage Reduction

    Advanced difficulty differences:

    The following changes will be seen when playing through this Episode whilst on Advanced difficulty:

    1: A secret room will open up during Wave 3 of the power source defence section.
    2: There are additional Shard growths on the path leading up to the power plant.
    3: More enemies have been added to Wave 3 in Objectives 4 and 6.
    4: Jennerit Warp Anchors will spawn whilst on the Roof of the Peacekeeper Headquarters, if you go up there before killing everything inside the building.

    End boss walkthrough

    Jailer Hylis's attacks:

    Heavy Machine Gun
    Charge
    Mortar Strike
    Jennerit Warp Anchor summons

    This fight is essentially an updated version of the Warlord Nix fight from Episode 2 but this time, you also have to contend with a pair Guards who are generating an impenetrable shield around the boss. Fortunately, the Guards are not hard to kill and will go down in a few hits but Hylis himself is another story entirely.

    Phase 1:

    Phase 1 isn't too bad since all you will be doing is getting rid of the Guards, just keep your distance so they don’t charge you. Once you have the Guards in your sights, lay into them with your Rocket Launcher but make sure to keep them in sight of the Thumper Turrets so they can assist in their elimination.

    Phase 2:

    With his Guards and Shield gone, Hylis will turn all of his attention to you so stand back and hit him with everything you’ve got. Once his health goes down to about 2/3-1/2, Hylis will retreat to one of the Landing Pads outside and summon some more enemies to attack you so wipe them out then return to Hylis and finish him off.

    Phase 3:

    The 3rd and final phase of this fight is also the most dangerous because Hylis will start spamming his Mortar Strike attack and be more likely to start Charging at you as well. You can make this bit really easy by using the Jump Pad shown in the following screenshot:

    Now stand in this spot:


    From here, all you have to worry about is Machine Gun fire but Hylis won’t use that very often. All you have to do is spam him with Rockets and Hylis will go down in no time at all.

    See here for the full, unabridged walkthrough: LINK
  • Complete The Void's Edge on any difficulty.

    Story related, can't be missed.
    "The Void's Edge" is Episode 2 of the story and the trophy will pop once you have closed the Varelsi Void.

    Recommended Battleborn?: Marquis

    Setup:

    Helix Setup (this works for both the Normal and Advanced Difficulties):

    Lv1 Helix, Left Augment "The Great(er) Hoodini"
    Lv2 Helix, Right Augment "Hoodunnit"
    Lv3 Helix, Right Augment "Executive Barrel-Porting"
    Lv4 Helix, Left Augment "Time Killer"
    Lv5 Helix, Right Augment "Eins, Zwei, Cry"
    Lv6 Helix, Left Augment "Long-Haul Hoodini" or Right Augment "Distant Time"
    Lv7 Helix, Left Augment "Autoloader"
    Lv8 Helix, Left Augment "Windfall"
    Lv9 Helix, Right Augment "Cease and Desist"
    Lv10 Helix, Right Augment "Wallhax.exe"
    Loadout (Normal Difficulty):

    The following is just a rough outline of the bonuses you are looking for so don’t have be strictly adhered to.
    • +9.10% Attack Damage
    • -21.00% Buildable Cost
    • +8.40% Damage Reduction and +7.00 Health Regeneration per Second.

    Loadout (Advanced Difficulty):
    • -21.00% Buildable Cost
    • +9.10% Skill Damage
    • +21.00% Shield Penetration

    Advanced difficulty differences:

    The following changes will be seen when playing through this Episode whilst on Advanced difficulty:
    1: Thrall Bombers will appear during the Warlord Nix fight and are more common in general.
    2: Varelsi Scaven Alpha's are more common during the first encounter with the Varelsi.
    3: There are double the amount of Primal Thralls in the final Control Room section.
    4: A small group of Varelsi will spawn in at random when 1 of the 3 Shard Clusters in the boss area is destroyed/about to be destroyed.

    End boss walkthrough

    Glitch Notes:

    This fight can be glitchy since the following has been known to happen:

    - The Conservator can become permanently invincible, thus forcing you to quit the Episode and start over.
    - The sound can go very wonky during the second half of the battle.
    - The Bonus Score Orbs can fall through the map and be rendered uncollectible.
    - The collision detection on the Conservator, can be very spotty so not all attacks may hit their intended mark. It's also possible for you to get stuck on some mini-invisible walls near the edges of certain objects and walls so try and not let yourself get cornered, else you may end up dying a messy death.
    - The frame-rate can be iffy at times.

    The Conservator's attacks

    Homing Void Missiles
    Varelsi Warden summon - These will make him completely invincible until they are killed.
    Varelsi troop summons

    Note: There are a couple of Trap nodes on the left-hand side of the screen if you need to distract the enemies for a bit, whilst you focus on the Conservator. Also take note of the Support Bot stations to the left and right of the stairs where Wolf was waiting before the Conservator appeared.

    Phase 1:

    Phase 1 is easy, just keep shooting the Conservator in the head until he spawns a Varelsi Warden that will generate an invincibility shield around him. Kill this enemy immediately, else the Conservator will generate a lethal Void bubble that kills in seconds if you get caught in it. Once the Varelsi Warden is toast, the Conservator will become immune to damage then teleport you into another dimension called the "Varelsi Void".

    Phase 2:

    The Varelsi Void functions like a secondary boss fight but fortunately it’s not a very long one since all you have to do is keep killing the Varelsi until the Void's health bar has been depleted. Moments after all the enemies vanish, you will be returned to the Conservator fight.

    Phase 3:

    This final phase of the fight is also the most dangerous, for the following reasons:

    1: There will be at least 2 waves of Varelsi Wardens.
    2: During both of his invulnerable phases, the Conservator will generate a lethal Void bubble that kills in seconds if you get caught in it.
    3: The enemies will spawn indefinitely, for as long as the Conservator is alive.
    4: The Conservator will be constantly spamming his Homing Void Missiles so try and put some cover between you and them.

    The second wave of Varelsi Wardens are the most dangerous, because they are spaced far apart and the Void bubble means you only have about 10 seconds to kill all of them else you will die very quickly. Depending on where you are standing when the Wardens show up, kill the nearest one then get your Sniper Rifle out and snipe the rest of them when you have a clear shot.

    Whenever you have a good shot at the Conservator's Head, take it! The Conservator is a powerful enemy but physically is very weak so it won't take many headshots to kill him.

    See here for the full, unabridged walkthrough: LINK
  • Complete The Experiment on any difficulty.

    Story related, can't be missed.
    "The Experiment" is Episode 6 of the story and the trophy will pop shortly after the end boss has been killed.

    Recommended Battleborn?: Orendi

    Setup:

    Helix Setup (Normal difficulty):

    Lv1 Helix, Left Augment "Fire Walk With Me"
    Lv2 Helix, Right Augment "I Hate Your Pretty Eyes"
    Lv3 Helix, Right Augment "Oh That Reminds Me"
    Lv4 Helix, Right Augment "Encore"
    Lv5 Helix, Right Augment "Prognosticombo"
    Lv6 Helix, Left Augment "Nihilism"
    Lv7 Helix, Right Augment "Essence Theft"
    Lv8 Helix, Left Augment "Rapid Deterioration"
    Lv9 Helix, Left Augment "Shadowfire Storm"
    Lv10 Helix, Right Augment "Reign Of Chaos"

    Helix Setup (Advanced difficulty):

    Lv1 Helix, Left Augment "Fire Walk With Me"
    Lv2 Helix, Left Augment "Dismissed"
    Lv3 Helix, Right Augment "Oh That Reminds Me"
    Lv4 Helix, Right Augment "Encore"
    Lv5 Helix, Right Augment "Prognosticombo"
    Lv6 Helix, Left Augment "Nihilism"
    Lv7 Helix, Right Augment "Essence Theft"
    Lv8 Helix, Left Augment "Rapid Deterioration"
    Lv9 Helix, Right Augment "I Hate Your Pretty Shields"
    Lv10 Helix, Right Augment "Reign Of Chaos"

    Loadout (Normal Difficulty):

    The following is just a rough outline of the bonuses you are looking for so don’t have be strictly adhered to.
    • -10.50% Cooldown Time
    • +9.10% Skill Damage
    • +21.00% Shield Penetration

    Loadout (Advanced Difficulty):
    • +140 Maximum Shield Strength
    • +9.10% Skill Damage
    • +21.00% Shield Penetration

    Advanced difficulty differences:

    The following changes will be seen when playing through this Episode whilst on Advanced difficulty:

    1: Boombots will spawn just before and during the first wave of the initial defence sequence.
    2: 2 Deadeyes will be present in the power station area.
    3: There will be 3 Bulwark Bots at the Communication array, instead of just the one. You can also expect to see at least 1 Ronin.
    4: Most of the defence sections have additional or different enemies to those found on Normal difficulty, as well as attacking from different directions.
    5: Varelsi Skulks will be present during the final fight against the Conservator.

    End boss walkthrough

    Varelsi Conservator's Attacks

    Void Missiles
    Shield generator
    Varelsi Skulk spawn (Advanced difficulty only)

    Glitch note: This fight can be very glitchy due to a rare bug that causes the Conservator to have near unlimited health regeneration during the second the phase of the fight. The only way to defeat him if this occurs is to make sure you don’t miss with any of your attacks and make sure to aim for his head where ever possible.

    Unlike the Conservator in Episode 2, this one won't spawn any Shield Wardens but it will spawn some Skulks if you're on Advanced Difficulty. On Normal, this fight will only last for a single phase and he won’t regenerate either his health or Shield but there will be 2 phases on Advanced Difficulty and he will start regenerating his health and Shield.

    Phase 1:

    Start off with Paradigm Shift to get rid of the Conservator’s Shield, then spam your Nullify/Shadowfire Pillar combo to get his health down. You can lock the Conservator in an attack loop by standing at this spot, then spamming your Shadowfire/Nullify combo:


    Make sure you aim directly under where he’s floating, else your Shadowfire Pillars will almost certainly miss him.

    Phase 2:

    Once his health gets to about 20%, he will start Regenerating his health and Shield so hit him and hit him hard with everything you’ve got. Watch out for his Void Missiles since they will do some major damage to you if they hit. His Health Regen will cease after a bit but will kick in again once his health becomes critical, thus you want to hit again and make sure to do enough damage to finish him off properly.

    See here for the full, unabridged walkthrough: LINK
  • Complete The Archive on any difficulty.

    Story related, can't be missed.

    "The Archive" is Episode 4 of the story and the trophy will pop, shortly after the end boss has been killed.

    Recommended Battleborn?: Thorn, because you will also complete her "The Last" lore challenge at the same time. To make sure you don’t invalidate that challenge, I recommend activating Hardcore mode so you won’t have any additional lives.

    Setup:

    Helix Setup (this works for both the Normal and Advanced Difficulties):

    Lv1 Helix, Left Augment "Brutal Blight"
    Lv2 Helix, Left Augment "Cursed Earth"
    Lv3 Helix, Left Augment "Draw Strength"
    Lv4 Helix, Left Augment "Kreshek's Judgement"
    Lv5 Helix, Right Augment "Hexsanguination"
    Lv6 Helix, Left Augment "Swampfoot"
    Lv7 Helix, Left Augment "Eagle-Eye"
    Lv8 Helix, Left Augment "Enduring Blight"
    Lv9 Helix, Left Augment "Archer’s Boon"
    Lv10 Helix, Right Augment "Earth Render"

    Loadout (Normal Difficulty):

    The following is just a rough outline of the bonuses you are looking for so don’t have be strictly adhered to.
    • -10.50% Cooldown Time
    • +9.10% Skill Damage
    • -21.00% Buildable Cost

    Loadout (Advanced Difficulty):
    • +140 Maximum Shield Strength
    • +11.90% Critical Hit Damage
    • -21.00% Buildable Cost

    Walkthrough:

    Glitch Note: There is a serious frame-rate problem that may occur during this Episode, that causes the Helix menu to become extremely laggy and borderline unusable. If this problem does happen, then try and find a quiet spot to use the Helix menu so you don't get your butt handed to you during a fight.

    Advanced difficulty differences:

    The following changes will be seen when playing through this Episode whilst on Advanced difficulty:

    1: There will be many Thralls in the area directly in front of where you activate Chronicle.
    2: The pre-boss fight Shard regrowth times are significantly longer but do note that these earlier Shards will only re-grow whilst Chronicle is deactivated at the start of the Episode and won't re-grow after he has been activated.
    3: More Loot chest and objects are available.
    4: Chronicle will take more damage and heal less.
    5: The journey back to Nova is more hazardous, due to an increased number of enemies (including a Bonecrusher Thrall).
    6: A Thrall Enforce will appear in the area just before the Gunhulk Bagranth fight.

    End boss walkthrough

    Note: You will have a virtually unlimited supply of Shards available during this fight so make use of them.

    Gunhulk Bagranth's attacks

    Charge
    Lasers
    Leash
    Ground Pound
    Veil Vortex Bombs

    Phase 1:

    Before you can hurt Bagranth, you have to build a Veil Breaker Turret at each of the available Turret nodes so they can disable his Shield. Once his Shield is down, Bagranth will teleport to the central platform and be vulnerable for a few seconds so use this opportunity to put a few rounds into his head. After taking some damage, Bagranth will teleport to one of a couple of different places so build more Shock Turrets if any have been destroyed but watch out for the Varelsi that will spawn in and try attack the Turrets.

    Phase 2:

    Once you have rinsed and repeated your attacks a few times, Bagranth will stop teleporting and start focusing his rage directly at you so keep your distance and try to avoid his attacks as best you can. Your best option is keep running until your Ultimate is ready, then get within firing range and let him have it - rinse and repeat until he is dead.

    See here for the full, unabridged walkthrough: LINK
  • Complete The Sentinel on any difficulty.

    Story related, can't be missed.

    "The Sentinel" is Episode 5 of the story and the trophy will pop shortly after the end boss has been killed.

    Recommended Battleborn?: Montana

    Setup:

    Helix Setup (Normal Difficulty):

    Lv1 Helix, Right Augment "Weather Man"
    Lv2 Helix, Right Augment "Push It Push It Push It"
    Lv3 Helix, Left Augment "Pumped Up"
    Lv4 Helix, Left Augment "Icy Resolve"
    Lv5 Helix, Right Augment "Hot-Blooded"
    Lv6 Helix, Left Augment "Swole Shield"
    Lv7 Helix, Right Augment "Ice Age"
    Lv8 Helix, Left Augment "Too Big To Fail"
    Lv9 Helix, Left Augment "Bullet Buff"
    Lv10 Helix, Right Augment "Instant Payback" - Note: Depending on how much XP you earn and Helix orbs are found, you may only be able to reach Helix Rank 9. Due to this, my recommendation for the Lv10 Helix should be considered optional.

    Helix Setup (Advanced Difficulty):

    Lv1 Helix, Right Augment "Weather Man"
    Lv2 Helix, Right Augment "Push It Push It Push It"
    Lv3 Helix, Left Augment "Pumped Up"
    Lv4 Helix, Left Augment "Icy Resolve"
    Lv5 Helix, Right Augment "Hot-Blooded"
    Lv6 Helix, Left Augment "Swole Shield"
    Lv7 Helix, Right Augment "Ice Age"
    Lv8 Helix, Right Augment "Krackadowww!"
    Lv9 Helix, Right Augment "Perfect Storm"
    Lv10 Helix, Right Augment "Instant Payback"

    Loadout (Normal Difficulty):

    The following is just a rough outline of the bonuses you are looking for so don't have be strictly adhered to.
    • +14.00 Health Regeneration per Second and +7.00 Health Regeneration per Second whilst your Shield is depleted
    • +9.10% Skill Damage and +4.20% Movement Speed for 5 seconds after landing a Critical Hit
    • +11.90% Critical Hit Damage

    Loadout (Advanced Difficulty):
    • +14.00 Health Regeneration per Second and +7.00 Health Regeneration per Second whilst your Shield is depleted
    • +9.10% Skill Damage
    • +21.00% Shield Penetration

    Advanced difficulty differences:

    The following changes will be seen when playing through this Episode whilst on Advanced difficulty:

    1: The Shield area has many times more enemies, plus an additional Warp Anchor near the 1st Shard Conduit.
    2: You will probably face 4 Bonecrushers and an Enforcer in deathtrap no 2, instead of just 3 Bonecrushers. Note: This varies from playthrough to playthrough so you may only end up facing 2 Bonecrushers and an Enforcer.
    3: There will be 2 Bonecrusher Thralls, plus a Warp Anchor in the Central Chamber after killing Guardian Vyn.
    4: There will be an additional Loot plant near the Jump Pads that lead to the final fight with the Old Sentinel.

    End boss walkthrough

    The Old Sentinel’s attacks:

    Electric Shock Orb
    Spear throw
    Lightning bolts
    Rock throw
    Swarmer summon
    Ground Shockwave
    Eroded Guardian Spawn
    Invincibility Shield

    Warning: Don't use Lumberjack Dash when near then edge of the Old Sentinel's arena, else there's a good chance you will fly off and fall to your death.

    Phase 1:

    Glitch note: There is a rare but game breaking glitch that can happen during Phase 1 of this fight, which is that the Old Sentinel can bug out and fail to progress beyond the first Shard Platform. Also, see here for info on another really nasty but rare glitch: LINK. If this happens, then you will have no choice but to quit the Episode and redo it from scratch.

    During the first phase of this fight, you will have to fend off both the Old Sentinel and some Eroded Guardians so prioritise your targets but use Lumberjack Dash or Mansformation to get of trouble if it looks like you are going get cornered. Just like Vyn and Arc, the Old Sentinel’s weak spot is the orb in his chest so destroy his Breastplate then activate Hailstorm and let him have it. If you have trouble avoiding damage, then stand on the big platform at the back of the arena and hit the Old Sentinel from there but watch out for the Rocks he throws at you since they will either Slow you down or spawn an Eroded Guardian.

    Phase 2:

    Once the Old Sentinel is down to about 45% health, he will activate an Invincibility Shield and summon a platform with 2 Shard Cluster on it so he can recharge his health. Now quickly destroy the Shard Clusters but don’t stand on the platform itself, else the Old Sentinel will destroy it and send you plummeting to your death. After the Shards have been destroyed, the Old Sentinel will jump back into the main arena and continue the battle.

    Phase 3:

    The Old Sentinel will start ramping up his attacks but you especially need to watch out the Electricity based attacks, since those will do massive damage if they hit. As before, keep hitting the Old Sentinel's Breastplate then focus all your fire on the weak spot when it appears. After his health has been reduced to about 30%, the Old Sentinel activate his Invincibility Shield again and summon another Shard platform. Now destroy both Shard Clusters to force him back into the arena but again, don't stand on the platform else you could face a messy death if it gets destroyed.

    Phase 4:

    Glitch note: This phase of the fight can be very glitchy for some reason and cause the smaller enemies to get stuck in the scenery or even make it so you get stuck instead. To avoid getting stuck in the scenery yourself, stay away from the edges of the arena and avoid standing too close to the piles of rubble and tree debris.

    On returning to the arena, the Old Sentinel (who will still be invulnerable) will jump onto the rear platform and start summing Swarmers by the dozen so take them out from a distance to avoid their suicide attack. After you have killed a few Swarmers, the Old Sentinel will become vulnerable again so hit him with everything you've got. Eventually, you will destroy his Breastplate for the last time and leave his weak spot open so drive home a final barrage of shots to finish him off.

    See here for the full, unabridged walkthrough: LINK
  • Complete The Saboteur on any difficulty.

    Story related, can't be missed.

    "The Saboteur" is Episode 7 of the story and the trophy will pop shortly after you escape from the Power Plant.

    Recommended Battleborn?: Oscar Mike

    Setup:

    Helix Setup (this works for both the Normal and Advanced Difficulties):

    Lv1 Helix, Left Augment "Impact Trigger"
    Lv2 Helix, Left Augment "Fragcendiary Grenade"
    Lv3 Helix, Right Augment "Scope"
    Lv4 Helix, Left Augment "Back in A Jiff"
    Lv5 Helix, Left Augment "Hollow-Point Rounds"
    Lv6 Helix, Right Augment "Stealthy Shields"
    Lv7 Helix, Right Augment "Disruption Rounds"
    Lv8 Helix, Either of these 2 Augments will work as they're both effective.
    Lv9 Helix, Right Augment "Operation Sneaky Ghost"
    Lv10 Helix, Right Augment "Holy Crap, Concussive Strike!"

    Loadout (this works for both the Normal and Advanced Difficulties):

    The following is just a rough outline of the bonuses you are looking for so don’t have be strictly adhered to.
    • -17.50% Recoil
    • +21.00% Reload Speed
    • +8.40% Attack Speed

    Advanced difficulty differences:

    The following changes will be seen when playing through this Episode whilst on Advanced difficulty:

    1: More Loot Chests throughout the Episode.
    2: The Core defence sections have more enemies per-wave.
    3: The final Core defence section, consists of virtually nothing but major Varelsi enemies of all types.

    Thrall Foreman Grall's Attacks

    Charge
    Dual Swords
    Sword Lunge
    Electric Shockwave (ground based)
    Phantom spawn - These things will literally suck the life out of you so kill them before they get close enough to do anything.
    Shield explosion
    Pounce
    Varelsi Skulk spawn

    Thrall Foreman Grall is a formidable opponent and not one you should treat lightly.

    Phase 1:

    During phase 1, Grall will try and hit you with his Swords and Electric Shockwave attacks but he will also try and Charge you so try and sidestep that if you can. The easiest way to take his health down, is to go for headshots with your Assault Rifle then finish off with either an Airstrike or Incendiary Grenade. After taking sufficient damage, Grall will summon an impenetrable shield and then spawn some Phantoms. Whilst he is in this state, walk as far back as possible then start spamming bullets and Grenades at the Phantoms and Skulks that appear. Once you have killed enough enemies, the floor will start flashing red to indicate that Grall is about to detonate his Shield so get as far away from him as possible or you will take critical or even fatal damage.

    Phase 2:

    Phase 2 is essentially the same as phase 1, only Grall will be even more determined to kill you so keep moving and spamming your attacks at him until he summons another shield and more enemies. The same tactics apply as before so keep killing enemies until the floor flashes red, then run like hell in the other direction.

    Phase 3:

    By now, Grall's health should be pretty low so it shouldn't take much to finish him off. Watch out for his Electric Shockwave attacks as they will do some serious damage if they hit.

    See here for the full, unabridged walkthrough: LINK
  • Complete The Algorithm on any difficulty.

    Story related, can't be missed.
    Glitch note: There is a glitch with Ghalt that causes his HUD to disappear during this Episode and make it so you can't activate Gear items or Helix Augments but I don't know if this predominantly a Single player issue or a Co-Op one so to be on the safe side, don't play as Ghalt if you want to finish this Episode with the minimum of trouble.
    "The Algorithm" is Episode 1 of the story and will pop, shortly after the end boss has been defeated.

    Recommended Battleborn?: Orendi

    Setup:

    Helix Setup (Normal difficulty):
     
    Lv1 Helix, Left Augment "Fire Walk With Me"
    Lv2 Helix, Right Augment "I Hate Your Pretty Eyes"
    Lv3 Helix, Right Augment "Oh That Reminds Me"
    Lv4 Helix, Right Augment "Encore"
    Lv5 Helix, Right Augment "Prognosticombo"
    Lv6 Helix, Left Augment "Nihilism"
    Lv7 Helix, Right Augment "Essence Theft"
    Lv8 Helix, Left Augment "Rapid Deterioration"
    Lv9 Helix, Left Augment "Shadowfire Storm"
    Lv10 Helix, Right Augment "Reign Of Chaos"
     
    Helix Setup (Advanced difficulty):
     
    Lv1 Helix, Left Augment "Fire Walk With Me"
    Lv2 Helix, Left Augment "Dismissed"
    Lv3 Helix, Right Augment "Oh That Reminds Me"
    Lv4 Helix, Right Augment "Encore"
    Lv5 Helix, Right Augment "Prognosticombo"
    Lv6 Helix, Left Augment "Nihilism"
    Lv7 Helix, Right Augment "Essence Theft"
    Lv8 Helix, Left Augment "Rapid Deterioration"
    Lv9 Helix, Right Augment "I Hate Your Pretty Shields"
    Lv10 Helix, Right Augment "Reign Of Chaos"

    Loadout (if you happen to have obtained the following items during the Prologue) (Normal Difficulty):

    The following is just a rough outline of the bonuses you are looking for so don’t have be strictly adhered to.
    • -10.50% Cooldown Time
    • +9.10% Skill Damage
    • +21.00% Shield Penetration

    Loadout (Advanced Difficulty):
    • +140 Maximum Shield Strength
    • +9.10% Skill Damage
    • +21.00% Shield Penetration

    Advanced difficulty differences:

    The following changes will be seen when playing through this Episode whilst on Advanced difficulty:

    1: There will be 4 Ronin bots during the H3NHM4N instead of just 2.
    2: Instead of facing 2 Flying enemies and a ton of Minions in the area after the Bridge fight, you will have to fight 2 Flying enemies and an MX Elite.
    3: During the battle whilst Geoff is getting his second Firmware Upgrade, there will be 4 Deadeyes instead of just 2.
    4: In the “Cooling Units” room, there will be 2 MX Elites instead of just the 1.
    5: In the caverns before the fight with ISIC, there will be a Rocketeer Bot to fight before you can safely take a Jump Pad to the final area.

    End boss walkthrough:

    ISIC

    Glitch Warning: You may experience some or all of the following issues, during this fight:

    - The Boom Bots that he spawns, may not move or even spawn in the first place.
    - His attacks whilst in Flying Head form, may not trigger at all.
    - It's not uncommon for the Boombots to spawn outside the map so they can't be seen or killed.
    - The Health orbs from destroying ISIC's Power Cells, may get stuck and follow him around the map. The Health orbs can also get stuck to you and interfere with your vision.
    - Items may get stuck in mid-air and can't be collected.
    - His taunt about using you as a test subject, may play several seconds after he starts spawning Boombots.
    - ISIC's external Power Cells may develop really bad collision/hit detection and become almost impossible to damage.
    - You may get very little, if any, Loot for killing ISIC.
    - ISIC can get stuck in mid-air whilst in his Mech form.

    ISIC’s attacks:

    Body Slam
    Energy Mortars (can be shot down)
    Aerial Slam attack
    Shockwaves
    Zero Gravity
    Gravity zapper (floating form only)

    Phase 1:

    Before you can hurt ISIC, you have to destroy one of the Power Cells that is on each of his 4 legs but destroying it won't be easy as he will be constantly moving and doing one of his many different attacks. Note: If playing as El Dragón, use your attack on the Power Cells so ISIC doesn't get an opportunity to stamp on you.

    Phase 2:

    ISIC will now repeat his attack pattern from before but with the addition of spawning some Boom Bots to annoy you. Before you go after another Power Cell, destroy all of the Boom Bots so they don’t get in your way. With the Boom Bots out of action destroy another Power Cell but if you do enough damage this time around, ISIC will implode and reveal his central A.I core.

    If you fail to destroy the mech, then move onto Phase 3.

    Phase 3: Mech form part 3 (but only if you failed to destroy the mech in Phase 3)

    If you failed to destroy the mech last time, rinse and repeat the Phase 2 walkthrough until you do.

    Phase 4:

    Note: It's during this part of the fight when El Dragón can complete his "The Rise Of The Dragon" challenge so see the main Guide for details.

    This will either be really easy or really hard/annoying since ISIC will either start throwing you around like a rag doll or will just hover in mid-air whilst you lay into him. If he starts throwing you around, then all you can do is try and take a few pot shots when he gets close and hope they hit their mark. Whatever happens ISIC will start slowly bleeding to death once his health goes below 5-10%.

    Defeating ISIC, will trigger some dialogue then the Episode will end and the trophy will pop.

    See here for the full, unabridged walkthrough: LINK
 

Secret trophies

  • Defeat Rendain

    Story related, can't be missed.
    This trophy is obtained at the end of Episode 8: The Heliophage.

    Recommended Battleborn?: Ernest because he can take and deal a lot of damage, plus his Ultimate Skill provides excellent crowd clearing abilities and his Power Egg will give you some much needed breathing room by causing nearby enemies to focus on it instead of you. You will eventually have to do additional playthroughs of this Episode as Attikus, Deande, Kleese and Rath because they have lore challenges that require this specific map.

    Setup:

    Helix Setup (Normal difficulty):

    Lv1 Helix, Left Augment "Eggcelerator"
    Lv2 Helix, Mutation "Never Stop Shooting" (Character Rank 3 unlock)
    Lv3 Helix, Left Augment "Drum Mag"
    Lv4 Helix, It doesn't matter which one of these you choose as they both suck.
    Lv5 Helix, Mutation "The Ol' Razzle-Dazzle" (Character Rank 5 unlock)
    Lv6 Helix, Left Augment "Reinforced Shell"
    Lv7 Helix, Right Augment "Greased Canisters"
    Lv8 Helix, Left Augment "Over Easy"
    Lv9 Helix, Right Augment "Shrapnel Burst"
    Lv10 Helix, Right Augment "Watch Your Step"

    Helix Setup (Advanced difficulty):

    Lv1 Helix, Left Augment "Eggcelerator"
    Lv2 Helix, Mutation "Never Stop Shooting" (Character Rank 3 unlock)
    Lv3 Helix, Mutation "Bomb Suit" (Character Rank 12 unlock)
    Lv4 Helix, It doesn't matter which one of these you choose as they both suck.
    Lv5 Helix, Mutation "The Ol' Razzle-Dazzle" (Character Rank 5 unlock)
    Lv6 Helix, Left Augment "Reinforced Shell"
    Lv7 Helix, Right Augment "Greased Canisters"
    Lv8 Helix, Mutation "Rotten Egg" (Character Rank 9 unlock)
    Lv9 Helix, Right Augment "Shrapnel Burst"
    Lv10 Helix, Right Augment "Watch Your Step"

    Loadout (this works for both the Normal and Advanced Difficulties):

    The following is just a rough outline of the bonuses you are looking for so don’t have be strictly adhered to.
    • +8.40% Damage Reduction + 7.00% Health Regeneration per Second
    • Bola's Target Finder (Legendary Gear that drops from Supervisor Antem in Episode 6: The Experiment, whilst you are playing on Advanced difficulty)
    • +14.00% Health Regeneration per Second

    Walkthrough:

    Warning: This Episode is extremely buggy and your entire run can be ruined if the game decides to glitch out, a problem that is now more common due to the 1.08 patch. The following issues have been encountered:

    - Enemies disappearing whilst jumping, then reappearing seconds later in another position.
    - The Veil Breaker Turrets may not disappear when they're supposed to, thus causing additional enemies to spawn when they’re not meant to.
    - It’s possible to get stuck inside the Varelsi Conservator/Mu'Skalti, then die from getting hit by all the other enemies that spawn in.
    - Jailer Hylis's Guards may not disappear when they're supposed to.
    - Jailer Hylis's Guards may glitch out and not generate a Shield around him, thus making it far easier to kill him.
    - It's possible for you to get knocked out of the air and plummet to your death, if you get hit by a Slow effect when jumping over a ravine.
    - The game can suddenly become very laggy when near a cliff edge, thus forcing you off it and to a messy death.
    - The Varelsi Conservator/Mu'Skalti can become invincible when he's on the ground, inside his bubble.
    - Critical Hits may not register on the bosses.
    - Rendain's Health Bar maybe misnamed and take on the name of the last boss your fought.
    - Rendain may become invisible during the final fight and be rendered almost impossible kill.
    - Forman Grall/Thrall Foreman may have the effects of being shielded, without his shield actually being there.
    - The voices of Deande and Mellka are always too low and hard to hear.

    Advanced difficulty differences:

    The following changes will be seen when playing through this Episode whilst on Advanced difficulty:

    1: There will be a lot more enemies in the Warp Gate room, including at least 1 Veil Walker.
    2: The number of major enemies is doubled throughout the Episode.
    3: The overall difficulty will go through the roof.


    Rendain fight, parts 1+2

    Part 1:

    Note: It is here where Deande can start work on her "War Is Hardly Civil" lore challenge.

    Rendain's Attacks

    Snake Whip
    Snake Missiles
    Ground Pound
    Throwing Daggers
    Shockwave

    Before attacking Rendain, use one of the nearby Jump Pads to leave the island you're on or else there is a very good chance that you could get knocked off the edge of it and fall to your death. The best strategy is to focus on using your Power Egg as a distraction, then pelting Rendain with your Explosive Charges. Once Rendain's shield has gone, he will retreat.


    Part 2 (happens after the boss rush):

    Note: It is during this encounter that the following lore challenges can be completed:-

    "In His Face" (Attikus)
    "War Is Hardly Civil" (Deande - If you started work on it during the first encounter with Rendain)
    "Render The Snake Headless" (Rath)

    Rendain's Attacks

    His attacks are the same as before, only with the addition of the following:

    Blade Spinners
    Warp Anchor summon

    Rendain will be far more powerful during this second encounter so your best bet is to use hit-and-run attacks to chip away at his health, since prolonged encounters will see you take massive damage and potentially killed. His Snake attacks are all capable of applying a Silence effect to you and disabling your Skills for a few seconds so should be avoided at all costs but also watch out for the Warp Anchors that Rendain will periodically summon, since they will spawn a lot of enemies that will swarm the area. Your best defence against the Warp Anchors is to stay at the very back of the UPR area and pick off the enemies if they get too close but to retreat to a quieter location if their numbers become overwhelming. After a long and protracted battle, both you and Rendain will be returned to the Heliophage.

    See here for the full, unabridged walkthrough: LINK

DLC: New Recruits!

3 trophies

  • Complete all Alani lore challenges.

    Notes:
    • You can check your lore challenge progress by going: Command => Battleborn => Alani => Lore but please post here if you need boosting partners: LINK
    • If you took part in the Battleborn Open Beta then you will be able to unlock Alani for free, without first having to find the required 47,500 Credits.

    To get this trophy, you have to complete all 5 of Alani's lore challenges:-

    Helican Hellraisers:
    Complete 3 matches while on the same team as Galilea.

    Difficulty: 1/10

    There are 2 ways to get this challenge done:

    Method 1: The fast way

    There is a very simple exploit that can be used for this and every other "Complete 3 matches while on the same team as X" lore challenge, which is to use the following settings in a Private Story match:-

    1: Invite a friend or an Alt account.
    2: Choose Episode 2: The Void's Edge.
    3: Set the Difficulty to either Normal or Advanced (it doesn't matter which) then change "Hardcore" to "On" but leave the "Data Center" option on "Use Optimal".
    4: Once the character select screen comes up, choose "Alani" then get Player 2 to pick "Galilea".
    5: After the intro cutscene has finished (though it can be skipped after a few seconds by pressing once the game has finished buffering), all you and your friend/alt account have to do is jump off the nearest cliff and to your deaths.
    6: When match is over and you have both been returned to the main menu, repeat Steps 2-5 until the challenge is complete.

    It's also possible to do this exploit in every Operation DLC except for "Toby's Friendship Raid" (since there's nowhere to suicide) but in "Oscar Mike vs. The Battle School", there aren't any cliffs so instead you have to kill yourself by jumping into one of the vats of red goo that are present near the start of the Operation. I don't recommend doing this in Episode 8: The Heliophage, because it takes too long to get to a suitable suicide spot.


    Method 2: The slow way

    The other way is to play Bots Battle (Versus Public => Bots Battle) because Galilea players are more common there, due to it being much easier to complete her own challenges challenge in that mode.


    Another Million And We're Even
    Participate in killing Ambra 5 times.

    Difficulty: 4/10

    This can be tricky so take the following Augments when you level up:

    Lv1 Helix, Left Augment "Soothing Mist"
    Lv2 Helix, Right Augment "Surface Tension"
    Lv3 Helix, Left Augment "Pressure Wash"
    Lv4 Helix, Mutation "Wave Shock" (Character Rank 3 unlock)
    Lv5 Helix, Left Augment "Karakafruit Express"
    Lv6 Helix, Right Augment "Refresher"
    Lv7 Helix, Left Augment "Whitewater"
    Lv8 Helix, Left Augment "Aquifer"
    Lv9 Helix, Right Augment "Water Proof"
    Lv10 Helix, Left Augment "Undertow"

    Also, use Gear items that grant the following bonuses when activated:
    • 7% or higher Damage reduction.
    • 8% or higher Attack Speed.
    • 11% or higher Critical Hit damage.

    Bots Battle/Private Versus match strategy:

    Note: If doing this in a Private Versus match, then you can just back out of the character select screen if the A.I doesn't pick Ambra. Just rinse and repeat this trick until Ambra shows up.

    0: You don't need to bring a friend with you for this but if you feel the need to, then I recommend either Miko or Shayne & Aurox as both are capable of slowing Ambra down enough for you to kill her outright.

    1: Locate Ambra, then try and lure her into either a corner or side passage.

    2: Once you have her isolated, use Geyser to hold her in place long enough for Torrent to do some serious damage.

    3: Use Riptide to do even more damage to Ambra, whilst you try and finish her off with Torrent.

    4: If she gets away, follow her and try to pin her down with another Geyser. With luck, she will run out and die in the crossfire between your teammates and the A.I.


    Alternate Bots Battle Strategy:

    You shouldn't need this as the Bots in Bots Battle and Private Versus matches aren't the hardest things to kill but there is an exploit in the Capture: Outback and Capture: Snowblind maps that you can use which makes this challenge a complete joke, though is dependant on your team (or the A.I) being good at the "Capture" game type.

    1: Capture all 3 Energy Collectors as fast as possible, though this trick will still work if you only manage to control 2 of them.

    2: Locate and eliminate the opposing team a couple of times.

    3: Now locate the enemy base, then have your team split-up and cover both exits to prevent anyone getting out.

    4: When you see Ambra appear on your Minimap, run over to where she is and hit her with everything you've got but try and deal sufficient damage before your teammates kill her and deny you your challenge progress.


    Whichever method you end up using, the challenge will be complete once Ambra has died 5 times by either your hand alone or a combination of hits from you and your teammates/friends.
    Song Of The Emula
    Deal 3,000 damage with a single Emergence, 10 times.

    Difficulty: 4/10

    Notes:
    • The "Emergence" in question is Alani's Ultimate Skill, which unlocks at Lv5 and is activated by pressing but note that you don't have to do exactly 3,000 damage as this is just the minimum which the challenge will accept before registering it a success.
    • The difficulty with this challenge, comes from the fact that you need to hit several enemies at once (since a solitary enemy won't do it) and there are very few places in each Episode/Operation/Versus match where it can be done.
    • The Prologue is the only Episode where you can't attempt this, for the simple reason you are only able to play as Mellka during that point in the game.

    Here are the best places to attempt this:

    Story mode:
    Episode 1: The Algorithm
    - In the room immediately after the Henchmen Fight.
    - On the bridge after the above section.
    - During the Galactic Emperor fight whilst he is underground and his minions are attacking you, just loop round the room then hit the mass of enemies with your Emergence attack.

    Episode 2: Void's Edge
    - During both halves of the escort mission where you have to escort the "Doomsday device"
    - The Varelsi Void sequence during the Conservator boss fight.
    - The second half of the Conservator boss fight, because there will be a lot of enemies roaming around.

    Episode 3: The Renegade
    - Whilst protecting Power Plant no2.
    - When you are fighting your way across the bridge after successfully protecting Power Plant no2.
    - Whilst protecting Caldarius when he is recharging his Assault Frame, because the area will soon be crawling with enemies.

    Episode 4: The Archive
    - During the section where you have to defend the Couriers that are carrying what remains of the Eldrid Codex.
    - During the second time you have to escort Chronicle.
    - During the final boss fight against Bagranth the Gunhulk.

    Episode 5: The Sentinel
    - In the Piston trap room, there is a pit in the middle that's full of enemies who are fighting each other.
    - During the final fight with the Sentinel, as he will periodically summon Defenders and Swarmers.

    Episode 6: The Experiment
    - Your first opportunity is whilst defending the Backup Power Station as there will be a lot of enemies coming your way.
    - Your second opportunity is when you have to defend the experiment for a second time whilst it finishes up its calculations.
    - The third opportunity is whilst defending the Communications node.
    - The fourth and final opportunity is when defending the EMP device whilst it charges.

    Episode 7: The Saboteur
    - Just before and during the section where you have to destroy two Shard Conduits so you can gain access to the second network node.
    - Whilst defending Nova for the second time.
    - During the final Nova defense section.
    - Your final opportunity is when fighting the final boss, as he will summon several enemies to help him out.

    Episode 8: The Heliophage
    - This Episode is crawling with enemies at all times, thus you shouldn't have any problems finding a suitable spot.
    Operations:
    Attikus and the Thrall Rebellion:
    - The fight in the area after defending the Rally Beacon and meeting Attikus.
    - The area immediately outside the Silent Sisters Stronghold.
    - During the Sister Aria fight as you will be surrounded by enemies for most of the fight so let them group up, then hit them with Emergence.

    Toby's Friendship Raid:
    - During the final boss fight as you will be surrounded by enemies so let them group up, then hit them with Emergence.

    Oscar Mike vs. the Battle School:
    - During the final fight against whichever Spider Sentry the game decides to send after you. There will be a lot of other enemies around for roughly half the fight so let them group up, then hit them with Emergence.

    Montana and the Demon Bear:
    - During the section where you have to activate the remote targeting systems so Nova can target an enemy vehicle.

    Phoebe and the Heart of Ekkunar:
    - During the section where you have to disable the shields.
    - During the final boss fight.
    Versus:

    Incursion - The best places to deploy your Emergence attack are when the opposing team and their minions are bunched up in one of the choke points that exist in each map e.g. the narrow corridors between the Sentries.

    Meltdown - Each Meltdown map has at least 2 choke points near each team’s Grinders so focus your efforts there.

    Capture - This challenge is harder to do in Capture but is still possible if you face an over eager/inexperienced team that focuses too much attention on one or two Capture Points, because then your team can keep them occupied whilst you deploy your Emergence attack.

    Face-Off - The single best time to strike, is when everyone is fighting over the central deposit box in the middle of the map as they will be so preoccupied that they won't realise you're there until it's too late.
    The Lifeguards Have Given Up
    Affect 5 players with a single Riptide, 25 times.

    Difficulty: 1/10 if boosted but 5/10 if done legit or if you use the exploit listed in Method 3.

    Note: This can't be done in the first 4 Operation DLCs because they only allow up to 3 players to enter matchmaking, compared to 5 for the main story but there might be a way to solo it in the Phoebe Operation so see Method 4 for details.

    To use Riptide, press . If done legit, the difficulty with this trophy comes down to the fact that you are entirely dependant on your luck with getting enough people lined up so you can affect them with a single Riptide. If boosted, then you can control all the elements and get this done in one match. Unfortunately, you don't count towards the 5 Battleborn that need to be affected by your Riptide.

    Method 1: Incursion

    Playing the Incursion game type on the Monuments map will increase your chances of success. This is because Incursion in general and the Monuments map in particular, will encourage players to bunch up more than they would in the other modes and maps. The best places to attempt this are in the corridor that runs through the middle of the map, as this spot is especially narrow and leaves little room for either team to escape from the other. The other spot is the exit path on both sides of the map that leads to each team's final Sentry, as this spot offers very little chance of escape for the losing team and thus makes them easy targets. To make your life easier still, play Bots Battle or in Private 5v5 matches as the A.I Battleborn aren't very intelligent and will nearly always bunch up when they should be splitting up. If you still aren't having luck, then invite 4 friends over and have them join the other team and play as Deande but make sure they activate her Holo-Twin Skill so you have some extra targets to play with.

    The following Augments and Mutation will help:

    Lv1 Helix, Left Augment "Soothing Mist"
    Lv4 Helix, Mutation "Wave Shock" (Character Rank 3 unlock) or Left Augment "Wet Blanket"
    Lv9 Helix, Right Augment "Water Proof"
    Lv10 Helix, Mutation "Transpiration" (Character Rank 12 unlock)


    (Theoretical) Method 2: Phoebe and the Heart of Ekkunar

    There might be a way to solo this in the "Phoebe and the Heart of Ekkunar" Operation, because of a randomly generated Side Objective that appears near the end of it where you have to reactivate 2 groups of decommissioned Minions. Even though the challenge says you have to "Affect 5 players with a single Riptide", it has been reported in the past that certain NPC characters will also count towards this. If you want to try this out, then you have to be prepared to replay this Operation and reset your Ops points a few times since this particular Side Objective only seems to appear at lower difficulties. Once you have managed to get this to appear, here's what you have to do:

    1: Escort the Minions to the nearest group of enemies.
    2: Wait for at least 5 of the Minions to take damage.
    3: Now position yourself so you are able to hit every damaged Minion in one go, then fire off a Riptide.
    4: Rinse and repeat steps 1-3 until you run out of Minions.

    If this works as it’s theorised that it should, then you will earn some credits towards completion of the challenge.

    Once you have completed all 5 lore challenges, the trophy will pop.
  • Complete all Pendles lore challenges.

    Note: You can check your lore challenge progress by going: Command => Battleborn => Pendles => Lore but please post here if you need boosting partners: LINK

    To get this trophy, you have to complete all 5 of Pendles's lore challenges:-

    Hitman for Hire:
    Use Smoke Bomb 100 times while under any crowd control effect.

    Difficulty: 1/10

    Note: Don't equip any Gear items that reduce the duration of Crowd Control effects, else this challenge will become a lot harder to complete.

    To use a Smoke Bomb, press . A "crowd control effect" is any attack that applies a status effect to your character for a few seconds i.e. Blind (whites out your vision and causes disorientation), Stun (knocks you out), Slow (reduces your movement speed to almost nothing) or Silence (temporarily disables all your skills) but of these, only Blind and Slow are actually viable for this challenge since both Silence and Stun will stop you from using your Smoke Bomb. To complete the challenge, you need to use your Smoke Bomb whenever you get a crowd control effect applied to your character but there is a really cheap way to farm this in Episode 2: Void's Edge.

    1: Load Episode 2: The Void's Edge and progress the story until you get to the part where you have to clear a landing pad for Kleese's "Doomsday device".
    2: Kill everything outside the main control room, except the Thrall Beastmaster.
    3: Whilst uncloaked, get the Thrall Beastmaster's attention then move around until he readies his Spear to throw at you. When this happens, stand still and let it apply a Slow effect to you.
    4: Immediately after getting Slowed, drop a Smoke Bomb and run off somewhere to hide and let your Shields recharge.
    5: Rinse and repeat steps 3 and 4 until you have successfully done this 100 times.

    To make the above exploit easier to pull off, take the following Augments when you level up:

    Lv1 Helix, Left Augment "Poison Cloud"
    Lv2 Helix, Left Augment "Flash Bomb"

    Also note that equipping a Gear item which gives a -10.50% Cooldown Time reduction, will also help you out.

    Alternate method:

    dcdimitri7 has found an alternate way of doing this Lore so either see the video below or the written version here: LINK
     
     


    Toxic Lifestyle
    Kill 20 Battleborn while Miasma is active.

    Note: "Miasma" is Pendles's Ultimate Skill, which unlocks at Lv5 and is activated by pressing .

    Difficulty: 1/10 if boosted but 4/10 if done legit or semi-legit.

    The difficulty with this challenge, comes from the fact that Miasma doesn't last very long so you will be reliant on activating it when your target is down to half or less health. You can improve your chances by taking the following Augments and Mutations when levelling up:

    Lv1 Helix, Right Augment "Cobra Strike"
    Lv2 Helix, Left Augment "Flash Bomb"
    Lv3 Helix, Left Augment "Mamba's Bite"
    Lv4 Helix, Right Augment "Savage Cut"
    Lv5 Helix, Mutation "Snake Eyes" (Character Rank 7 unlock)
    Lv6 Helix, Right Augment "Sweet Spot"
    Lv7 Helix, Mutation "Poison Blood" (Character Rank 9 unlock)
    Lv8 Helix, Left Augment "Bountiful Bombs"
    Lv9 Helix, Right Augment "Slippery"
    Lv10 Helix, Left Augment "Necrosis"

    Using Gear items that award the following bonuses, will also help:
    • +8.40% Damage reduction.
    • +8.40% Attack Speed.
    • +9.10% Skill damage.

    Boosting method:

    Create a Private Versus lobby (Main Menu => Versus Private => Versus Maps - Classic) invite a friend and have them change teams by pressing . Now use the following settings:

    Character Select Style: PvP Classic
    Bots on Team 1: 0
    Bots on Team 2: 0
    In Game Chat: Global
    Data Center: Use Optimal
    Choose Map: Capture - Outback

    Step 1:

    Start the match, pick Pendles and have your friend pick a shieldless character e.g. Mellka, Boldur, Miko, Kelvin (just make sure they don't use his Chomp Skill) etc.

    Step 2:

    Once the match has started, buy the Skill Damage Gear and take the Augments as listed above. As for you friends, just make sure they don't equip anything that boosts their health, shields or damage resistance.

    Step 3:

    Now meet up with your friend then kill them - rinse and repeat until you hit Lv5. Once you have "Miasma" unlocked, whittle your friend's health down to a 1/3 then active your Ultimate and kill them with it

    Step 4:

    Rinse and repeat Step 4 until the challenge is complete.


    The Pitch
    Deal 500 damage after uncloaking, 100 times.

    Difficulty: 3/10

    Note: The description for this is a little misleading as it actually means deal 500 damage immediately after uncloaking, not 500 damage at any old time after uncloaking.

    The easiest way to do this is by playing Meltdown, either in a Public Quick Match or Bots Battle and use your Injection attack (). Once the match has started, head off down either the left or right paths but stop once you see the enemy minions appear on your Minimap (look for the skull). Now sneak up behind them and strike out at all the ones in range. If done properly, you will hit 3 minions at once and deal 500-600 points of damage with one hit. Rinse and repeat for each wave of minions.

    To maximise your damage potential, take the following Augments and Mutations when you level up:

    Lv1 Helix, Right Augment "Cobra Strike"
    Lv2 Helix, Left Augment "Flash Bomb"
    Lv3 Helix, Right Augment "Backstab"
    Lv4 Helix, Left Augment "Life Leach"
    Lv5 Helix, Mutation "Snake Eyes" (Character Rank 7 unlock)
    Lv6 Helix, Right Augment "Sweet Spot"
    Lv7 Helix, Mutation "Poison Blood" (Character Rank 9 unlock)
    Lv8 Helix, Mutation "From the Shadows" (Character Rank 12 unlock)
    Lv9 Helix, Right Augment "Slippery"
    Lv10 Helix, Left Augment "Necrosis"

    Using Gear items that award the following bonuses, will also help:
    • +21.00% Shield Penetration.
    • +8.40% Attack Speed.
    • +9.10% Skill damage.

    Kamas
    Deal 50,000 damage to enemies from behind.

    Difficulty: 1/10

    If you don't have this by the time "The Pitch" lore challenge is complete (since both involve doing similar things), then pick your favourite Episode or Operation and grind it out there but you can make life easier by using your Injection attack () and taking the following Augments and Mutations when you level up:

    Lv1 Helix, Right Augment "Cobra Strike"
    Lv2 Helix, Left Augment "Flash Bomb"
    Lv3 Helix, Right Augment "Backstab"
    Lv4 Helix, Left Augment "Life Leach"
    Lv5 Helix, Mutation "Snake Eyes" (Character Rank 7 unlock)
    Lv6 Helix, Right Augment "Sweet Spot"
    Lv7 Helix, Mutation "Poison Blood" (Character Rank 9 unlock)
    Lv8 Helix, Mutation "From the Shadows" (Character Rank 12 unlock)
    Lv9 Helix, Right Augment "Slippery"
    Lv10 Helix, Left Augment "Necrosis"

    Using Gear items that award the following bonuses, will also help:
    • +21.00% Shield Penetration.
    • +8.40% Attack Speed.
    • +9.10% Attack Damage.

    Word of Warning
    Tentacle-Slap enemy Battleborn, 50 times.

    Difficulty: 1/10 if you use an exploit but 2/10 if you do it legit.

    "Tentacle-Slap" is Pendles's off-hand melee attack and to use it, press . This challenge is glitched but in a good way, since it also counts Slap attacks on any destructible object and not just enemy Battleborn. You can complete this challenge very quickly by just farming any Episode or Operation which has lots of Loot Chests and Shard clusters, then Slapping them until they break/open. If the exploit does get fixed, then you will have to either go into public games or play against bots in Bots Battle/Private Versus matches. If you do want to do this legit/semi-legit, then use Gear items that award the following bonuses:
    • +21.00% Shield Penetration.
    • +8.40% Attack Speed.
    • +9.10% Attack Damage.

    Once you have completed all 5 lore challenges, the trophy will pop.
  • Complete all Ernest lore challenges.

    Note: You can check your lore challenge progress by going: Command => Battleborn => Ernest => Lore but please post here if you need boosting partners: LINK

    To get this trophy, you have to complete all 5 of Ernest's lore challenges:-

    Wings of Valor:
    Fire 500 Grenades while under the influence of Power Egg's Attack Mode.

    Difficulty: 1/10

    To deploy a Power Egg, press . This will come naturally but if you want to speed things up a bit, then take the Lv5 Helix, Right Augment "Expedited Explosives" so every direct hit you land with the grenade launcher will decrease the cooldown timer on your Explosive Charge. I'm not 100% sure but I believe you can can farm this during the pre-match tutorials in Public Versus games, since all skills have a 3-4 second cooldown during this period and some challenges will recognise progress made towards them whilst you're still inside your Dropship. Using Gear items that award the following bonuses, will also help:
    • +21.00% Reload speed.
    • +8.40% Attack speed.

    The Demobird
    Deal 10,000 damage to enemies with Ernest's Explosive Charge before it hits the ground.

    Difficulty: 3/10

    To use an Explosive Charge: press to throw it, then to detonate it. to detonate it. The difficulty with this challenge, comes from it sometimes being difficult to gauge when and where an Explosive Charge is going to land but you can make life a little easier by taking the following Augments when you level up:

    Lv2 Helix, Left Augment "Eggslowerator"
    Lv4 Helix, Right Augment "Bonus Boom"
    Lv5 Helix, Right Augment "Expedited Explosives"
    Lv9 Helix, Left Augment "Bombastic Blast"

    Using Gear items that award the following bonuses, will also help:
    • +21.00% Shield Penetration.
    • +9.10% Skill damage.
    • +9.10% Attack damage.

    Fellowship of the Flightless
    Complete 3 matches while on the same team as Toby.

    Difficulty: 1/10

    There are 2 ways to get this challenge done:

    Method 1: The fast way

    There is a very simple exploit that can be used for this and every other "Complete 3 matches while on the same team as X" lore challenge, which is to use the following settings in a Private Story match:-

    1: Either invite a friend or bring in an Alt account.
    2: Choose Episode 2: The Void's Edge.
    3: Set the Difficulty to either Normal or Advanced (it doesn't matter which) then change "Hardcore" to "On" but leave the "Data Center" option on "Use Optimal".
    4: Once the character select screen comes up, choose "Ernest" then get Player 2 to pick "Toby".
    5: After the intro cutscene has finished (though it can be skipped after a few seconds by pressing once the game has finished buffering), all you and your friend/alt account have to do is jump off the nearest cliff and to your deaths.
    6: When match is over and you have both been returned to the main menu, repeat Steps 2-5 until the challenge is complete.

    It's also possible to do this exploit in every Operation DLC except for "Toby’s Friendship Raid" but in "Oscar Mike vs. The Battle School", there aren't any cliffs so instead you have to kill yourself by jumping into one of the vats of red goo that are present near the start of the Operation.


    Method 2: The slow way

    The other way is to play Bots Battle (Versus Public => Bots Battle) because Toby players are more common there, due to it being easier to complete his Double Kill challenge in that mode.


    Grenades and You
    Score 100 direct hits with Ernest's grenade launcher.

    Difficulty: 2/10

    The grenade launcher is Ernest's primary weapon and to use it, press . This is another challenge that will come naturally but can be sped up a little if needed, by taking the Lv7 Helix, Left Augment "Rapid Launcher" and equipping a Gear item that awards +8.40% Attack speed.


    RE: Worthless Pukes
    Deal 25,000 damage to other Peacekeepers.

    Difficulty: 2/10

    By "Peacekeeper", the challenge means the following characters:

    Benedict
    Other Ernest players
    Galilea
    Ghalt
    Montana
    Oscar Mike

    To maximise your damage potential, take the following Augments and Mutations when you level up:

    Lv1 Helix, Left Augment "Eggcelerator"
    Lv2 Helix, Mutation "Never stop Shooting" (Character Rank 2 unlock) or Right Augment "The Most Important Meal"
    Lv3 Helix, Mutation "Bomb Suit" (Character Rank 7 unlock)
    Lv4 Helix, Right Augment "Bonus Boom"
    Lv5 Helix, Mutation "The Ol' Razzle-Dazzle" (Character Rank 5 unlock)
    Lv6 Helix, Left Augment "Reinforced Shell"
    Lv7 Helix, Right Augment "Greased Canisters"
    Lv8 Helix, Left Augment "Over-Easy"
    Lv9 Helix, Left Augment "Bombastic Blast"
    Lv10 Helix, Right Augment "Watch Your Step"

    Equipping Gear items that award the following bonuses, will also help:
    • +8.40% Attack Speed.
    • +21.00% Reload Speed.
    • +21.00% Shield Penetration.

    Once you have completed all 5 lore challenges, the trophy will pop.

DLC: Neverending Battle

3 trophies

  • Complete Attikus and the Thrall Rebellion with at least 50 Ops Points.

    Semi-story related but ultimately, it can't be missed
    Notes:
    • I'm not sure how true this is but according to the 2K Support page, you have to finish all 8 Episodes of the main campaign before the Operations will become available.
    • If you took part in the Battleborn Open Beta then you will be able to unlock this Operation for free, without first having to find the required 700 Platinum.
    I will be focusing exclusively on how to complete this Operation with "Marquis" since he is easy to play with and lethal at long range but also because the mission and story structure are almost entirely randomised in each playthrough. Also note that due to the random nature of how this DLC plays out, I will be focusing on just the 6 main sections that are the same each time you play.

    The maximum number of Ops points that you can reach is 100, which will only be obtainable after you have completed the Operation 10 times. There is a catch though, because the game will only award you a total of 30-40 Ops points via Side Objectives and the only way to make up the difference is by scouring the map for coffins and the smaller cheese wedge shaped loot boxes and looting any Ops points they contain but the locations of both the chests and Ops points have an annoying randomised element to them that appears to change with each playthrough and Hero. Here's an interactive map which shows the most common locations of the Ops points that are found in loot boxes (credit to lowlines): LINK

    Walkthrough:

    Recommended Helix setup:

    Lv1 Helix, Mutation "Strigiform Swiftness" (Character Rank 9 unlock)
    Lv2 Helix, Left Augment "Phaseflyer"
    Lv3 Helix, Mutation "Bullet Banker" (Character Rank 5 unlock)
    Lv4 Helix, Left Augment "Time Killer"
    Lv5 Helix, Left Augment "Efficiency Expert"
    Lv6 Helix, Right Augment "Distant Time"
    Lv7 Helix, Left Augment "Auto Loader"
    Lv8 Helix, Right Augment "Hoot of the Valiant"
    Lv9 Helix, Right Augment "Cease and Desist"
    Lv10 Helix, Right Augment "Wallhax.exe"

    Note: Depending on how much XP is earned and how many Helix pickups are found, you will probably only make it to Helix Level 8 so my recommendations for Levels 9 and 10 should be considered optional.


    Recommended Gear items:
    • +7.00% or higher Damage reduction.
    • +10.00% or higher Critical Hit Damage but if you have Marqui's Legendary item the "Bindlebooster" (awarded for completing all 5 of his lore challenges) then so much the better, because it will grant a 2 second cooldown reduction on his Ultimate Skill for every Critical Hit that you land.
    • +9.00% or higher Health Regeneration per Second.

    Objective 1: Destroy the Jamming Towers

    Your first objective is to destroy 2 Jamming Towers that are interfering with the Rebel's communication system and preventing Attikus from joining you. Jamming Tower 1 can be easily sniped from the position shown below but watch out for the nearby Thralls as they will attack you on sight:


    Jamming Tower 2 is easily sniped from the rooftop to the South that's accessed via a nearby Jump Pad but make sure that you kill the Thrall Brute first that's guarding it, because his Machine Gun can easily reach your sniping point:




    Objective 2: Secure the Beacon

    This objective isn't too bad, providing you build the 2 Thumper Turrets that are nearby as they will easily kill the majority of the enemies which spawn. The main threat is the Thrall Enforcer that spawns once most of the attacking forces have been eliminated but even then, he's not much of a threat since a few well placed headshots will kill him very quickly.


    Objective 3: Defeat Sister Aria's forces

    The best advice I can give for this section is to stand as far back as possible and snipe all the enemies but focus initially on the Warp Anchors and Shock Anchors as the former will generate powerful electrical fields and the later will spawn new enemies at regular intervals. With the Anchors gone, help Attikus to finish off the remaining forces but watch out for the Ronin Bots, Boom Bots, Rocketeers and MX Elites as they are more than capable of killing you in an instant.

    Note: There are actually 3 Shard Clusters in this area but 2 of them won't spawn until the one to the North has been destroyed, though watch out as approaching it will summon some of the highly dangerous Bomber Thralls.


    Objective 4: Breach the Tower

    Glitch Warning: For some unknown reason, Attikus's A.I can glitch out and cause him to either get stuck on the scenery, stuck in an animation loop or even just stand still doing absolutely nothing. Fortunately, he will snap out of it and resume his mission once every enemy is dead and you approach the main entrance to the tower.

    This area is very well defended so expect plenty of resistance. The main threats are the Thrall Brutes and Thrall Bonecrusher that spawn outside the main entrance to the tower, along with a couple of Warp Anchors. The Anchors are easily dealt with from a distance but the Brute (plural on higher difficulties) and Bonecrusher can be a serious threat, due to their powerful long range attacks so you may have to resort to your pistol () and try to flank them so you can attack from behind.

    Note: Before entering the Tower, take some to explore and ensure you have all the available bonus Ops points as you won't be able to do so after the fight with Aria.


    Objective 5: Kill Sister Aria

    Now for the hard part. The fight against Sister Aria consists of 3 Phases (though having an Ops point count of 80 or higher will add an additional threat to Phase 3). Sister Aria has several attacks, all of which are extremely dangerous:

    Note: I don't know the actual names of these attacks so have used descriptors based on what they look like when in use.

    Lightning Spears - These can kill you with 1 hit if you're unfortunate enough to run into them so if you see one coming, make sure that there is something indestructible between you and it. You will know if Aria is charging up this attack when you see the Spears start circling round her head.

    Taser - This will drain your shields and health in no time so keep your distance if you see her hands turn red.

    Energy Beam - This is another attack that can do some serious damage so stay away from Aria when you see her charging it.

    Dive Bomb - This can be quite nasty if you stand too close to her but fortunately, its range is very limited.

    Multi-Spear Jab - This is her close quarters attack and it can be lethal on higher difficulties.

    Lightning Spinners - Aria will spawn these when she's down to about 30% health but will wipe out your shields and knock off about 1/3 of your health, as well as throwing you around the room a bit. Also note that these are indestructible so don't waste ammo on try to destroy them.

    Shield Pulse (only occurs when you have approx 70 or more Ops points) - This will kill you if you're even slightly low on health but fortunately, it's easy to dodge since the ground will flash red for a few seconds before Aria activates it.

    Phase 1:

    Start off by firing a Bindleblast directly at Sister Aria, then hit her with a double whammy of Temporal Distortion and Predatory Strike. If you do enough damage, she will teleport to the central platform and summon some Shield Charge Anchors that will apply a strong shield to her. When the Anchors arrive, you need to destroy them as quickly as possible so Aria won't get a shield or at least not much of one) but watch out for the other Anchors, both Warp and Shock variants that will appear.


    Phase 2:

    After the Shield Charge Anchors have been destroyed, run to the other end of room and snipe Aria from there but watch out for her incredibly dangerous Lightning Spear attacks as they are more than capable of killing you in 1 hit. You also shouldn't ignore the Thralls that are around, because they can also do some serious damage if you're not careful. Once you've done enough damage to her, Aria will teleport back to the central Platform and summon another wave of Shield Charge Anchors so destroy them as quickly as you can.


    Phase 3:

    Now Aria is really mad and determined to eliminate you at all costs, so keep hitting her with everything you've got but watch out for her attacks. If things start getting too crazy, then head to this balcony and shoot her from there:




    Aria and a few Thralls will occasionally join you up there and make life difficult but this doesn't happen very often, though it still pays to be careful.

    Eventually you will do so much damage that she explodes.


    Alternate Phase 3 (only occurs when you have approx 70 or more Ops points):

    When Aria returns to the central platform after being reduced to 30% health, she will summon another enemy called Sister Cabaletta. You won't be able to finish off Aria until her friend is dead, as she will be completely immune to all damage.


    Objective 6: Rendezvous with Attikus

    To complete the Operation, enter the reward room to the North West then go to the other end of it and press and hold when the prompt appears on Nova and Attikus. The trophy will pop after completing the Operation, provided you managed to get 50 or more Ops points before facing Aria.
  • Complete Toby's Friendship Raid with at least 50 Ops Points.

    Semi-story related but ultimately, it can't be missed

    Note: I'm not sure how true this is but according to the 2K Support page, you have to finish all 8 Episodes of the main campaign before the Operations will become available.
    will be focusing on how to complete this Operation with "ISIC" because he has some powerful long range attacks and an energy field that makes the Energy Shield Hallways a lot easier to navigate. Also note that due to the random nature of how this DLC plays out, I will be focusing on just the 9 main sections that are the same each time you play.

    I will be focusing on how to complete this Operation with "ISIC" because he has some powerful long range attacks and an energy field that makes the Energy Shield Hallways a lot easier to navigate. Also note that due to the random nature of how this DLC plays out, I will be focusing on just the 9 main sections that are the same each time you play.

    The maximum number of Ops points that you can reach is 100, which will only be obtainable after you have completed the Operation 10 times. There is a catch though, because the game will only award you a total of 30-40 Ops points via Side Objectives and the only way to make up the difference is by scouring the map for the smaller cheese wedge shaped Loot Chests and looting any Ops points they contain but the locations of both the chests and Ops points have an annoying randomised element to them that appears to change with each playthrough and Hero. Here's an interactive map which shows the most common locations of the Ops points that are found in Loot Chests (credit to lowlines): LINK but here's a video for those of you who prefer something a little more detailed (credit to Blaze Ironscale):
     
    Walkthrough:

    Recommended Helix setup:

    Lv1 Helix, Left Augment "Watchful Wards"
    Lv2 Helix, Left Augment "You Dropped these! :)"
    Lv3 Helix, Left Augment "Not Dyin' Today! :)"
    Lv4 Helix, Right Augment "Line Up Fellas! :D"
    Lv5 Helix, Left Augment "I'm Concentrating! :|"
    Lv6 Helix, Left Augment "Burlier Wards! :D"
    Lv7 Helix, Right Augment "Quick Charge! :D"
    Lv8 Helix, Left Augment "Hard Workin' Wards! :)"
    Lv9 Helix, Right Augment "Dodge This! 0.0"
    Lv10 Helix, Left Augment "Shields Up! :D"

    Note: Depending on how much XP is earned and how many Helix pickups are found, you will probably only make it to Helix Level 8 so my recommendations for Levels 9 and 10 should be considered optional.

    Recommended Gear items:
    • +8.40% Damage Reduction.
    • +11.90% Critical Hit Damage.
    • +14.00% Health Regeneration per Second.

    Objective 1: Use the elevator

    Before you use the elevator, have a look round for any available loot and Ops Points but watch out for the handful of Thralls that are around as you don't want to take any damage before the next objective starts.


    Objective 2: Destroy the security bots

    After using the elevator and triggering the alarm in the process, you will be in a small area that is swarming with enemies so deploy your Rotating Wards () and start killing everything. The biggest threats are the Ronins and Boom Bots but there will also be some shielded enemies guarded by Support Bots so fire off some Overcharged Shots to stop/slow down any enemies that coming your way. Once everything is dead, take the elevator down to the next level. There is another way to complete this area which is far less dangerous than going toe-to-toe with the many enemies that spawn. To pull this off, you need to complete the first part of the secret side quest that gives you another skin for Toby. Watch the first 1min 28secs of this video to see how to get to this spot (credit to MentalMars for this):
     
    Once the first Shard Cluster has been destroyed, turn round and move over to the ledge in front of you. From this spot you can safely take out most of the enemies in the room below you and receive virtually no damage in return but you will have to adjust your aim a little bit from time-to-time because there are some invisible walls and collision detection problems that prevent you from taking a clean shot.

    Notes:
    • Once you get back on the elevator, keep an eye out for an explorable area on one side that you can jump on to as there will be an Ops point available in one corner of it. Also note that this area cannot be accessed again, once you leave it so explore it thoroughly before leaving.
    • There's a chance you will get a bonus objective that calls for you to use a Critical hit to kill a Bulwark bot. The weak spot you're looking for, is behind his right Shoulder but do note that the hitbox is tiny and very hard to hit.

    Objective 3: Clear out the Hanger

    The hanger is also filled with enemies but fortunately, you have the luxury of space and distance so can sit behind your Rotating Wards and safely take out any threats from a distance with your Charge Cannon. On the top floor, is a Thrall Bonecrusher and some Thrall Mercs but none are especially hard to kill, though you need to watch out for the Bonecrusher's shock attack as that can do some serious damage if it hits. Note: If you get the bonus objective to use a Skill to kill the Bonecrusher, a reflected shot of your Rotating Wards will count as a Skill kill so don't be afraid to activate them.


    Objective 4: Disable the ship's Engines

    Glitch note: As of the 1.08 patch, there is a cosmetic glitch with the Reactor status screens that causes them to erroneously show as "Online" when they’re not.

    The order that you do this in, is randomised each time you playthrough this area so I can't give you a definitive order to follow but the task is accomplished by standing on the 12 Control Pads until you find the 3 reactors which contain Shard Clusters. The locations of the pads are:

    - On the top 2 areas of the Engine Room (accessed via the area where you first entered the Engine Room) (x4 Pads, with 2 on each side of the room).

    - On the platform on the opposite side of the room to where you came in (x2 Pads). Note: Destroying the Shard Cluster here will summon a swarm of Minion and Boom Bots, as well as a Bulwark Bot. When the Bulwark Bot appears, head to one of the far corners of the platform and deploy your Rotating Wards then pick him off from there.

    - On the Ground Floor to the Left of the Engine Room (x3 Pads).
    - On the Ground Floor to the Right of the Engine Room (x3 Pads).

    Note: These directions are based on the direction you face when entering the Engine Room for the first time.

    Destroying a Shard Cluster, will automatically summon a swarm of enemies (including the occasional Bulwark Bot) so deploy your Rotating Wards beforehand. After destroying a Shard Cluster, use the nearby Jump Pad to move back to the Engine Room Entrance then rinse and repeat until all 3 Shard Clusters are destroyed. Do note that the platform opposite the Entrance, doesn't have a Jump Pad so you will have to go to one of the Ground Floor areas and use the Jump Pad there instead. After the last Shard Cluster has been destroyed, locate the exit and move onto the next objective.


    Objective 5: Locate the bot factory

    This next section is a little tricky since it involves some acrobatics to get out of the room you're in, whilst avoiding Deadeyes (Snipers) and various Bots (including Boom Bots). The exit to the Conveyor Belt room is in the top left hand corner of the room but there is a simple way of getting over there. Jump down to the ground, find the Jump Pad then use it to gain access to the platform where a stack of crates are jutting out over the edge of it which you can use to jump over to the Exit.


    Objective 6: Disable the bot factory

    Depending on how high your Ops point count is, you will face either Thrall Brutes and 1 or 2 MX Elites or 2 Thrall Brutes and 1 or 2 Bonecrusher Thralls so I recommend buying an Assault Bot to help out (these are available from the nearby spawn point). Whichever combination you face, there will also be Minion Bots, Boom Bots and potentially Ronins as well so quickly take them out before going up against the Elite(s)/Bonecrusher(s). At the opposite end of the room, will be a Stinger Machine Gun turret so take it out from a distance to avoid losing too much health. Before you can leave the Factory, you have to destroy the Shard Cluster that's powering the Production lines. The Cluster is on a platform that's up near the ceiling but if you stand where the Stinger Turret used to be, then it's possible to to hit it with your Charge Cannon. If you playing as a character other than ISIC or anyone else that has a gun, you will have to use the nearby Jump Pad and destroy the Shard by hand.

    Glitch note: The Shard Cluster is supposed to spawn when you enter the area for the first time but occasionally it won't appear until the Stinger Turret has been destroyed.

    With the factory disabled, it's time for the next Objective and the single hardest moment in the entire Operation.
    Objective 7: Disable the Hallway Energy Shield

    Objective overview:

    This section is the hardest part of the DLC and arguably one of the hardest in any of the 5 Operations released to date, for the simple reason that it requires fast reflexes and the penalties for failure are harsh but using the right Hero will it much easier. To reach the boss, you have to navigate 3 Hallways which are guarded by what the game calls "Energy Shields" but are actually repulsor blasts that deal major damage and will push you back a fair distance if they hit you. Each set of Shields is powered by a series of Shard Clusters which must be destroyed before you can progress to the next Hallway. Fortunately, each set of Shields has a pattern that can be exploited to make navigating easier but will change after a Shard Cluster is destroyed.

    Glitch Warning: Be very careful when using Plasma Dash near any of the Shard Clusters, as it’s dangerously easy to get yourself stuck behind their respective stands, thus leaving you no option but to quit the Operation and restart it from scratch.

    Walkthrough:

    Energy Shield 1:

    Once the Hallway door opens, immediately run to the nearest Shard Cluster and destroy it. With that done, turn round then deploy your Rotating Wards and wait for an opening in the Shield so you can safely run or Plasma Dash to the next Shard Cluster. The 3rd Shard Cluster is further away and thus will require more precise timing after deploying your next Force Field so wait for an opening in the Shield pulses, then run to the final Cluster and destroy it.

    Energy Shield 2:

    This Shield is the hardest to navigate of the three, since the pulses come more frequently and with fewer gaps that you can walk through/jump over. The order the Shards is almost the same as last time, except the final Cluster is on the right instead of the left.

    Energy Shield 3:

    Shield 3 is miles easier to navigate than 2 was but is still no push over, since there are now 6 Shard Clusters to destroy instead of just 3. Fortunately though, all 6 come in pairs and are positioned opposite each other for easier targeting so you only have to navigate the Shield 3 times instead of 6. Once all 6 Clusters have been destroyed, raid the loot cache at the end of the Hallway then go to where the waypoint is and stand on the Control Pad to open the Ventilation Shaft. When it's open, jump in.

    Note: Before entering the Ventilation Shaft, use this opportunity to go exploring and make sure that you have all the available bonus Ops points as you won't be able to do so after the fight with 2546-D.


    Objective 8: Defeat the mech

    Patent no. 2546-D has the exact same Skills and abilities that Toby does (i.e. Core Discharge, Force Fields, Arc Mines and a Railgun) but will become invulnerable to damage at certain points in the battle so can't be hurt during those moments. He will also temporarily leave the area after taking a certain amount damage but will summon another set of Energy Shields to try and destroy you.

    General strategy:

    - Deploy your Rotating Wards, hit 2546-D with an Overcharged Shot (so as to apply Wound to him) then use your Omega Strike Skill to put a major dent in his health.

    - During the many stages of this fight, you will also be facing Boom Bots, Ronins and Strikers so try and avoid them as best you can and focus purely on 2546-D.

    - The most dangerous part of the fight is whenever 2546-D retreats for a bit and unleashes more Energy Shields. When this happens, keep moving and try to avoid the enemies and Energy Shield Pulses as best you can.

    - 2546-D's attack pattern is as follows: Fires off a few Railgun blasts in your direction, summon some minions, then deploys a Force Field to regenerate his health and shields => Retreat after taking significant damage, then trigger the Energy Shield pulses => Return to the battle and take a few pot-shots at you, though he will be immune to damage for a few seconds => Pattern repeats from the beginning.

    Providing you keep using your Rotating Wards and and keep whittling 2546-D's health down with your Omega Strike and Overcharged attacks, he will soon be toast.


    Objective 9: Escape the ship

    To complete the Operation, enter the reward room to the East then press and hold when the prompt appears on Nova but make sure you smash open all the boxes and chests beforehand. The trophy will pop after completing the Operation, provided you managed to get 50 or more Ops points before facing 2546-D.
  • Complete all Kid Ultra lore challenges.

    Note: You can check your lore challenge progress by going: Command => Battleborn => Kid Ultra => Lore but please post here if you need boosting partners: LINK

    To get this trophy, you have to complete all 5 of Kid Ultra's lore challenges:-

    My Dead Miss Glory
    Damage 3 enemy Battleborn with a single use of Bola Snare, 25 times.

    Difficulty: 1/10 if you use the exploit or boost but 4/10 if done legit.

    To use the Bola Snare, press . Whilst is possible to do this challenge with just the default Bola Snare, you can make your life a lot easier by taking the following Augments and Mutation when levelling up:

    Lv4 Helix, Right Augment "Bank Shot"
    Lv6 Helix, Mutation "Snare Spread" (Character Rank 6 unlock)
    Lv9 Helix, Left Augment "Frag Astra"

    It will also help to equip a Gear item that grants a 10% or higher Cooldown Time reduction for your Skills.

    The best place attempt this challenge is in Incursion mode on the Monuments map, because there is a tight corridor at each end of the map and one in the middle where players tend to bunch up a lot. When you see 3 enemy Battleborn that are fairly close together, fire off a Bola Snare and it should hit all of them at once.

    Exploit:

    There is an exploit which makes this challenge a complete joke to finish. For it to work, all you need are the "Snare Spread" Mutation and a little bit of luck with which Heroes are chosen by the A.I in Bots Battle or a Private 5v5 match against the A.I. At Lv6, take the "Snare Spread" Mutation, go hunting for any of the really big Battleborn that are on the opposing side, then hit them at point blank range with your Bola Snare. Here are the best characters to look for when attempting this exploit:

    Attikus
    El Dragón
    ISIC
    Kelvin
    Kleese
    Montana
    Toby


    Boosting method:

    Step 1:

    Create a Private Versus lobby (Main Menu => Versus Private => Versus Maps - Classic) invite a friend and have them change teams by pressing . Now use the following settings:

    Character Select Style: PvP Classic
    Bots on Team 1: 0
    Bots on Team 2: 0
    In Game Chat: Global
    Data Center: Use Optimal
    Choose Map: Capture - Outback

    Step 2:

    Start the match, pick Kid Ultra and have your friend pick Attikus, El Dragón, ISIC, Kelvin, Kleese, Montana or Toby.

    Step 3:

    Once the match has started, buy the Attack Damage Gear and take the Augments as listed above. As for you friend, just make sure they don't equip anything that boosts their health, shields or damage resistance.

    Step 4:

    Now meet up with your friend, destroy their shield then fire off a Bola Snare at them.

    Step 5:

    Rinse and repeat Step 4 until the challenge is complete.


    Heroes Aren't Born
    Directly hit 6 injured allies with Support Drones in a single match, 25 times.

    Difficulty: 1/10 if boosted but 3/10 if done legit.

    Notes:
    • I'm not sure if this is a glitch or just poor game design but for some reason, you're only able to progress this challenge once per match. Due to this, it will take 25 matches to complete the challenge.
       
    • Also note that the hit detection and range on the Support Drones, aren't very good so it may take a few attempts before you get one to latch on.
       
    • Only health damage counts towards this challenge so don't waste your time trying to recharge anyone's shield.

    To use the Support Drones, press . Here are the best 2 methods for getting this challenge done:

    Method 1: Co-Op

    1: Either invite a friend or bring in an Alt Account, then pick any Episode or Operation that you fancy (except the Prologue, as that's single player only) but make sure you set "Hardcore" to "On". Also, make sure you take the following Augments when levelling up:

    Lv1 Helix, Left Augment "Signal in the Sky"
    Lv8 Helix, Left Augment "Heal-Splosion"

    Also, equipping a Gear item that grants a 10% or higher Cooldown Time when activated will save you some time overall.

    2: Now hang back and let your friend/Alt Account take health damage from whatever enemies are around. Now highlight the other player and throw a Support Drone directly at them.

    3: Rinse and repeat Step 4 until you have fulfilled your quota, then have both players kill themselves by jumping off the nearest cliff. Do note that if you're playing the Toby or Oscar Mike Operations, then you will have to let yourselves be killed since the Toby Operation doesn't have any suicide spots at all and the Oscar Mike Operation has them but not in the arenas themselves. Suiciding will let you keep your lore progress and let you get out of the Episode/Operation early so you can try again without having to spend 20-30mins finishing the story from beginning to end again.

    4: Start another Episode/Operation, then rinse and repeat Steps 2+3 until the challenge is complete.


    Method 2: Versus

    This method is largely the same as the first one, except you do it in Versus games instead of Co-Op but you can make easier for yourself by using Bots Battle or Private Versus games against the A.I and taking the Right Augment "Support Network" at Lv8 instead of the Left Augment "Heal-Splosion". Doing this with randoms or the less than brilliant A.I is a lot more frustrating, since you have no control over their movement patterns so expect to miss them more often then you manage to successfully hit them with your Support Drones.


    Stellar Cast
    Heal or damage at least 4 other Battleborn with a single use of To The Rescue, 10 times.

    Difficulty: 1/10 if you use the exploit listed below but 5/10 if done legit.

    Note: "To The Rescue" is Kid Ultra's Ultimate Skill, which unlocks at Lv5 and is activated by pressing .

    There are 3 ways of getting this but I strongly recommend just using the first one as the others are a pain to pull off.

    Method 1: Cheat

    This exploit is very easy to pull off, because all you need to do is the following:

    1: A handy friend or Alt Account.

    2: The Lv10 Helix, Left Augment "Stick With Me".

    3: A Gear item that grants a 10% or higher Cooldown Rate when activated.

    With the above in mind, the rest is simple because all you have to do is ensure you do the majority of killing whilst playing any Episode in the main campaign (the Operations aren't suitable due to it being very hard to get above Lv8) so are able to hit Lv10 and unlock the "Stick With Me" Augment. Once the requisite Augment is unlocked, have your friend/Alt Account take some health damage by letting any nearby enemy take a swipe at them. Now activate "To The Rescue", fly a few feet over and past your friend then turn round after a second or two and fly over them again. Each flyover will earn you 1 point towards the challenge because for some unknown reason, the healing field doesn't know the difference between a unique player and you just hitting the same one over and over again. If you plan things out right, then you will be able to complete this challenge in a single playthrough of any given Episode.


    Method 2: Versus

    This way is not recommended as it's heavily dependent on luck, unless you have a full party of 5 friends handy.

    The way this challenge is supposed to work, is that you either:

    1: Wait until you have 4 allies injured at the same time, then activate "To The Rescue". Now fly over to them, then press again whilst you're in the vicinity of them so everyone gets hit by the healing blast from your Ultimate ability.

    or

    2: Take the Lv10 Helix, Right Augment "Explosive Entrance", activate "To The Rescue" then fly headlong into a group of enemy Battleborn deactivate it at the right time so everyone gets hit by the subsequent blast wave.

    Out of the above, the first one is less risky than the second but both are still a pain to pull off (even if done in Bots Battle or Private Versus matches).


    Method 1: Alternate version:- Do it legit in 5 player Co-Op with Randoms

    This is essentially a combination of the 2 above methods, only done in Co-Op and without the "Stick By Me" Augment but I don't recommend it unless you're desperate as the Episode difficulty can get pretty steep when 5 players are present. To increase your odds of success, do the following:

    1: Stay close by your teammates.

    2: If you have a Mic, then communicate with everyone and try to get them to not wander off by themselves.

    3: The base defence sections of Episodes 2, 3, 6 and 7 are ideal since everyone has to stick together, else the odds of failing the respective Missions are much higher.

    4: Practice using "To The Rescue" whilst in the Dojo (Training => Dojo) so you can get a feel for how it works.


    Suit Up
    Hit 3 different enemies with a Rocket Vortex, 100 times.

    Difficulty: 1/10

    To use a Rocket Vortex, press . The absolute best place to get this challenge done is Episode 1: The Algorithm, because the majority of the enemies in this Episode will walk around in groups of 3 or more so will make easy targets but you can make life easier for yourself by taking the following Augments when you level up:

    Lv3 Helix, Left Augment "Missile Massacre"
    Lv7 Helix, Left Augment "Smart Rockets"

    Also, use Gear items that grant the following bonuses when activated:
     
    • 18% or higher Reload Speed.
    • 7% or higher Attack Speed.
    • -17% or lower Recoil.

    If you want a change of scene, then Episode 2: The Void's Edge, is another good place to attempt this. To count towards this challenge, all 3 enemies have to either be hit directly with a Rocket Vortex or take splash damage from it but you get 2-3 shots per magazine (depending on if you have the Missile Massacre Augment or not) and there are plenty of locations you can do this so don't worry about it.
    First Flaw of Robotics
    Get 50 assists off of allies affected by Aura of Justice at the time of the assist.

    Difficulty: 1/10

    Note: The lore description doesn't specify this but you can only get assists by killing enemy Battleborn and thus, can't be done in story mode.

    The "Aura of Justice" is Kid Ultra's "Passive Skill" and is activated by getting either a kill or an assist. This Skill will grant your teammates a 5 to 10% damage boost for 20 seconds but due to a glitch/coding oversight, you don't actually have to be anywhere near them for the "Aura of Justice" to have an affect on them. This challenge will come naturally but you can speed things up by taking either the Lv5 Helix, Left Augment "Hero in Training" or the Mutation (Character Rank 5 unlock) at the same level called "Power of Friendship" and playing in Bots Battle or Private Versus matches against the A.I. I'm not 100% sure about this but equipping and activating a Gear item that grants increased Skill Damage may make this challenge a little bit easier to complete.

    Once you have completed all 5 lore challenges, the trophy will pop.

DLC: Darkest Before Dawn

4 trophies

  • Complete Oscar Mike vs. the Battle School with at least 50 Ops points.

    Semi-story related but ultimately, it can't be missed

    Notes:
    • I'm not sure how true this is but according to the 2K Support page, you have to finish all 8 Episodes of the main campaign before the operations will become available.
    • Don’t stand on any of the Teleporter/Control Pads until they actually light up, else you will temporarily glitch them and have to get off and wait for 2 or 3 seconds before they unglitch.
    • This operation has poor collision detection in many areas so expect to see invisible walls and items occasionally not recognising you are even there.
    I will be focusing exclusively on how to complete this operation with "Galilea", because she can do a lot of damage and has insane health regen capabilities. Also note that due to how linear and straightforward this DLC is, I will be doing a full walkthrough for objectives 1, 2, 6 and 7 but only general tips for objectives 3-5.

    The maximum number of Ops Points that you can reach is 100, which will only be obtainable after you have completed the operation 10 times. There is a catch though, because the game will only award you a total of 30-40 Ops Points via Side objectives and the only way to make up the difference is by scouring the map for the smaller cheese wedge shaped Loot Chests and looting any Ops Points they contain but the locations of both the chests and Ops Points have an annoying randomised element to them that appears to change with each playthrough and Hero. There is an exception to this, because the first 3 Ops points in the Oscar Mike operation are in the same places every time. The first 4 Ops Points are easy enough to get but Ops Points 1 and 3 are on a timer so can be missed if you’re not fast enough. MentalMars has done a video on how to find all of them but the majority of the video is on the initial 4, since those are the most commonly missed ones:
     
    Here's a text and picture Guide for the first 4 Ops Points. Note: These screenshots were taken during a prior run as Montana but are still relevant:

    OP 1: From your starting point, move past the Holoprojector and into the corridor ahead of you. Once you reach this area, look to your right and you will see a small room with 2 cheese-wedge Loot Chests and 4 Loot Boxes - the Ops Point is in the right-hand Loot Chest so shoot it, then press and hold when the prompt appears on the Ops Point. Caution: If you don't get this one immediately, the room will close and you will have to start a new match to get it but will stay open if the Ops Point has been collected.

    OP 2: This next Ops Point is on an extremely short timer so exit the room you're in, turn right then approach the Conveyor belt and ride it for a short distance, before doing a running jump of the other end and landing in front of/near the doorway to your left. Now take aim at the cheese-wedge Loot Chest on the right and hit it with your Greatshield (), then grab the OP within by pressing and holding .

    OP 3: Now turn round to your right and go back into the room you just left, then look up at the ceiling and throw your Greatshield at the cheese-wedge Loot Chest that is hanging down. To actually pick up the Ops Point, turn to your right and go behind the metal crate then jump onto it from the smaller one that’s on the floor. Now do a running jump, then press and hold to collect the Ops Point once you’re near it.


    OP 4: Go back to where you found Ops Point 3, then head up the stairs and into a long room with 3 computer terminals in the center of it. The Ops Point won't spawn until you press and hold on the correct terminal but get it wrong and you will be locked out of the system for approx 2mins until it resets. This one is by far the most annoying of the four to get, since the access code changes every time you load this operation. The code is supposedly mentioned at the operation start point, by taking a look at the row of Mike clones to the left and seeing which one is acting weird but I could never get this to work so just keep pressing buttons until the Terminals go blue and the Ops Point containing Loot Chest has spawned to your right. Note: The hit detection on these terminals is poor so you may have to move your crosshair around, before the "use" prompt appears.

    Once you have collected all 4 Ops Points, return to the room that contained OP 1. Now pick up the Helix Point and all the loot that’s in there.

    The other 46 Ops Points are obtained via Bonus Objectives and opening the various Loot Chests that are scattered around each of the 3 main arenas so make sure to thoroughly check each one before you teleport out. Note: There are no Ops Points in the boss arena at the end of the operation or the subsequent reward room.


    Walkthrough:

    Recommended Helix setup:

    Lv1 Helix, Right Augment "Calamity"
    Lv2 Helix, Right Augment "Mark Of The Feeble"
    Lv3 Helix, Right Augment "It's Dangerous To Go Alone"
    Lv4 Helix, Mutation "Bleak Quiet” (Character Rank 4 unlock) or Right Augment "Forsaken Grounds"
    Lv5 Helix, Left Augment "Last Light"
    Lv6 Helix, Right Augment "Forsaking Others"
    Lv7 Helix, Right Augment "Duelist"
    Lv8 Helix - Any of these will do as they're all good.
    Lv9 Helix, Left Augment "Defender's Dare"
    Lv10 Helix, Right Augment "Pitch Black"

    Note: Depending on how much XP is earned and how many Helix pickups are found, you will probably only make it to Helix Level 9 so my recommendation for Level 10 should be considered optional.


    Recommended Gear items:
    • +8.40% Damage Reduction and +7.00% Health Regeneration per Second while under 50% health.
    • +9.10% Attack Damage and +5.46% Attack Damage for 3 seconds while taking health damage.
    • +14.00% Health Regeneration per Second.

    Glitch notes:

    - It's not uncommon for enemies to get stuck under the scenery but fortunately, this doesn’t block progression since the game knows when an enemy has glitched out and thus will let you continue regardless.
    - During his intro cutscene, Heikegani may appear without his mask and Swords.
    - The collision detection isn't great anyway but it's especially bad in the Reward Rooms and the final boss arena.
    - The Arachnis fight can be very buggy due to the A.I bugging out and not moving, plus invisible walls will occasionally appear in the corners of the room and cause enemies to get stuck behind them.
    - Dire Wolf's Spinners will persist, even after he dies.


    Objective 1: Infiltrate the Facility and enter the clone conditioning facility, then activate the Clone Standardization Program

    Make your way to the indicated waypoint, then stand on the Teleporter Pad and prepare to start your run through of the Battle School but make sure you pick up all 4 Ops Points on your way there. Once you have been teleported into the arena, stand of the Control Pad which is in the center of the room.


    Objective 2: Complete the Standardization Procedure

    Depending on what the game decides spawn, you will be facing either there will be either Minions, Thralls or a combination of the two so keep moving and try to take out the enemies from a distance with your Minigun. What will make this round hard, is if the game decides to give you an annoying Ops Point challenge like "Use Boom Bots to wound 5 enemies" or "Use Shard Barrels to kill 5 enemies" because you only get a limited number of Boom Bots/Barrels, thus the margin for error is tiny and even a small mistake will cost you the point. If you get a Boom Bot related challenge and one of the Boom Bots threatens to blow up before you’re ready, just hit it once with your sword and he will go back to normal for a bit. Once you have killed everything and completed the Ops Point challenge, loot the Reward room then stand on the Teleporter Pad and reset the arena.
     
    Objective 3: Survive Round 2: Optimization Process

    Depending on what enemies the Battle School decides spawn, you will be facing either Minions, Thralls, Varelsi or a combination of two of them. You will also have to face one of the following Ops Point related boss challenges:

    1: Kill the Thrall Ascendant before he summons a second guard wave - Deal as much damage as you can before he activates his Shield, then kill the Shield Bearers and finish him off.

    2: Avoid the Dancer's bubble attack - This can be tricky if playing as a Melee character, due to the high chance of the bubble appearing whilst you're laying into the Dancer and having less time to avoid it. If you see a black swirling orb coming towards you, run like crazy in the opposite direction. The Dancer uses the same devastating AoE attack that the Defilers and Conservators do, thus you should rely on hit-and-run attacks to whittle down the Dancer's health. If you have a gun or other long range attack, then use that instead.

    3: Pop the Devourer's Head - This can be done with bullets or Melee, depending on which character you are playing as. Just keep hitting his face and getting Critical Hits until he recoils and his mask falls off.

    4: Kill both Twins within 5 seconds of each other - Get both down to about 5% health, then quickly finish them off. I don’t recommend building any Turrets, since they can end up killing one of the Twins before you’re ready and fail the challenge.

    5: Kill all H3NCHM4N bots within 60 seconds of each other - The second H3NCHM4N won't spawn until after the first is down to half health, then it's just a matter of whittling their health down to almost nothing and building a turret to finish them off.

    6: Melee-Kill the Supervisor - If you're playing as a Melee character then this will be easy, just hit him when you can and avoid his drones. If playing as a Gun character, e.g. Montana, whittle his health down to practically nothing by using your gun, then walk up to him and use your Off-Hand Melee attack () a few times to finish him off.

    1, 4 and 5 are by far the most annoying but are still doable if you save up your Shards and build both Turrets when the boss/bosses is/are low on health. The only real threats during the Dancer fight are if he does his AoE (Area of Effect) attack or if a Varelsi Piercer spawns, because both are potentially deadly and able to kill you in 1 or 2 hits so keep your distance where possible and only strike when you feel it’s safe to do so. Once you have killed everything and completed the Ops Point challenge(s), loot the Reward room(s) then stand on the Teleporter Pad and reset the arena.


    Objective 4: Survive Round 3: Defect Culling

    Depending on what enemies the Battle School decides spawn, you will be facing either Minions, Thralls, Varelsi or a combination of two of them. This round will be the hardest one of the lot, especially if the game decides to give you a “Don’t Die” bonus objective. If this happens, then use your remaining Shards to build more turrets and try to stay out of range of the more dangerous enemies. Once you have killed everything and completed the Ops Point challenge(s), loot the Reward room(s) then stand on the Teleporter Pad and reset the arena again.


    Objective 5: Round 4: Strategy Assessment

    Here is where things get really random, because there are 3 possible bosses you can face:

    - Heikegani (a heavily modified version of the “Huntsman” from the Prologue)
    - Arachnis (a heavily modified version of “Geoff” from Episode 1: The Algorithm)
    - Dire Wolf (a heavily modified version of the "Wolf Sentry" from Episode 2: The Void's Edge). To date, the only characters I have fought this guy with are Benedict and Montana but I’m sure there are others.

    Due to the random nature of which boss you will face, I will provide a full walkthrough for each one:

    Heikegani:

    Attacks:

    Artillery Strike (Also generates some near impenetrable Force Fields around Heikegani)
    Dual Heavy Machine Guns
    Catalytic Smash (inflicts Stun - If you see him put his Swords together, run like hell in another direction)
    Aerial Somersault Smash (inflicts Stun)
    Ground Pound
    Minion bot spawn
    Samurai bot spawn (these are essentially mini versions of Heikegani)
    Temporary Invulnerability

    Of the 3 bosses, Heikegani is by far the easiest one to defeat because he isn’t that powerful and can’t take much damage:

    Phase 1:

    Phase 1 is simple enough, just avoid Heikegani’s Minions and attacks then hit him until he falls over onto his back and exposes his weak spot. Once his weak spot is exposed, hit it until he gets back onto his feet - rinse and repeat until he activates his Temporary Invulnerability.


    Phase 2:

    Heikegani is completely immune to damage whilst his Invulnerability is active, thus all you can do is wait for it to wear off. Once he’s vulnerable again, hit him with with your Greatsword until he keels over again and exposes his weak spot so you can shoot it.

    Eventually you will do so much damage that Heikegani kills himself.


    Arachnis:

    Attacks:

    Dual Heavy Machine Guns
    Minion bot spawn
    Arachnite spawn (these things are extremely dangerous and will rip you to shreds with their dual Machine Guns if given the chance)
    Spider Web Traps (Inflicts Stun - Watchout for the red webs on the floor)
    Pounce
    Ground Pound
    Temporary Invulnerability

    Arachnis is the hardest of the 3 bosses to defeat, because his Spider Web Traps will make you a sitting duck for the Arachnites he spawns. If you feel threatened, build both of the Stinger Turrets and let them take care of Arachnis’s Minions and Arachnites.

    Phase 1:

    For the first phase of the fight, you just want to chip away at Arachnis’s health and deplete his stock of Minions and Arachnites so they won’t be as big of a problem later on. Arachnis's weak spot is his face so focus all your attacks there. Once he has lost about ¼ of his health, Arachnis will activate his Temporary Invulnerability so don't waste your time trying to hurt him as he is completely immune to damage.


    Phase 2:

    Once his Temporary Invulnerability has worn off, Arachnis will fire off some Spider Web traps so avoid them where possible or else you will be Stunned and immobilized for about 3 seconds. Once he is down to about 40% health, Arachnis will activate his Temporary Invulnerability again.


    Phase 3:

    Phase 3 will be over very quickly so just focus all your attacks on Arachnis whilst avoiding the Boom Bots and Spider Web Traps, then eventually he will explode and General Mike will say something.


    Dire Wolf:

    Attacks:

    Dire Wolf Turret
    Conservator spawn
    Varelsi spawn
    Random defense spawn
    Void Pulse
    Force Field
    Punch
    Spinners

    Dire Wolf is harder to kill than Heikegani but nowhere near as bad as Arachnis.

    Phase 1:

    The only way you can hurt this guy is by destroying his Turret so focus all your fire on that but also watch out for all the Varelsi who will spawn in. Once the Turret is gone, Dire Wolf will generate a Force Field but you can just walk straight through it and hit him directly. Eventually, he will deploy some Spinners which are far more powerful than the ones seen in the Attikus operation so destroy them from a distance.


    Phase 2:

    Once the Force Field has worn off, Dire Wolf will spawn a Varelsi Overlord in place of the Turret you destroyed earlier. The Overlord is far more dangerous than the turret, because it will fire powerful Void Missiles at you that take off a lot of health if they hit so keep your distance until you see an opportunity to attack. If you’re lucky, you will do so much damage that he explodes but the odds are he will just put up his Force Field again. If this happens, move onto Phase 3.


    Phase 3:

    If Dire Wolf does activate his Force Field, walk through it and do as much damage as you can until things get too dangerous to continue. Once the Force Field collapses, another Defence object will spawn on Dire Wolf's back so keep rinsing and repeating your attacks until Dire Wolf finally bites the dust.


    Objective 6: Complete your Battle School training

    With the boss dead, it’s time to loot the armoury and end the operation by pressing and holding when the prompt appears on Nova's hologram. The trophy will pop when you reach the Mission Results screen.
  • Complete Montana and the Demon Bear with at least 50 Ops points.

    Semi-story related but ultimately, it can't be missed

    Note: I'm not sure how true this is but according to the 2K Support page, you have to finish all 8 Episodes of the main campaign before the operations will become available.

    I will be focusing exclusively on how to complete this operation with "Kleese", because he has some powerful long and close range attacks and can regenerate his shields in double quick time. Also note that due to the random nature of how this DLC plays out, I will be focusing on just the 9 main sections which are the same each time you play.

    The maximum number of Ops Points that you can reach is 100, which will only be obtainable after you have completed the operation 10 times. There is a catch though, because the game will only award you a total of 30-40 Ops Points via Side objectives and the only way to make up the difference is by scouring the map for the smaller cheese wedge shaped Loot Chests and looting any Ops Points they contain but the locations of both the chests and Ops Points have an annoying randomised element to them that appears to change with each playthrough and Hero. Whilst there aren't any completed Ops Point location maps available for this operation, here's a video that shows the location of a commonly missed one (credit to Senkaimaru for this):
     
    Also, see here for some tips if you're having problems accessing the ledge opposite where the hidden Ops Point is located (credit to the Official Battleborn Reddit community for this): LINK. Also, see here for a complete location map (credit to lowlines): LINK

    Walkthrough:

    Recommended Helix setup:

    Lv1 Helix, Right Augment "Shocking Pulse"
    Lv2 Helix, Left Augment "Shiftless Shells"
    Lv3 Helix, Right Augment "Don't Tase Me Bro"
    Lv4 Helix, Left Augment "Rift Network"
    Lv5 Helix, Mutation "Extended Battery Life" (Character Rank 5 unlock)
    Lv6 Helix, Right Augment "Expanded Mortar Capacity"
    Lv7 Helix, Left Augment "Geezer Pleaser"
    Lv8 Helix, Left Augment "Brains Before Brawn". Note: The Command Menu entry for this Augment is currently bugged and says it offers "+0 Maximum Shield Strength", when it should say "+150 Maximum Shield Strength".
    Lv9 Helix, Right Augment "Quick Pulse"
    Lv10 Helix, Mutation "Insta-Hole" (Character Rank 10 unlock) or Left Augment "Sharing Is Caring"

    Note: Depending on how much XP is earned and how many Helix pickups are found, you will probably only make it to Helix Level 8 so my recommendations for Levels 9 and 10 should be considered optional.


    Recommended Gear items:
    • +8.40% Damage Reduction and +7.00% Health Regeneration per Second while under 50% health.
    • +9.10% Attack Damage and +5.46% Attack Damage for 3 seconds while taking health damage.
    • +14.00% Health Regeneration per Second.

    Objective 1: Find a way to Nova and meet up with her

    Once the operation has actually started, collect all the shards and loot you can find but do note that the nearby Bridge won’t become accessible until after some dialogue from the storyteller. With the bridge now open, cross it and kill all the enemies in next area. After wiping out most of the enemies, a Bulwark Bot will spawn so be careful and take him out from a distance but deploy an Energy Rift if your shields take a beating. Once the Bulwark Bot is toast, go up the hill and trigger the next cutscene by pressing and holding when the "Knock" prompt appears on the doors.


    Objective 2: Rescue Nova/Activate the Remote Targeting Beacons

    Glitch note:

    This area suffers from some major collision detection and enemy spawn issues that can make activating the Remote Targeting Beacons and collecting Ops Points/loot, a real pain in the neck. To kill the enemy that spawns inside the Waterwheel, you have to stand in one of the following spots and then kill the Thrall with your weapon or attack that has the best accuracy but do note that most Melee characters won't be able to kill this particular enemy so are better off ignoring it.

    Position 1:


    Position 2:

    In this position, you will have to jump and fire at the same time.

    This next area will be crawling with Thralls of all types so stay in the doorway and pick them off with your Energy Mortars and Wrist Laser but don't be afraid to use your Energy Rifts and Taser if things get hairy. There are 4 Targeting Beacons (TBs) that need activating but each one will be well guarded so take your time and slowly work your way through them. To activate a TB, press and hold when the prompt appears. Once all 4 TBs are active, you will be told to go and activate the Central Targeting Computer but make sure you build at least 1 Thumper turret to help you fight off the wave of Thrall Brutes and Beastmasters that will spawn in after the final TB has been activated. After wiping out the Brutes and Beastmasters, make your way over to the Central Targeting Computer and use the nearby Jump Pad to get up to it but watch out for the random Thrall that spawns on the same platform when you land. On activating the Central Targeting Computer, Nova will fire some Missiles at the enemy ship that's blocking your path.


    Objective 3: Rescue Nova/Enter the Library

    With all the enemies dead and the nearby Library reduced to rubble, make your way inside it. Depending on who play as, you may get a Side objective to investigate a mysterious book but this item can be a pain to pick up so see the following videos for some solutions (credit to Alkymist96 and PeriodicNaughtyBunny for these): LINK and LINK (see here for some additional info on this second one: LINK). Whilst these videos are for the Xbox One and PC versions respectively, they are still relevant. If you are playing as Rath, then use Crossblade () to stun the book long enough for it to be collected.

    Now approach the exit, then a new objective will appear.


    Objective 4: Rescue Nova/Find the Demon Bear by following its cub

    This next section will require you to make some fiddly jumps but fortunately, Kleese can float across them with ease, by doing a running jump then pressing again at the height of your jump. Before making your first jump (via one of the provided Jump Pads), stand in the following spot and wait for some Thrall Jockeys to appear so you can take them out before jumping onto the platform in front of you. Note: These two enemies have abysmal A.I and collision detection so take them out immediately, else they will more than likely fly straight through the scenery and get stuck there. Landing on the first platform will attract the attention of some Thrall and Varelsi troops so take them out but make sure you don’t get too close the edge of the platform, else you run the risk of either falling off or being pushed off. After clearing out any remaining enemies on the other side of the canyon, jump or float across then carefully fall off the left side of the platform you're on. When you land, a variety of Thrall and Varelsi enemies will spawn in so take them out before they have a chance to swarm your position. Note that at higher Ops Point levels, a Varelsi Disruptor may also spawn here so kill it before it gets a chance to use its devastating AoE (Area of Effect) attack that can easily kill you in 1 hit.

    Once you have eradicated all the enemies, follow the path all the way to the end then float across another canyon (see the screenshot below, to see the exact spot you need to jump from).

    Soon after landing and moving towards the cub's portal, a Scaven Alpha will spawn in so hit it with everything you've got! With the Alpha dead, enter the portal and prepare for one hell of a fight.


    Objective 5: Rescue Nova/Follow the Demon Bear and gain access to its lair

    Almost as soon as you land, a swarm of Thralls and Varelsi will assault your position so keep moving and shooting but don't be afraid to use your Black Hole and thin out the enemy numbers that way. At lower Ops Point levels, this area should be too bad but at higher levels you can expect to encounter several Disruptors, Defilers and at least 2 Bonecrushers or Enforcers.

    Glitch note:

    The Side objective "Secure the loot cache" can glitch, because the necessary Shard Barrel might not spawn inside the cage and thus prevent you from being able to blow it open.


    Objective 6: Rescue Nova/Enter the Demon Bear's cave

    Once you have killed everything and Nova has opened the path to the Demon Bear's Lair, head towards the waypoint then jump down the hole and prepare to face Demon Bear itself.
     
    Objective 7: Rescue Nova/Kill the Demon Bear

    Attacks:

    Void Pulse
    Ground Pound
    Cave-ins
    Invulnerability Field
    Cub spawn
    Alpha Bear spawn
    Punch
    Teleport
    Tentacle Lasso
    Boulder Throw

    The Demon Bear is a tough enemy but fortunately for you, virtually all of its attacks are either very short ranged or can be dodged entirely. Note: If Alani is telling the story then, you will have to "Hug" the Demon Bear by pressing and holding when the "Hug it out" prompt appears on her. By doing this, you will skip the entire fight with the Demon Bear and go straight to the "Pick up Processing Core" objective. Also note that by getting this ending, you won't be able to get any Legendary Gear drops.

    Phase 1:

    Phase 1 is simple enough, keep your distance and whittle down the DB's health until it gets really mad and activates its Invulnerability Field. Once this happens, use the nearest Jump Pad and go to the top floor. When you get up there, some Demon Bear cubs will spawn but these guys are easy enough to kill so wipe them out then head to one of the Drills when Nova tells you to. Note: If Boldur or Thorn is the Storyteller, then the cubs will turn into exploding ghosts so steer clear of them if you see one rise from the dead.

    For the DB to take any damage from a Drill, you have to jump off the Control Pad at just the right moment but this may take a little experimentation to take get right. In my experience, the time to move is the moment the DB is either between the pillars in front of you or when he approaches the nearest pillar to your position (depending on if you're facing towards the other side of the cave or towards the other end of your current platform):

    Position 1:


    Position 2:

    Once its shield has been depleted by the Drill, shoot the glowing white blob in the DB's chest until she recoils and comes after you.


    Phase 2:

    Note: During Phases 2 and 3, there will be a lot of Void Sap on the ground floor so don't go down there or else you will die a quick death.

    Phase 2 is essentially the same as Phase 1, except the DB will take plenty of swipes at you and cause some cave-ins so keep moving and avoid them as best you can. After getting her down to about ? health, she will summon more cubs but also some Alpha Bears and these guys mean business so do your best to stay out of their range and hit them from afar with your Energy Mortars and Wrist Laser. Once the Alpha Bears have been dealt with, lure the DB into another Drill but watch out for the Cave-in that happens soon after doing some damage to the boss.


    Phase 3:

    Phase 3 is the most dangerous part of the fight, because the DB will use her Void Pulse attack on a regular basis so be prepared to jump over it when you see the boss go on to its Hind Legs. You also need to watch out for the boulders that she will periodically throw at you.


    Objective 8: Rescue Nova/Find a way out of the cave

    Once the Demon Bear has been defeated, use the indicated Jump Pad to exit the cave and enter the reward room. Collect all the loot, then press and hold when the prompt appears on Nova's Hologram.

    The trophy will pop once you get to the Mission Results screen.
  • Complete Phoebe and the Heart of Ekkunar with at least 50 Ops points.

    Semi-story related but ultimately, it can't be missed

    Note: I'm not sure how true this is but according to the 2K Support page, you have to finish all 8 Episodes of the main campaign before the operations will become available.

    I will be focusing exclusively on how to complete this operation with "Oscar Mike" because he does great DPS (Damage Per Second), his Ultimate Skill can cover a large area and his Stealth Generator allows him to quickly get out of trouble. Also note that due to the random nature of how this DLC plays out, I will be focusing on just the 8 main sections which are the same each time you play.

    The maximum number of Ops Points that you can reach is 100, which will only be obtainable after you have completed the operation 10 times. There is a catch though, because the game will only award you a total of 30-40 Ops Points via Side objectives and the only way to make up the difference is by scouring the map for the smaller cheese wedge shaped Loot Chests and looting any Ops Points they contain but the locations of both the chests and Ops Points have an annoying randomised element to them that appears to change with each playthrough and Hero. To make life a little easier, I have found an interactive map which shows the most common locations of the Ops Points that are found in Loot Chests (credit to lowlines for this): LINK

    Glitch Notes:

    1: The collision detection is very bad in places but the Shards are the worst affected and prone to getting stuck in the scenery so they can’t be collected.

    2: This DLC can glitch when Kid Ultra is around, because his attacks have a nasty habit of bugging out and making the operation much harder than it should be. Unless you’re a completionist who is after all of the skins and titles, I recommend sticking to the other available characters.

    3: Due to a coding oversight that has left them without an "Open" prompt, the Eldrid Loot Chests in the final area can only be opened by hitting them with something.

    4: The Shard Banks are a little glitchy, because the "cost" text has an annoying habit of reappearing a few minutes after you have put the required amount of Shards into them. This appears to be a cosmetic glitch so I wouldn't worry about it too much.


    Walkthrough:

    Recommended Helix setup:

    Lv1 Helix, Left Augment "Impact Trigger"
    Lv2 Helix, Left Augment "Fragcendiary Grenade"
    Lv3 Helix, Right Augment "Scope"
    Lv4 Helix, Left Augment "Back in A Jiff"
    Lv5 Helix, Left Augment "Hollow-Point Rounds” or Mutation “Debilitating Rounds" (Character Rank 9 unlock)
    Lv6 Helix, Right Augment "Stealthy Shields"
    Lv7 Helix, Right Augment "Disruption Rounds" or Mutation "High-Velocity Ammo” (Character Rank 3 unlock)
    Lv8 Helix, Left Augment "Fragpocalypse" or Right Augment "Embiggened Boom"
    Lv9 Helix, Right Augment "Operation Sneaky Ghost"
    Lv10 Helix, Right Augment "Holy Crap, Concussive Strike!"

    Note: Depending on how much XP is earned and how many Helix pickups are found, you will probably only make it to Helix Level 8 so my recommendations for Levels 9 and 10 should be considered optional.

    Recommended Gear items:
    • +8.40% Damage Reduction and +7.00% Health Regeneration per Second while under 50% health.
    • +9.10% Attack Damage and +5.46% Attack Damage for 3 seconds while taking health damage.
    • +14.00% Health Regeneration per Second.

    Note: There are so many Shards in this DLC, that you can afford to have an all Legendary loadout and will be able to activate all three items within 5 mins of starting the operation.


    Objective 1: Enter the chamber and investigate the dig site

    Once the operation has actually started, approach the door in front of you but watch out for a Thrall Bonecrusher. This guy isn't hard to kill, just go for headshots whilst dodging his attacks and you will quickly kill him. After killing all the Thralls, destroy the Jennerit Shock Anchors and claim all of the available shards.


    Objective 2: Activate the chasm Jump-Pad, then use it to get to the other side

    To progress the story, you need to fill the 3 indicated Shard Banks but this won't be hard since there are shards literally everywhere and they respawn in double quick time. The area above the first platform will have some Thrall Gunners on it and potentially an Enforcer as well so wipe them out before continuing. Once you have the 300 Shards it costs to fill one of the Shard Banks, go up to it then press and hold until you have deposited all of them. Rinse and repeat for the other 2. This area is crawling with Thralls of all types so be careful and build the available turrets if necessary but on filling the third and final Shard Bank, a Thrall Enforcer and an Evolved Thrall will spawn near the Jump Pad that takes you to the other side of the chasm. Fortunately, there is an exploit you can use to quickly and safely kill both of them. Stand in the spot shown below, then zoom in with your scope () and get some headshots but watch out for any stray bullets that come your way:


    If you have unlocked your Air Strike Skill, then use that instead as it will do a lot more damage than your Assault Rifle will. With both enemies dead, use the indicated Jump Pad and cross the chasm.


    Objective 3: Defeat the enemies guarding the elevator

    On arrival at the far platform, you will be almost immediately attacked by a swarm of Varelsi Marksmen and Skulks so kill them ASAP! At higher Ops Point levels, you will also be attacked by either a Scaven Alpha or something called a "Varelsi Menagerie but fortunately they are easy to kill. Once the first wave of enemies has been dispatched, a Veil Walker will appear and bring some Berserkers with him. The Berserkers aren't that hard to kill but the Veil Walker can Cloak himself and be rendered almost invincible so wait until he decloaks, before you lay into him. After wiping out all of the Varelsi troops, stand on the indicated Control Pad and summon another Control Pad which will activate the elevator.


    Objective 4: Disable all 3 shields

    Caution: There is a lot of lava, dripping from the ceiling in this section so try to steer clear of it wherever possible.

    This next area is where things start to get difficult, because it is swarming with Varelsi troops and there are very few places you can hide in so will have to do hit and run attacks to thin out the enemy numbers. There are 3 shields that need disabling, which you do by destroying the respective Shard Cluster that is near each one. Disabling the second shield will almost immediately summon an army of Varelsi Skulks and Scavens so retreat to where the first shield was, then start picking off the enemies from a distance with your Assault Rifle and Air Strike. Disabling the third shield, will allow access to the area before the final boss fight but will also trigger an all out invasion by the Varelsi so tackle the next objective as fast as possible!


    Objective 5: Destroy the final 3 Shards

    You need more quickly during this next section and avoid lingering in one spot for too long because the area is swarming with enemies, thus stopping to pick things up or build turrets will more than likely get you killed. Fortunately, the Shards are easy to destroy so dump a few bullets into them and they will explode. Once the Shards have been destroyed, stand on the indicated Control Pad for a few seconds then the screen will go white and the Varelsi army will be vaporized.
     
    Objective 6: Reach the final chamber

    Once the mystery light has vaporised the Varlesi army, use one of the two available Jump Pads and travel to the next area. After arriving on the platform, move forward then jump down and follow the path until you trigger a cutscene and the final fight.


    Objective 7: Survive the Varelsi Onslaught and kill the Azanti Name-Eater

    Azanti Name-Eater

    Attacks

    Sword Slam
    Homing Rockets (Inflicts Silence)
    Catalytic Smash (Inflicts Stun)
    Energy Pulses (Inflicts Silence)
    Shield Toss (Inflicts Stun)
    Shield Charge (Inflicts Stun)
    Proton Streams (only happens during phase 1)
    Invisibility

    Phase 1:

    During most of the 3 phases, there will be various Varelsi and Thralls spawning in but fortunately they're more interested in the Boss than they are you. Whilst Phoebe tries to open the first door remotely, do your best to stay alive. Once the first door opens, a horde of Thralls will come pouring out and head straight for you so kill them then head on inside and destroy the energy collector. The energy collector will be guarded by 2 Thrall Brutes but they won't put up much of a fight if you catch them off-guard with a well placed Grenade. After destroying the energy collector, head back to the central area and take a few pot shots at the boss before he becomes invincible again.


    Phase 2:

    The start of phase 2 is just a repeat of phase 1 so keep your head down whilst Phoebe remotely works on the second door. Once the door has been opened, wait for the Thrall Bombers to be killed so you can safely enter the second chamber and destroy the next energy collector. As before, there will be 2 Thrall Brutes guarding the energy collector so kill them before destroying it. After destroying the energy collector, head back to the central area and take a few more pot shots at the boss before he becomes invincible for the second time.


    Phase 3:

    Phase 3 is where things get really hectic and dangerous, because the Thralls and Varelsi will be spawning in ever greater numbers so will very hard to avoid but you must do your best or else you will die very quickly. Once Phoebe manages to get the final door open, activate your Stealth Generator and sneak inside the chamber so you can do some serious damage to the Thrall Brute (higher Ops Point levels only) and Enforcer that are patrolling there. The Enforcer will make mincemeat out of if you're not careful so make use of your Air Strike skill and Stealth Generator, to avoid getting your butt handed to you. With the Enforcer and Brute now dead, make you way into the final chamber and destroy the energy collector but watch out for the 2 Evolved Thrall that are hiding in there.

    With all 3 energy sources destroyed, it's time to finish off this thing! The Azanti Name-Eater (AN-E) will tear you apart if you try and go toe-to-toe with him but fortunately, his A.I is poor and can be exploited by staying in the area shown below and whittling away his health from there:

    Standing here will cause the AN-E's A.I to break so he will either:

    1: Walk in circles around the arena and completely ignore you.
    2: Enter into a Sword Slam attack loop, by walking to the central platform then turning around and immediately launching the attack. After landing, he will return to the central platform and the pattern will rinse and repeat until you kill him.
    3: Get stuck in a corner and do absolutely nothing.

    If 1 or 3 happens, you will have to get close to him so he remembers you're there and will re-engage you. Variant 2 is the best outcome because you will only have to worry about his Sword Slam attack, since everything else will more than likely miss you completely. Whichever variant you get, just whittle away his health until he explodes and the loot cache spawns in.


    Objective 8: End the operation

    Once the AN-E is dead, collect all the loot then go up to Nova's Hologram and press and hold to end the operation. The trophy will pop at the Mission Results screen.
  • Complete all Beatrix lore challenges.

    Notes:
    • You can check your lore challenge progress by going: Command => Battleborn => Beatrix => Lore but please post here if you need boosting partners: LINK
    • The Prologue is the only Episode where you can't attempt this trophy, for the simple reason you are forced to play as Mellka during it.
    To get this trophy, you have to complete all 5 of Beatrix’s lore challenges:-

    Let Slip The Dogs
    Affect 5 or more enemies with a single use of Outbreak, 10 times.

    Difficulty: 4/10

    Notes:
    • "Outbreak" is Beatrix's Ultimate Skill, which unlocks at Lv5 and is activated by pressing .
    • The difficulty with this challenge, comes from the fact that you need to hit several enemies at once and there are very few places in each Episode/Operation/Versus match where it can be done.

    Since Outbreak has to charge before firing, you will have a couple of seconds to line up your shot. To make your life a little bit easier, equip a Gear item that offers some form of Cooldown Time reduction so you don't have to wait so long for another attempt. You will know if you've got it right, when you see a purple line going between all 5 bots (see the following screenshot) but your progress won't tally until the infected enemies start pulsing with purple light:



    Here are the best places to attempt this:

    Story mode:

    Episode 1: The Algorithm
    - In the room immediately after the Henchmen Fight.
    - On the bridge after the above section.
    - During the Galactic Emperor fight whilst he is underground and his minions are attacking you, just loop round the room then hit the mass of enemies with your Outbreak attack.

    Episode 2: Void's Edge
    - During both halves of the escort mission where you have to escort the "Doomsday device"
    - The second half of the Conservator boss fight, because there will be a lot of enemies roaming around.

    Note: The Varelsi Void sequence, doesn't count for some reason so don't waste your time attempting this there.

    Episode 3: The Renegade
    - Whilst protecting Power Plant no2.
    - When you are fighting your way across the bridge after successfully protecting Power Plant no2.
    - Whilst protecting Caldarius when he is recharging his Assault Frame, because the area will soon be crawling with enemies.

    Episode 4: The Archive
    - During the section where you have to defend the Couriers that are carrying what remains of the Eldrid Codex.
    - During the second time you have to escort Chronicle.
    - During the final boss fight against Bagranth the Gunhulk.

    Episode 5: The Sentinel
    - In the Piston trap room, there is a pit in the middle that’s full of enemies who are fighting each other.
    - During the final fight with the Sentinel, as he will periodically summon Defenders and Swarmers.

    Episode 6: The Experiment
    - Your first opportunity is whilst defending the Backup Power Station as there will be a lot of enemies coming your way.
    - Your second opportunity is when you have to defend the experiment for a second time whilst it finishes up its calculations.
    - The third opportunity is whilst defending the Communications node.
    - The fourth and final opportunity is when defending the EMP device whilst it charges.

    Episode 7: The Saboteur
    - Just before and during the section where you have to destroy two Shard Conduits so you can gain access to the second network node.
    - Whilst defending Nova for the second time.
    - During the final Nova defence section.
    - Your final opportunity is when fighting the final boss, as he will summon several enemies to help him out.

    Episode 8: The Heliophage
    - This Episode is crawling with enemies at all times, thus you shouldn’t have any problems finding a suitable spot.

    Operations:

    Attikus and the Thrall Rebellion:
    - The fight in the area after defending the Rally Beacon and meeting Attikus.
    - The area immediately outside the Silent Sisters Stronghold.
    - During the Sister Aria fight as you will be surrounded by enemies for most of the fight so let them group up, then hit them with Outbreak.

    Toby’s Friendship Raid:
    - During the final boss fight as you will be surrounded by enemies so let them group up, then hit them with Outbreak.

    Oscar Mike vs. the Battle School:
    - During the final fight against whichever Spider Sentry the game decides to send after you. There will be a lot of other enemies around for roughly half the fight so let them group up, then hit them with Outbreak.

    Montana and the Demon Bear:
    - During the section where you have to activate the remote targeting systems so Nova can target an enemy vehicle.

    Phoebe and the Heart of Ekkunar:
    - During the section where you have to disable the shields.
    - During the final boss fight.

    Versus:

    Incursion - The best places to deploy your Outbreak attack, are when the opposing team and their minions are bunched up in one of the choke points that exist in each map e.g. the narrow corridors between the Sentries.

    Meltdown - Each Meltdown map has at least 2 choke points near each team’s Grinders so focus your efforts there.

    Capture - This challenge is extremely hard to do in Capture but is still possible if you face an over eager/inexperienced team that focuses too much attention on the Varelsi spawns and not enough on the Capture Points.

    Face-Off - The single best time to strike, is when everyone is fighting over the central deposit box in the middle of the map as they will be so preoccupied that they won't realise you're there until it's too late.

    Attempting this in multiplayer or even co-op, can make life more difficult for you so spare yourself the headache and stick to the story mode and operations.
    Chimera Oscura
    Apply Patient Zero to 50 allies.

    Difficulty: 1/10

    Notes:
    • "Patient Zero" is Beatrix's Skill.
    • "Patient Zero" has trouble hitting moving targets and will often apply itself to you instead, thus it's best to focus on stationary players instead of mobile ones.
    There is an extremely quick and easy way to get this done:

    Step 1: To pull this off, you will need a Common rarity Cooldown Gear item with an activation cost of 0 Credits (you don’t absolutely need this but it will speed things up a tad).

    Step 2: Now go into Bots Battle or a Private Versus match and choose either Incursion or Meltdown when the option appears (though in Bots Battle it is highly dependant on RNG (Random Number Generation) as to which modes are available at any given time).

    Step 3: As soon as you spawn into the Tutorial area, bring up your Loadout and "buy" the Cooldown Timer reduction Gear. It doesn't matter which Helix Augment you take, because it won't affect this exploit in any way.

    Step 4: Take aim at someone and use Patient Zero () on them, then carry on spamming it until the Tutorial is over and the Countdown has finished.

    Step 5: Finish the match, then rinse and repeat Steps 2-4 until the challenge is complete but you may even get this done during your first match if you use Patient Zero often enough.

    The reason for doing this doing this during the mode tutorial is because all your Skills will have Cooldown Timers of 3-4 seconds or less. I didn't mention doing this in Capture, because the tutorial lasts all of about 10secs before the Countdown starts.


    Indifferences Aside
    Kill 100 enemies with Fulminate

    Difficulty: 2/10

    Notes:
    • "Fulminate" is Beatrix's Skill.
    • Bosses and Sentries are immune to most of Fulminate's effects so don't waste it on them.
    • Fulminate has a slight homing ability when you're close to an enemy, thus you don't need pinpoint precision aim. You will know if Fulminate has been used, because the target will have a Green Syringe above their head (see the following screenshot). If you see a Red Syringe, then that means you used your primary attack () instead of Fulminate ().


    Fulminate isn't that powerful, thus you need to target weak enemies e.g. Varelsi Skulks, Primal Thralls, Primal Thrall Bombers, Boom Bots etc. Episode 2: The Void's Edge, is the best place to farm this trophy since there are many weak enemies and the final boss will continuously spawn enemies until he is killed. To make Fulminate more powerful, take the following Augments when you level up:

    Lv1 Helix, Right Augment "Sedation"
    Lv4 Helix, Right Augment "Vitality Chirality"
    Lv6 Helix, Right Augment "Long-Lasting"
    Lv9 Helix, Right Augment "Infinite Sadness" or Left Augment "Melancholy"

    Also, equip and activate Gear items that award the following bonuses:
    • -10.50% Cooldown Time reduction
    • +9.10% Skill Damage
    • +21.00% Shield Penetration

    Nichts Ist Ohne Gift
    Deal 50,000 damage with the Incistyx Injector.

    Difficulty: 1/10

    Notes:
    • The "Incistyx Injector" is Beatrix's primary weapon.
    • I'm not sure if Melee and Fulminate damage counts towards this challenge so keep things simple and stick to the primary fire mode ().
    • This will more than likely be the last challenge you complete, before the trophy pops.

    To maximise your damage, take the following Augments and Mutations when you level up:

    Lv1 Helix, Left Augment "Vector-Borne Transmission"
    Lv2 Helix - It doesn't matter which of these you take, as they are all good.
    Lv3 Helix, Right Augment "Physician's Eye"
    Lv5 Helix, "Mutation "Double Dose" (Character Rank 5 Unlock) or Left Augment "Plague Rat"
    Lv6 Helix, Left Augment "Fast-Acting"
    Lv7 Helix - It doesn't matter which of these you take, as they are all good.
    Lv8 Helix, Left Augment "Lingering Side-Effects"

    Also equip and activate Gear items that award the following bonuses:
    • -10.50% Cooldown Time reduction
    • +9.10% Attack Damage
    • +21.00% Shield Penetration
    Just like Indifferences Aside, the best place to farm this challenge is during Episode 2: The Void's Edge so replay that Episode a few times and kill as many enemies as you can.


    Shining Crazy Diamond
    Apply Infection to 100 Battleborn.

    Difficulty: 1/10

    Notes:
    • "Infection" is what is applied to each shot from the Incistyx Injector but can also come from Patient Zero, if another player attacks you or the person it was applied it to.
    • This is a multiplayer only challenge, thus you have to play either in Bots Battle/Private Versus matches against the A.I or in Public games against real people.

    Here is the simplest way to get this done:

    1: Go into Bots Battle or a Private Versus match and choose an Incursion map (though in Bots Battle it is dependant on RNG as to which modes and maps appear), because that way you will face all 5 Battleborn at once and not separately like you would in Meltdown or Capture.

    2: Take the following Augments and Mutation when you level up:

    Lv1 Helix, Left Augment "Vector-Borne Transmission"
    Lv2 Helix - It doesn't matter which of these you take, as they are all good.
    Lv3 Helix, Right Augment "Physician's Eye"
    Lv5 Helix, Mutation "Double Dose” (Character Rank 5 Unlock) or Left Augment "Plague Rat"
    Lv6 Helix, Left Augment "Fast-Acting"
    Lv7 Helix - It doesn't matter which of these you take, as they are all good.
    Lv8 Helix, Right Augment "Self-Medicated"

    3: Equip and activate Gear items that award the following bonuses:
    • +9.10% Attack Damage
    • +21.00% Reload Speed
    • +21.00% Shield Penetration

    4: Once the other team shows up, apply Patient Zero to a teammate then use your primary attack () on whichever enemy player appears first. You will know if Infection has been applied, when you see a Red Syringe above the target's head:



    If you see a Green Syringe, then that means you used Fulminate () instead of your Primary attack and thus it won't count towards this challenge. After the effects have worn off the target player/Bot, you can shoot them again and it will count as another infection. Make sure to keep applying Patient Zero to your teammates so they can also apply Infection and contribute towards this challenge. The challenge will be completed, once 100 enemy Battleborn have been infected.

    Once you have completed all 5 lore challenges, the trophy will pop.

Guide navigation

Author

  • Terminator. DLC - Terminator

Game navigation